Search results

(1 - 20 of 43)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1981
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg College Interim The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r...
Show more Augsburg College Interim The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g and t o i n v e s t i g a t e questions and t o p i c s i n places and ways n o t p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term. Calendar I I November 10-13 December 8 January 5 ... .. . ... Interim Registration Late I n t e r i m Registration F i r s t Day o f I n t e r i m r Class January 6 . January 8 . I 9:Ooa.m. Class I 1 .. .. 1:00 p.m. I L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g g r a d i n g system . January 19 . . January 23 ... January 30 . . . Beginning o f c e r t a i n h a l f c r e d i t courses * L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g courses I n t e r i m ends I The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two b l o c k s o f t i m e : 0 > .. 0 I - 8:00 I1 - 1 :00 - IF00 - 5:00 d L. ;h o f c l a s s meetings as w e l l as t h e b e g i n n i n g t i m e The number a w l l l be arranged t i e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . * Students e n r o l l i n g i n h a l f - c r e d i t courses should c o n s u l t t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e f o r dates f o r cancel/add and t o determine t h e g r a d i n g system. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l The N i t t y G r i t t y One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l t i m e l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d . There i s no t u i t i o n r e f u n d f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses n o t t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m course. Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e o f 4.0 t o 0. S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m courses a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s i s i n d i cated i n t h e course d e s c r i p t i o n . Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r l o w e r d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g . Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g s h o u l d a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l assignments and a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d . A c o u r s e l i s t e d as f u l f i l l i n g d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t meets b o t h t h e n e w l y i n t r o d u c e d r e q u i r e m e n t s ( t h e Spectrum approach) and t h e o l d d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements. To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s o f w h i c h a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s t h a n t h e number o f y e a r s o f f u l l t i m e e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r e n r o l l e d f u l l t i m e f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e one i n t e r i m f o r graduation). This C a t a l o g T h i s c a t a l o g 1 i s t s courses by departments w l t h departments 1 jsted i n a1 p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . Augsburq I n t e r i m s Abroad a r e i d e n t i f i e d by a special1 t r a v e l symbol. A t t h e end O F t h e book a r e l i s t i n g s o f o t h e r c o u r s e s n o t ~ ~ f f e r cby d Augsburg b u t recognirfad by t i l e College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t , a n d a v a r i e t y o f l j f e t i m e S p o r t s . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and i n f o r m a t i o n about t h e s e c o u r s e s are a v a i l a b l e i n t.he I n t e r i m O f f i c e . Options June Interim A t l e a s t one i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1981 s e s s i o n o f summer school ( s e e l i s t i n g under P h i l o s o p h y ) i n l i e u o f January t e r m w i t h no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e . S t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e t i m e o f i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t l o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay t h e r e g u l a r summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n . 2lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM International Interims Students a r e i n v i t e d t o c o n s i d e r b e i n g p a r t o f one o f t h e f i v e overseas These i n t e r i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by Augsburg C o l l e g e d u r i n g January 1981 ims a r e under these departments: . Education EDUCATION I N AN URBAN COMMUNITY: LONDON, page 10. - LANGUAGE, CULT'JRE AND Foreign Languaqes T ~ E A T E RI N PARIS, page 13. THE RHINE FRONTIER: GERMANY MEETS ROME AND FRANCE, page 14. THE CULTURES OF MEXICO AND GUATEMALA, page 1 6 . - HAWAII: H i s t o r y and .Pol.iticlal Science A LABORATORY OF MULTI-ETHNIC INTERACTION, page 20. Other i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h Upper Midwest Associa t i o n f o r I n t e r n a t i o n a l Education (Uh1AIE) and S t . O l a f College. F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t e s t i m a t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e and from Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l . Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one o f t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s s h o u l d a p p l y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center b e f o r e November 1 . Add i t i o n s t o t h e overseas groups u s u a l l y cannot be made a f t e r October. Internships I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p from t h e f a l l t e r m o r who b e g i n an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o t h e s p r i n g term. Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Memorial 230) no l a t e r t h a n Tuesday, November 18. Independent or D l r e c t e d Study Students may e l e i t a program o f independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n 499) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y ( l o w e r d i v i s i o n 299) f o r i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y discouraged from a c c e p t i n g r e s p a n s i b i l it y f o r more t h a n one i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d study p e r i n t e r i m . Students choosjng t o pursue i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. P r e s e n t t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r approval a copy o f t h e proposed s t u d y p l a n approved by t h e s u p e r v i s i n g f a c u l t y member. T h i s proposal must be s u b m i t t e d a t l e a s t one week b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and n o t l a t e r forms can be o b t a i n e d i n t h e t h a n November 3. A ,o.o r o.p r i a t e s t u d-v .proposal . Interim Office. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM13 Interims a t Other Schools Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n w h i c h o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. C a t a l o g s o f t h e s e I n t e r i m s can be c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y w i l l h e l p s t u dents i n applying f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n a t o t h e r schools. R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s a t t h e o t h e r Twin C i t i e s c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . Most courses t a u g h t d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m a t o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s a r e a c c e p t e d f o r c r e d i t by Augsburg, b u t may n o t n e c e s s a r i l y be accepted as m e e t i n g Augsburg's d i s t r i b u t i o n r e quirements. This q u a l i f i c a t i o n p a r t i c u l a r l y a f f e c t s courses o f f e r e d f o r t h e Re1 ig i o n r e q u i r e m e n t . Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg C o l l e g e welcomes s t u d e n t s f r o m o t h e r 4-1 -4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges p r o v i d e d t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n agrees n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e January t e r m . The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s , h o u s i n g o r board c o s t s . O t h e r s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $150 f o r t h e i n t e r i m course. S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m s h o u l d w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p l i c a t i o n forms o r use t h e forms p r o v i d e d by t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e a t t h e i r own s c h o o l . These s t u d e n t s a r e welcome t o s t a y on campus b u t a r e n o t r e q u i r e d t o do so. Requests f o r i n t e r i m h o u s i n g s h o u l d be made t o t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . Augsburg Policy Augsburg C o l l e g e a d m i t s s t u d e n t s o f any r a c e , c o l o r , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n t o a l l t h e r i g h t s , p r i v i l e g e s , programs, and a c t i v i t i e s g e n e r a l l y accorded o r made a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s a t t h e s c h o o l . I t does n o t d i s c r i m i n a t e on t h e b a s i s o f r a c e , c o l o r , c r e e d , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n i n employment p r a c t i c e s o r a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f i t s e d u c a t i o n a l p o l i c i e s , admissions p o l i c i e s , s c h o l a r s h i p and l o a n programs, and a t h l e t i c and o t h e r s c h o o l - a d m i n i s t e r e d programs. N e e d M o r e Help? Check w i t h : The I n t e r i m O f f i c e (Memorial 2 3 0 ) , o The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y , Ms. L o r r a i n e S t i e p e r a t 330-1025, o r e The I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , D r . Toni C l a r k a t 330-1092. 4/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Calligraphy ART 1010611 0306 Instructor: P h i l i p Thompson Study o f t h e a r t and c r a f t o f c a l l i g r a p h y . Development o f c a l l i g r a p h i c s k i l l s i n pen and b r u s h w i t h i n k and p a i n t . Three completed d e s i g n p r o j e c t s i n l e t t e r i n g o r l i n e a r e r e q u i r e d . For upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t a major p r o j e c t i s required. Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: O l d Main 4 ( D e s i g n S t u d i o ) - Film-Making I Film-Making ii ART 1024211 0342 Instructor: Paul Rusten T h i s c o u r s e teaches f i l m - m a k i n g t h r o u g h p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . There w i l l be o b s e r v a t i o n and d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m . S t u d e n t s w i l l make a 16mm sound f i l m . Fees: $70.00 l a b f e e None f o r Film-making I You must have t a k e n Film-making I t o r e g i s t e r f o r Film-making 11. Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: O l d Main 1 7 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o ) L i f e Drawing ART 10247 Instructor: Norman Hol en A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and n o n - a r t s t u d e n t s . The f i g u r e w i l l be d e p i c t e d i n v a r i o u s s e t t i n g s w i t h a v a r i e t y o f media f o r v a r y i n g l e n g t h s o f t i m e . The poses w i l l e x t e n d f r o m one m i n u t e t o an hour and a h a l f . S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o t h e 28 and 4B p e n c i l s , t h e c h a r c o a l p e n c i l and p a s t e l s . A f e e o f $12.00 i s t o be p a i d on t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . Distribution: Time: I Yes Room: O l d Main 17 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o ) AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIMIS rn N u t r i t i o n : You A r e W h a t Y o u E a t BIOLOGY 20104 Instructor: Erwin Mickel berg Designed t o d i s c ss t h e foods t h a t we e a t i n a popular fashion. A f t e r a review o t h e human d i g e s t i v e system, each o f t h e t h r e e basic food types wil.1 be discussed along w i t h t h e r o l e o f minerals, vitamins and water. 9 An attempt w i l l be made t o d i s p e l t h e mysteries and t h e manufactured i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e media, t o make a p p l i c a t i o n t o i n d i v i d u a l concerns, and t o address t h e controversy concerning food a d d i t i v e s . Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Science 212 T h e B i o l o g y of Aglng BIOLOGY 20185 Instructor: Robert H e r f o r t h A t some time o r another i n our l i v e s most of us w i l l e i t h e r d i r e c t l y experience aging o r be i n f l uenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course wi 11 concentrate on t h e b i o l o g i c a l aspects o f such changes. What i s t h e nature o f these age-related changes? What f a c t o r s i n f l u e n c e the r a t e o f aging? Do c e l l s i s o l a t e d from t h e body show aging? I s aging t h e r e s u l t of d e t e r i o r a t i o n o f c e r t a i n c e l l s o r t i s s u e s o f the body? What a r e t h e c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s as t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l basis o f aging? These and o t h e r questions w i l l be addressed i n t h i s course by means o f classroom l e c t u r e s , discussions o f assigned readings, and t a l k s by o u t s i d e experts. Evaluation w i l l be based on several quizzes and exams given d u r i n g t h e course. Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Science 205 M e t h o d s in Biological R e s e a r c h BIOLOGY 20301 Instructor: Neal Thorpe The development o f t h e m a j o r i t y o f t h e present concepts i n b i o l o g y has been h e a v i l y dependent upon t h e use o f an a r r a y o f s o p h i s t i c a t e d research t o o l s . This course w i l l i n t r o d u c e t h e student t o t h e t h e o r e t i c a l basis o f approximately two dozen important b i o l o g i c a l methods such as chromatography, electrophoresis, spectrophotometry, s c i n t i l l a t i o n counting and microscopy. It w i l l a l s o r e q u i r e an in-depth i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f one s e l e c t e d method w i t h t h e o b j e c t i v e 6/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM o f d e v e l o p i n g an a p p r o p r i a t e e x p e r i m e n t a l e x e r c i s e t h a t c l e a r l y demons t r a t e s a t h e o r e t i c a l p r i n c i p l e . The s t u d e n t w i l l t e s t and v a l i d a t e t h e method, w r i t e i t up, and p r e s e n t i t o r a l l y . Prerequisites: Time: B i o l o g y 111, 112; C h e m i s t r y 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106) I1 Room: S c i e n c e 202 Wetland Ecology BIOLOGY 2031 1 Instructor: Roberta Lammers In w e t l a n d e c o l o g y we w l l l a t t e m p t t o g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e comp l e x j t y , v a r i e t y and fmportance o f f r e s h w a t e r w e t l a n d s such a s bogs, marshes, fens, and swamps. We w i l l s t u d y the p h y s f c a l aspects o f these w e t l a n d s as w e l l as the I n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f some o f t h e j r m a j o r o r g a n isms 1 i k e sedges, i n s e c t s , and sphagnum. S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pursue some independent r e a d i n g on wet1 and organ1 sm5 o f p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t t o them. The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s t o n as we1 l as l a b work i d e n t i f y i n g organisms c o l l e c t e d i n n o r t h e r n Minnesota d u r i n g t h e summer by the f n s t r u c t o r . We w i l l examine c r i t i c a l l y t h e p o t e n t f a 1 o f M i n n e s o t a ' s w e t l a n d s a s an energy saurcp. There w i l l be l o c a l f i e l d t r l p s . Grading w i l l be on t h e hasis a f one t e s t and the p r e s e n t a t i o n ( w r j t t e n or o r a l ) o f t h e independent r e a d i n g . Prerequisite: Time: B i o l o g y 111, 112 I Room: S c i e n c e 213 - D i s c r e t e E v e n t Simulation BUSINESS 21495 Instructor: K e i s h i r o Matsumoto D i s c r e t e e v e n t s i m u l a t i o n i s an approach t o p r o b l e m s o l v i n g . The method r e p l i c a t e s t h e s e t t i n g o f a p a r t i c u l a r problem by w r i t i n g a com- m e n t a t i o n and s There w i l l be l e c t u r e s and a computer programming l a b o r a t o r y . Prerequisfte: Time: I A s t a t f s t i c s course o r t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Room: L2O1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 tNTERIM/7 CHEMISTRY 341 13 Instructor: E a r l A1 t o n Fflrding whlch chmlcals are, i n a solution ~(qualltatireanalysis)' T s a cfiaff enging way o+ learntng some prlnclples o f chemistry. Thls course dl 1 use laboratory, experiments coupled w i t h a non-mat h m t 9 e n l explana t i o n of the chemistry Tnvolved t o provide an introduetlon t o cemlstry. The laboratory wark wtll canter on solvfng chnmnclcsl unknoys. There wlll be several 1ecture-dl scussfon sessfons each week and about three hours o f l a b o r a t o r y each day. knowns and a few q u i z z e s . Lectures - Grading w i l l be based upon s o l v i n g unLaboratory 11 :00 a .m. Prerequisite: H i g h School C h e m i s t r y Distribution: Yes Time: 18111 Room: - 1 :00-4:00 p.m. Science 318 Introduction t o Chemirtry CHEMISTRY 341 04 Instructor: John Holum T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some fundamental p r i n c i p l e s o f chemistry: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Measurement, w i t h emphasis on dimensions, S I u n i t s and a few common u n i t s used i n c h e m i s t r y , b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences,.and how t o use t h e f a c t o r - l a b e l method i n c a l c u l a t i o n s . Elements o f a t o m i c and m o l e c u l a r c o m p o s i t i o n s and s t r u c t u r e and how p e r i o d i c r e l a t i o n s h i p s h e l p o r g a n i z e and e x p l a i n s e v e r a l p r o p e r t i e s . Comon p h y s i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t t e r . Comnon chemical p r o p e r t i e s o f a c i d s , bases and s a l t s w i t h emphasis o n t h e background needed f o r s t u d i e s i n e l e m e n t a r y b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences. A p p l i c a t i o n s t o h e a l t h aspects o f environmental p r o b l ems w i 11 <be made. A b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. L e c t u r e s and d e m o n s t r a t i o n s a r e used. There i s no scheduled l a b o r a t o r y and no a s s i g n e d w r i t t e n r e p o r t s . E v a l u a t i o n i s based on q u i z z e s and t e s t s . R e g u l a r g r a d i n g o n l y ; no PIN. T h i s c o u r s e i s n o t open t o s t u d e n t s who had c h e m i s t r y I n h i g h s c h o o l ;+'i,tdoes n o t c o u n t t o w a r d a chemistry major. Distribution: Time: I , Yes Room: S c i e n c e 318 81AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM . , , 4 . An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C l i n i c a l C h e m l s t r y CHEMISTRY 34205 Instructor: A r l i n Gyberg A few years ago dtagnosttc medlcine was principally a matter of collectjng Inf'orrhatfon about symptonlr t o diagnose an Illness. Occas~onally 1aboratory tests were made to support the dlagnasj s A1 though col I actTn$ infoymntfon about symptoms 1s still an Integral part, diagnosefc medicine has progressed t o t h e pot n t where 1aborat~rytests are rout1 nely performed and may result i n a diagnosis dlfferentr from the on,e fndicated by the symptoms, T h i s course introduces some of the types o f chemical problems s t g n l f i c a n t i n medic-lne ahd methods o f chehlfcal analysls used I n the clinlcal cheml'stry laboratory. Lectures, films, occasional laburptory experience, and at least one f i e f d t r I p t o a elInical teboratory w t l l be used t n the course; eva'luatf~nwill be by fvequent . q u i z z e s and a f i n a l exam. Prerequisites: Time: Chemistry 106 o r 116 o r 223 Room: I Science 320 E c o n o m i c s of U r b a n I s s u e s ECONOMICS 221 20 Instructor: Ed S a b e l l a A s t u d y o f economic i m p l i c a t i o n s o f many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban environment, Some o f t h e t o p i c s t o be d i s c u s s e d a r e : P o p u l a t i o n "Cris i s ," Crime P r e v e n t i o n , Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n , D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread, Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Fundamental micro-economic t o o l s i n t r o d u c e d t o f a c i l i t a t e d i s c u s s i o n . T h i s c o u r s e does n o t c o u n t towards an economics m a j o r o r m i n o r . Distribution: Time: Economics o r Urban I1 Room: 01 d Main 11 Decision Making with Finite M a r k o v Ch'ains ECONOMICS 22493 Instructor: Satya Gupta Taehnf ques o f H a r b v chains have long been used in solving problems i n Physical Sciences. This tool has fnvaded the realm of Business and Eco,nomics only recent1 + I t I s important for management practltloners t o wnderstand thl s sop I sticatac? tool Problems on bank management, cap* tal expenditures, accounts receivable, market share and others w-ill be sol ved usf ng Maykou shaf n model s Students comprehension will be evaluated by tests on probtm solving using Narkav chain models, Z . . Prerequisite: Time: I1 - H i g h School A1 gebra Room: L-1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/9 EUROPE January 3-28 E d u c a t i o n i n a n U r b a n Community: L o n d o n EDS 44260 EDE 45260 Instructor: Cost: B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n $1395 An exarninatfon o f the r e l a t i o n s h i p o f t h e school t o t h e 4 # u r b a n community u s i n g London's East End a s an example. The focus o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be o n such u r b a n problerns as p o v e r t y , f a m i l y d i s i n t e g r a t i o n , and crime and how u r b a n s c h o o l s and t h e l r t e a c h e r s can r e s o l v e them. The c l a s s w i l l meet f o r r,eef n a r s and l i v e a t the Urban Studies Center ~f the C o l l e g e o f S t . Mark and S t . John i n the Eas,t End Area. S t u d e n t s w i l l be p l a c e d a s a i d / o h s e r v e r s i n a l o c a l school I n t h e s u b j e c t o r g r a d e o f t h e i r c h o i c e . S t i ~ d e n t sw l l l a l s o have the o p p a r t u n i t y t o work and o b s e r v e i n a number o f community a g e n c j e s i n t h e East End. E v a l u a t i o n w l l l be based on a paper t h a t i n t e g r a t e s assigned r e a d i n g w i t h a d d i t i o n a l i n d i v i d u a l r e s e a r c h and a l o g o f p r a c t i c a l experiences. Counts t o w a r d m a j o r : F u l f i l 1s t h e e l e m e n t a r y and secondary O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (EDS 265 and EDE 255) Meets an u r b a n concerns r e q u i r e m e n t Grading: PIN o r t r a d i t i o n a l E n r o l l m e n t : 15 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f O c t o b e r . Student Teaching EDUCATION: Instructor: 44480, 44481, 44482, 44483, 44484, 45480, 45481 , 45482, 45483, 45484 B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n Students w i l l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r f u l l days, O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e i n o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s a t t h e preschool , k i n d e r g a r t e n , e l e m e n t a r y o r secondary s c h o o l l e v e l ( d e p e n d i n g on the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t ' s need) under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f I n t e r e s t e d students should consult w i t h c a l l ege and school p e r s o n n e l t h e i n s t r u c t o r b e f o r e December t o de-Lermi ne placements and a p p r o p r i a t e c o u r s e number f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n . . Prerequisites: Acceptance i n E d u c a t i o n Program and p e r m i s s i o n o f instructor. 1 OIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Heritage Reporter ENGLISH 54212 Instructor: Dave Wood "Heritage Reporter" explores s t r a t e g i e s f o r effectively wrltjng about one's family, one" comun.lty, or an institutqon t h a t figures o r has f jgured largely In the student-%porter1 s l i f e . Techniques of f i c t i o n and non-flctlnn a r e revealed t o the students by means o f a comprehensive reading 1jst. No exams. Students are expected t o submit a 20-30 page "Heritage Booklet'l on a subject of thefr choice a t course's end. Grade will be P/N only. Prerequisites: Time: English 111 I Room: Old Main 10 Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study of A m e r l c a n W e s t e r n a n d J a p a n e a e S a m u r a i F i l m s ENGLISH 54233 SOCIOLOGY 94233 Instructors: Jerry Gerasimo and John Mi tchell The pu~poseof the course i s t o clarify the thematic form of the Western and the Samuraf f lrn by comparing thedr respective myths, their societal premises, and t h e i r canventions: f o r example. the ritualized duel and t h e use of proxemlc patterns (treatments o f space) In ways t h a t are implicitly cultural . Although both genres a r e highly popular, they are vfvidly useful for e s t h e t i c , c u l t u r a l , and anthropological comparf son. Students wj 11 be requi red t o attend a1 I f i l m presentations (approxtmately 10 feature f i l m s ) , t o wad selected t e x t s , and t o take a final written examination. Laboratory Fee: Distribution: Time: I1 $35 Yes Room: Science Audi t o r i urn A S e v e n t i e s Sampler ENGLISH 54249 Instructor: Ron Palosaari We will study some novels, poems, plays, and films written o r filmed in the 1970's. Our reading will include the l a t e s t available works of Vonnegut, Roth, and Berger, some recent science f i c t i o n , detective s t o r i e s , and a best s e l l e r . Our viewing will depend on what plays and films a r e available i n January in the Twin C i t i e s . AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/11 I f possible, students w i t h a s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n a t y p e o f l i t e r a t u r e o r f i l m w i l l be a b l e t o form groups around t h e i r i n t e r e s t . Those who take t h i s i n t e r i m should have t h e time and d e s i r e t o do t h e reading. Films w i l l be seen i n t h e afternoon t o t a k e advantage o f lower p r i c e s , b u t we w i l l see two o r t h r e e plays i n t h e evening. Distribution: Time: Yes Room: I1 Old Main 18 Five-College Fictlon Writing Workshop ENGLISH 54362 Instructor: Lon Otto, College of St. Thomas Members of t h e workshop w i l l experiment w i t h various aspects of prose f i c t i o n technique, aiming a t t h e completion of t h r e e o r four s h o r t s t o r i e s during t h e I n t e r i m period. The workshop w i l l meet t h r e e afternoons a week t o discuss f i c t i o n w r i t i n g and t o engage i n c o n s t r u c t i v e c r i t i c i s m of w r i t i n g being produced by members o f the class. F a i t h f u l attendance a t these afternoon sessions i s e s s e n t i a l . The course i s open t o students from t h e f i v e associated c o l l e g e s (normally t h r e e from each c o l l e g e ) who have had some experience w r i t i n g s h o r t f i c t i o n . Preferably, they should have a l r e a d y taken a c o l lege-level c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g class. I n t e r e s t e d students from Augsburg should submit samples o f t h e i r work t o Dr. Toni Clark before I n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n . Potpourri: S e l e c t e d Readings f o r Discussion ENGLISH 54445. Instructor: Barbara Anderson I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , students w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l reading l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which w i l l be discussed i n small groups, e s t a b l i s h e d according t o common books, authors, o r themes. Reading l i s t s must be determined before the end o f f a l l term so t h a t a discussion schedule can be published p r i o r t o t h e i n t e r i m session. Prerequisite: J u n i o r o r Senior standing and consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Distribution: Yes Time: I Room: Old Main 12 12/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM 'EUROPE January 3-28 L a n g u a g e , C u l t u r e a n d T h e a t e r in P a r l s French 70215/70315 Instructor: Cost: Mary Johnson $1595 Immersion i n French c u l t u r e f o r intermediate and advanced students. Focus on study o f language, c u l t u r e , t h e press, + and t h e a t e r . Readings, analysis, and discussion i n t e g r a t e d w i t h attendance a t lays and f i l m s . V i s i t s t o a r t i s t i c and c u l t u r a l exh i b i t s according t o ' s t i d e n t i n t e r e s t s . Full-day excursions t o Chartres and V e r s a i l l e s ; o p t i o n a l weekend f i e l d t r l p t o Mont S t . Michel and L o i r e chateaus. Conversations w i t h French students i n groups o f three. French 70315 counts toward major (French) French 70215, 70315 count toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement (Foreign Language) Prerequisites: Grading: 70215: 70315: French 70211 o r e q u i v a l e n t French 70311 o r e q u i v a l e n t P/N o n l y Enrollment: 15 I n t e r e s t e d students should contact Ms. Mary Kingsley i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r than t h e end o f October. F r e n c h L l t e r a t u r e in T r a n s l a t i o n FRENCH 70243 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Have French w r i t e r s produced a 1 i t e r a t u r e t h a t escapes from 1 i f e o r t h a t shows l i f e as i t i s ? By readlng and analyzing a v a r i e t y o f s h o r t e r French works i n English t r a n s l a t i o n w i t h t h i s questlon i n mind, we w i l l develop stronger communication and c r i t i c a l s k i l l s and c u l t u r a l s e n s i t i v i t y as w e l l as encounter those o f s i g n i f i c a n t French w r i t e r s . M i n i - l e c t u r e s and study guides w i l l h e l p focus t h e r e a d e r ' s a t t e n t i o n on t h e works themselves. Much c l a s s time d a i l y w l l l be devoted t o small group discussion and exchange o f ideas. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/13 d e v e l o p i n g adequate language t o c o n t r i b u t e o r a l l y and i n w r i t t e n form t o t h e i n s i g h t s o f t h e c l a s s . Two o r t h r e e 30-minute q u i z z e s e a r l y i n t h e course w i l l be r e p l a c e d b y t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f a chosen l i t e r a r y work and s h o r t paper i n t h e t h i r d week, w i t h reading, c r i t i c i s m and d i s c u s s i o n b y t h e o t h e r s i n t h e f o u r t h week. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Sophomore s t a n d i n g o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r . Yes Room: I O l d Main 27 .EUROPE January 3-28 The Rhine Frontier: Germany M e e t s Rome and F r a n c e GER 72333 Instructor: Cost: Donald Steinmetz $1595 + Since Roman times t h e l a n d s a l o n g t h e Rhine have been 4one o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t f r o n t i e r areas o f Europe. Here German and Roman c u l t u r e c l a s h e d and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have t h e i r r o o t s i n t h e empire o f Charlemagne. Here Romanesque and Gothic a r c h i t e c t u r e f l o u r i s h e d i n t h e M i d d l e Aaes. Here Germans 'and French f o u g h t i n t h r e e r e c e n t wars. I t i s such e i e n t s which have shaped l i f e and l e f t so many monuments between t h e Rhine and t h e Meuse. The s t u d e n t w i l l s t u d y and " r e l i v e " t h e h i s t o r y o f t h i s area on l o c a t i o n , from t h e Roman monuments o f T r i e r and Cologne, Charlemagnels Aachen, t o t h e b a t t l e f i e l d s o f World Wars I and 11. L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and r e a d i n g s w i l l be p r i n c i p a l l y i n German. Counts toward German m a j o r - Counts toward d i s t r i h u t i o n requirement ( f o r e i g n language) Prerequisites: Grading: German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t P/N o r t r a d i t i o n a l , based on o r a l exams and d i a r y t o be k e p t i n German Enrol l m e n t : 20 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. 14/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Beglnnlng N o r w e g i a n FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75111 Instructor: Liv Dahl Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distri butlon: Time: Yes I Room: Old Main 29 N o r w e g i a n C o n v e r s a t i o n and Composltlon FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75311 Instructor: Leif Hanson Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Oral and written tests. Some laboratory work and field experience required. No special fees. Prerequisite: 75211 - Intermediate level Distribution: Yes Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l5 MEXICO January 5-30 The Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala SPA 76381 GST 58181 Gunta Rosental s Instructor: Cost: $1395 + T h i s i n t e r i m w t l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h Pre-Columbian, c o l o n i a l and modern c u l t u r e s o f Mexico and Guatemala 4t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and v i s i t s t o t h e most imp o r t a n t s i t e s . The i m p r e s s i v e pyramids i n t h e h i g h l a n d s o f C e n t r a l Mexico, t h e i n c r e d i b l e Mayan j u n g l e c i t y o f T i k a l i n t h e Guatemalan r a i n f o r e s t , t h e charming c o l o n i a l c i t i e s o f Taxco and v o l c a n o surrounded A n t i g u a , as w e l l as t h e modern m e t r o p o l i s o f Mexico C i t y . Course p r i m a r i l y i n t e n d e d f o r Spanish m a j o r s ( O p t i o n A), b u t o t h e r i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s may t a k e t h e c o u r s e as an e l e c t i v e ( O p t i o n B ) . E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c o m p l e t i o n o f a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , a d a i l y j o u r n a l ( i n Spanish f o r O p t i o n A), and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t o u r s and d i s c u s s i o n s . (The E n g l i s h e q u i v a l e n t o f t h e m a t e r i a l s w i l l be a v a i l a b l e . ) O p t i o n A: Cqunts t o w a r d Spanish M a j o r F u l f i l 1 s language r e q u i r e m e n t Prerequisite: Option B: General S t u d i e s Prerequisite: Grading: Spanish 212 o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r - f u l f i l l s no d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t None (Spanish 11 1 recommended) PIN o n l y E n r o l l m e n t : '30 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. 16lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Safety Education HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55114 Instructor: Doug Nelson P r i n c i p l e s and p r a c t i c e s o f s a f e t y education i n school and community l i f e . Includes American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course. T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t . Time: I(Jan. 5-16) Room: Melby 12 Chemical Dependency Education HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55115 Instructor: Joyce P f a f f This course w i l l i n c l u d e a pharmacological a n a l y s i s of drugs o f abuse, a l o o k a t t h e disease process and treatment m o d a l i t i e s , as w e l l as immediate and temporary care given t o i n d i v i d u a l s i n a drug emergency. It w i l l pay special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e drug problems a f u t u r e teacher might have t o deal w i t h i n t h e classroom s e t t i n g . Grades w i l l be determined by 2 w r i t t e n t e s t s covering t h e l e c t u r e s and t e x t book. This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y 4 course c r e d i t . Time: I (Jan. 19-31) Room: Melby 12 Recreational Activities & Rhythms HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55232 Instructor: Pam Paulson Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing . This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t . Time: I (Jan. 19-31) Room: Melby AUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/17 Modern D a n c e HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373 Instructor: Pam Paulson An i n t r o d u c t o r y course i n modern dance technique and c r e a t i v e composition i n c l u d i n g e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement, energy, form and design. No previou.s experience necessary. T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y Time: I (Jan. 5-16) i course Room: credit. Melby Coaching of B a s k e t b a l l HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55477 Instructor: Rees Johnson Theory, techniques and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f coaching b a s k e t b a l l . It wi 11 i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a.coaching notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and general p a r t i c i p a t i o n . There w i l l be some o u t o f c l a s s n i g h t work. T h i s course -- equals o n l y Prerequisite: Time: i course c r e d i t . I n s t r u c t o r approval I1 Room: Melby 13 Coaching of H o c k e y HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55478 Instructor: Ed Saugestad Theory, technique and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e aspects o f coaching hockey. It w i l l i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs on d r y land and on i c e . Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a coaching notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n . Students must be a b l e t o skate and must supply skates and s t i c k . This course -- equals o n l y % course c r e d i t . Prerequisite: Time: 1 I n s t r u c t o r approval Room: Me1by 13 18lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM H i s t o r y of P a r i s in M o d e r n Tlmes HISTORY 56111/56311 Instructor: Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t The French a r e sometimes accused o f t h i n k i n g of P a r i s as t h e "navel o f t h e world." There's a b i t o f "sour grapes" c a r i c a t u r e i n t h a t c l e v e r statement. For i f one would p i c k o u t a c i t y which i n t h e l a s t one thousand years has been more important t o Western C i v i l i z a t i o n than any other, one could make a good case f o r P a r i s . I n t h i s course we w i l l study t h e h i s t o r y o f t h a t g r e a t c i t y since t h e 16th century. We w i l l read e x t e n s i v e l y i n a v a r i e t y o f h i s t o r i c a l l i t e r a t u r e , hear l e c t u r e s , v i s i t w i t h some t r a v e l l e r s , and view some s l i d e s and movies. One of our main purposes w i l l be t o double (maybe quadruple! ) your enjoyment when you v i s i t Paris. Evaluation w i l l be on t h e basis o f two t e s t s and a s h o r t paper. For upper d i v i s i o n students t h e standards as t o expectations w i l l be a p p r o p r i a t e l y higher - f o r example, i n t h e i r a b i l i t y t o f i n d t h e i r way i n t o a more extensive b i b l i o g r a p h y f o r t h e term paper. Distribution: Time: I1 Yes - h i s t o r y o r urban Room: Old Main 12 D b e c t e d S t u d y in U.S. H i s t o t y HISTORY 56299 Instructor: Carl Chrislock During t h e I n t e r i m o f t h e 1980-81 school year, I w i l l be a v a i l a b l e t o supervise i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d i e s i n several areas of U.S. H i s t o r y . These i n c l u d e t h e h i s t o r y of American f o r e i g n p o l i c y , t h e 20th Century, Minnesota h i s t o r y and immigration. I p r e f e r n o t t o supervise a h o s t o f f a m i l y h i s t o r i e s , although I am w i l l i n g t o consider we1 1-conceived proposals f o r such studies submitted by students who demonstrate t h a t they have s u f f i c i e n t source m a t e r i a l . Note, too, t h a t a l l t h e s t u d i e s a r e of t h e directed, n o t t h e inde endent v a r i e t y . Any i n t h e l a t t e r category would have t o be t h e department i n advance o f t h e I n t e r i m . Prerequisite: One h i s t o r y course AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM119 H a w a i i : A L a b o r a t o r y of M u l t i - E t h n i c I n t e r a c t i o n ' HAWAII January 4-28 H i s t o r y 56240/56340 P o l i t i c a l Science 85255185355 Instructors: Cost: I.Khin Khin Jensen, Norma C. Noonan $1495 *+ Observation o f t h e Polynesian, Asian and Caucasian c u l t u r e s i n t e r a c t i n g i n p o l i t i c s and s o c i e t y i n t h e 50th s t a t e . Focus on h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s , p o l i t i c a l development, r e 1 i g i o u s h e r i t a g e , educational experiences, commercial ventures, t h e media, c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s and c u r r e n t p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s . Time w i l l be d i v i d e d between t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n Honolulu and H i l o on " t h e B i g I s l a n d . " Various f i e l d t r i p s w i l l be arranged on Oahu and t h e i s l a n d o f Hawaii. Readings w i l l be t a i l o r e d t o each s e c t i o n . Students w i l l submit a j o u r n a l o r a t e r m paper. Counts toward e i t h e r major ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science). Counts toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science). Prerequisites: Grading: lower d i v i s i o n , none. upper d i v i s i o n , sophomore s t a n d i n g and consent o f instructor. PIN o n l y Enrollment: 30 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n qoom 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. PO/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM T h e C i t y in A m e r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e , A r t & A r c h i t e c t u r e INTERDISCIPLINARY 60285 Instructor: Grier Nicholl the growth o f c i t l e s between the Cf v i l War I generated varied responses among k r i c a n Rapid IndustrTal-lzat-ion and WaF and World novelists, poets, painters, and architects of the period. Celebrations of t h e c i t y and the new technology can be found i n the poetry of Watt Whitman and i n the architec.ture of the Chicago Exposition o f 1893. Ambivalent a t t i t u d e s toward the c i t y appear i n the "realism" o f the Ash Can school of pafnters, the photographs of Alfred S t i e g l i t z and others, and i n William O. Howel 1s' novel A Hazard of New Fortunes. Naturalistic novels such a s Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton S i n c l a i r ' s muckraking The Jungle r e f l e ~ 1 ~ n i z i enf fge c t s of economic forces in the c i t y . Course format will vary; lectures on historical and l i t e r a r y background, small g r o ~ p ~ d i s c u s s i o nof s readings, and several visits t o local a r t museums. There will be three t e s t s and an individual o r group oral presentation. Distribution: Time: Urban I1 Room: Music 23 B r u s h Up MATHEMATICS 61103 Instructor: Beverly Durkee This course i s designed as a brush up in arithmetic and as an introduction t o algebra. The course will be particularly helpful f o r students in elementary education o r who will be taking s t a t i s t i c s a s part of a major. Computer programs will be available f o r students who wish t o work with t h i s medium. There will be lectures t o present material, homework assignments t o gain s k i l l s , and written problem solving t e s t s f o r grades. Time: I Room: Science 108 Mathematical A s p e c t s of Music MATHEMATICS 61 130 Instructor: Ben Cooper In t h i s course we will examine some of the evidence for the often-expressed feeling t h a t music and mathematics a r e somehow related. Actually there are three kinds of contact: (1) a t the sub-musical l e v e l , where both elementary and sophisticated AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM121 mathematics have a lot to say about such foundational topics as acoustics, scales, and tuning, as well as the premises of twelvetone composition; (2) at the level of composition, where mathematics no longer applies directly (except for certain composers) but where there are strong analogies between the ways composers and mathematicians create and evaluate their work and between features of certain highly structured pieces, such as canons, and mathematical constructs; (3) at the level of aesthetic theory, where probabilistic ideas help to clarifjt what constitutes style. The emphasis on these topics will depend on class interests, provided only that everyone does some significant mathematics. When possible, we will try to hear those things we discuss mathematically, through recordings or performance. Grades will be based on homework exercises, mostly mathematical but including the composition of at least one canon. The necessary the ma tics will be developed in class. Prerequisite: Music 101 or equivalent and some high school algebra Distribution: Time: Yes Music 5 Room: I An E x p o s u r e of C h a o s In M o d e r n Cosmlc M o d e l s MATHEMATICS 61136161336 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploration of math-related ideas and Space-Age research which calls for a critical re-evaluation of present "scientific dogmas" on the nature and origin of the universal cosmos and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Age data, buried in the literature, will be unveiled to show inadequacies and contradictions in some aspects of modern astro-cosmology and its links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which transforn'unsupported scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present an oral sumnary of their paper. Distribution: Time: I Yes Room: Old Main 23 ZZIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM ~ e m o r i z i t ! o n f o r Musicians MUSIC 82151/82351 Instructor: James D. Johnson M u l t i p l e approaches t o memorizing music v i a f o o l p r o o f system. These systems a r e derived from t h e harmonic, melodic, rhythmic and formal a n a l y s i s of t h e music under study. For i n s t r u m e n t a l i s t s and v o c a l i s t s . Upper d i v i s i o n students w i l l be expected t o memorize more, perform more f o r t h e c l a s s and do more memory work away from t h e i r instruments. Time: I Room: Music 9 M a k e Y o u r Own M u s i c MUSIC 82212/82312 Instructor: Robert ~ a r l i n An o p p o r t u n i t y f o r the i n t e r e s t e d student t o l e a r n about t r a d i t i o n a l and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems used i n t h e c r e a t i o n o f o r i g i n a l works o f music. Tonal, a t o n a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c techniques w i l l be employed by the p a r t i c i p a n t s t o c r e a t e t h e i r own compositions. Open t o music majors as an upper d i v i s i o n course; and t o students w i t h l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music as a lower d i v i s i o n course. Music majors w i l l c r e a t e t h r e e short, o r i g i n a l works; others, a t l e a s t one. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Majors: Theory 4; others: No: Majors: e l e c t i v e Yes: Others: Fine A r t s Room: I1 Music 26 Music The,rapy: T e x a s S t y l e M U S I C 82233182433 Instructor: Roberta Metzl e r none &: Course w i l l i n c l u d e an overview o f c l i n i c a l p r a c t i c e and research i n music therapy, through readings i n textbook and v i s i t a t i o n t o treatment f a c i l i t i e s and graduate music therapy programs i n Kansas and Texas. V i s i t s i n Kansas w i l l i n c l u d e t h e headquarters o f t h e AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM123 . Y f% I t s fn Unsas d l 1 i h ~ f u d k\theJAdtIqth*em @+' the. Maklonal Assocl akhn For ,MW 1c Therqpy, Ihc., Topeka S b t e Posplbl , Mnhinger Foundptiow,Uhdversf ty o f Kansas bditml Schopl . $n8 f q a s , the Pokb wlll k on @search .In mysic: ther&py a t Boutham btbdist U d v e r s l ~ ,under tha dQr4ctfon df k 6b@rleB, T. Eitglq, wZtl be ara lnble to ex ta3n' reseawh RMT. Graduate sJudents from r&pa(ot, and 40 swahm twri OF@us$$ t&ra~$ fitcFFhp6 .ln %@ Dill 1a~#Folrt8Wor$b,area. A11 travel' %TI 1 be ,@ co1T ege,pa& : gw'fiir92ion w"ll1 be b S rM bn tests wer the'trdmk, wrl.ttqn rep$& of a11 intenship sites vfstted, and', for~uppd~~dfvfs~on c~edlt,a rtnf~ e s e a ~~, ~ obg o s a l Optlonal . d d p trlps 18 Texas wsuld, be $0. Qa t veston,#San Antomias sfld ksgfn. and Tekaa -r e I Fee: Maximum o f $450 ( i n c l u d i n g o p t i o n a l t r i p s i n Texas). would cover a1 1 t r a v e l , room and board. Time: I Room: T h i s fee Music 26 The Opera of Puccini MUSIC 82253 Instructor: Stephen Gabriel sen A s t u d y o f a l l o f t h e operas o f Puccini through l i s t e n i n g and reading assignments. T e s t i n g w i l l i n c l u d e 1 i s t e n i n g questions as w e l l as t r a d i t i o n a l o b j e c t i v e exams. T h i s course i s designed f o r t h e opera l o v e r as w e l l as music majors. Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: I Music 4 History of Jazz MUSIC 82377 Instructor: L a r r y Tallman This course w i l l pursue t h e chronological e v a l u a t i o n of j a z z as we know i t today. Beginning w i t h e a r l y ragtime, t h e j a z z movement exemplifies t h e t r u e meaning o f what i s known as America's own t r u e music. Augsburg has many t e x t s , recordings, and papers t o b e n e f i t t h e student as a f u t u r e jazz scholar. There w i l l be t h r e e t e s t s and a f i n a l . Time: I Room: Music 2 24IAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM a T r e n d s & I s s u e s in N u r s i n g NURSING 81 320 I n s t r u c t o r s : Carol Hoffhan and Susan Knust T h i s course i s i n t e n d e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s a broad p e r s p e c t i v e by i n t r o d u c i n g c u r r e n t t r e n d s and i s s u e s t n h e a l t h c a r e and t h e p r o f e s s i o n o f n u r s i n g , Many o f t h e i s s u e s a r e c o n t r o v e r s i a l , a r e r e l e v a n t t o c u r r e n t p r a c t i c e and have p o t e n t i a l f o r f a r - r e a c h i n g e f f e c t s i n h e a l t h c a r e . Students w i l l be graded on group p r e s e n t a t i o n s and w r i t t e n examinations. Prerequisites: instructor. Time: Admisslon t o Augsburg N u r s i n g Program o r p e r m i s s i o n o f Room: I O l d Main 13 T h e P h l l o s o p h y o f C. S. L e w i s PHILOSOPHY 83132 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach Though C. S. Lewis i s w e l l known as a r e l i g i o u s w r i t e r , what he says develops f r o m s p e c i f i c views about God, man and v a l u e s . Our purpose w i l l be t o r e a d Lewis w i t h a p h i l o s o p h i c a l eye f o r h i s arguments and presupp o s i t i o n s . Grades w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n , t e s t s and proba b l y some w r i t t e n work. Distribution: Time: Yes June 1981 Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look a t Some Contemporary Issues PHILOSOPHY 83250 Instructor: Kenneth B a i l e y A popular song says I " T h i s i s t h e dawnTng o f t h e Age o f Aquarfus. " Is i t ? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, t h e e l e v e n t h s i g n o f t h e Zodjac, symbol i z e s s i m p l i c i t y , peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun i s a q u e s t i o n . Some a s t r o l o g e r s say i t began as e a r l y as 1930; o t h e r s t h a t i t i s j u s t dawning, However t h a t may be, i n t h I s course we w i l l discuss some o f t h e concerns ( e . g . , freedom, m o r a l f t y , hunger) t h a t face whatever age we may be in, from a p h i l o s o p h i c n l s t a n d p o i n t . Grades wfT1 be based on w r i t t e n t e s t s and c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n . D i s t r i b u t i o n : Yes Time: I1 Room! 01 d Main 1 0 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM125 The Starship Accords PHYSICS 84180 POLITICAL SCIENCE 85180 Instructors: Mark Engebretson, Myles Stenshoel You have been selected to participate i n the establishment of the f i r s t permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As one of the colonists, i t will be your duty during f l i g h t to: A. FBmil iarize yourself with the environment expected on any of the several planetary systems thought to be suitable for colonization. . B. Help design a system of governance for the entire comuni ty C. Distribute the necessary tasks and choose the size of the colony sent to each location. . Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and pol i t i c a l theory will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group projects. Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Music 22 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Solid S t a t e Physics PHYSICS 84341 Instructor: Kenneth Erickson Thls course 1s designed t o provide students o f physics, chemistry, materials science, electronics and engineerlng with a knowledge of the basic physfcal concepts important for the understanding of s o l i d state phenomena. Solfd S t a t e Science i s presently one of the leading areas of basic and applied research actjvity. By means of lectures, 1aboratary work and problem s o l v l n g and discussion sessions i t I s hoped that the student wlll gain a fundamntal working knowledge o f the subject and a hands-on familiarity w f t h some solid s t a t e devices and experimental methods. Topics t o be discussed will include: symoetry and classification o f crystal1 i n e structures; interatomic bonding, l a t t i c e dynamics, electrons i n metals, superconductivity s semi conductors and t h e die1eeeri c and magnetic properties of sol ids. Prerequisites: Time: I Physics 121,122, Math 124, 125 Room: Science 24 26/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Hawali: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction +,, POLITICAL SCIENCE 85255185355 Instructors: I. Khin Khin Jenson, Norman C. Noonan (See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 20.) * N e w s p a p e r s and Presidents: A R e s e a r c h P r o j e c t Analyzing 1980 P r e s i d e n t i a l E l e c t l o n C o v e r , a g e POLITICAL SCIENCE 85345 Instructor: M i l d a Hedblom The New York Times, blashington Post and tos Angeles Times exert a powerful inftuence over other newspapers and the general publTc In thalr coverage o f American p r e s l d e n t l a l elections. The purpose of t h i s course I s t o b e t t e r understand the nature of thefr political coverage through 5ystemat.lc research. Spec-Ifically, students wfll cmpl ete a comparative content analysis of the three papers' 1980 general election news columns. Durlng the f i r s t week of the course we will study the three newspapers' development, focusing on their unlque r o l e i n Am~ricanpol itjeal journal ism, and praetf ce use o f the coding system for analyzing thelr new cotumns. Ourlng the second and t h l r d weeks stuaent will work independently in three teams, i n consult.at.lon with the instructor, wadfng and analyzing election coverage i n the three papers. The tern wlll be working where the newspapers are, for example the Augsburg library, the Unfversity of Minnesota eriodical POW, or other Twin CltIes 11brarles, The last wee o f the course the whole group will agajn work t o g e t h e r evaluating the results o f the content analysis. Students' grades M i l 1 depend upm satisfying indi vldual w p o n slbilities within the group project. Preferred method o f grading Ss P / h Pass, except by s,peciel arrangement. P o s s i b l e copying Pee, twenty do11ars maximum, I n 1leu o f textbook charges. R P r e r e q u i s i t e : Very strong i n t e r e s t i n a problem o f p o l i t i c a l j o u r n a l i s m and consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Time: I1 Room: Music 25 T a l k i n g About P s y c h o l o g y and E v e r y d a y L i f e PSYCHOLOGY 86210 Instructor: Norman Ferguson This course w i l l i n v o l v e discussions i n two major areas: 1) How the p r i n c i p l e s and methods of psychology can be used i n everyday 1 i f e ( f o r example, l e a r n i n g t o r e l a x , breaking bad h a b i t s , improving personal r e l a t i o n s h i p s , and d e a l i n g w i t h anger). AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/27 2) Controversial issues i n psychology ( f o r example, does TV violence have any adverse e f f e c t s on s o c i e t y ? ; do r e l i g i o u s c u l t s use brainwashing t o convert people?) Each student w i l l be expected t o choose one t o p i c f r o ~ neach o f these major areas and lead yroup d i s c u s s i o n s on t h d , t t o p i c , A l l students w i l l be expected t o do assigned readings un the s p e c i f i c t o p i c s i n advance o f each class so t h a t we1 l -informed discussions can t a k e place. A l i s t o f 12-15 p o s s j b l e topics Fur each area w i l l be a v a i l a b l e f r o m the i n s t r t r c t o r p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n . The main o b j e c t i v e s o f t h e course a r e t o become b e t t e r informed on psychological issues which have relevance t o d a i l y l i v i n q and t o develop t h e a b i l i t y t o speak e f f e c t i v e l y ori such issues i n a sn,a11 group s e t t i n g . Evaluation w i l I be based on the q u a l i t y o f c l a s s presentations, d a i l y c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e discussions, and one short paper on e i t h e r o f t h e t o p i c s chosen. Prerequisite: Time: Psychology 105 I1 Room: Psychology 2 ' P o p Psych': What's i t all About? PSYCHOLOGY 86235 Instructor: L y l a Anderegg Erroneous zones, body 1anguage, games-pl aying people , T-groups , happenings, feelings, l o v i n g a r t s , c r e a t i v e insomnia, c u l t s , speed reading a r e a l l p a r t o f a surge o f i n t e r e s t i n human behavior. Are these movements and w r i t i n g s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f psychology today? Has "pop psych" become such a " h o t - s e l l e r " t h a t s c i e n t i f i c psychology has disappeared? What e v a l u a t i o n o f t h i s m a t e r i a l i s being made by professional psycho1 o g i s t s ? I s t h i s t h e f i r s t mass a p p l i c a t i o n o f psychological p r i n c i p l e s ? These a r e some o f t h e questions t o be i n v e s t i g a t e d i n t h e course t h a t w i l l use t h e seminar format. Each student w i l l be responsible f o r s e l e c t i n g several contemporary books t o review and analyze w i t h respect t o the question s t a t e d i n t h e course t i t l e . Evaluation by two t e s t s and q u a l i t y o f review and a n a l y s i s o f chosen references. Prerequisites: Time: I1 Psychology 105 o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r Room: Psychology 3 28/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM U s e s o f t h e P e r s o n a l compute^ I n P s y c h o l o g y PSYCHOLOGY 86241 Instructor: Richard Marken See how a personal computer ( t h e Psychology Department's Apple 1I ) can be used as a tool to explore the mind. Learn to write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure response time, do s t a t i s t i c a l analyses and model tl~oughtprocesses, See the f r u i t s of your e f f o r t s i n glorious color on the Apple I I TV scrr(:rt. Evaluat,ion based on pru(lriran,ing projects and two t e s t s . Distribution: Time: Yes Room: I Psychology 3 Readings in t h e Works of R o b e r t C o l r s PSYCHOLOGY 86372 Instructor: Duane Johnson Robert Coles i s one of America's most widely published writers on childhood development. Much o f his writing i s based on a participantobserver s t y l e of research. He spends substantial time with particular persons in various s e t t i n g s (southerners, migrants, sharecroppers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged) and reports t h e i r l i v e s with s e n s i t i v i t y and with particular attention to, t h e i r strengths. This course will provide an opportunity t o read in the works of Coles with a major focus on conditions under which children develop. Each student must propose an individual reading l i s t and have i t approved p r i o r t o the beginning of the interim. Amendments t o the reading l i s t may be proposed f o r approval during the f i r s t week of the interim. Each student must contact Dr. Johnson no l a t e r than December 1 s t f o r a handout providing suggestions and guidelines f o r reading l i s t development. Expectations will include extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal and a short summary paper. Prerequisites: Registration: Time: I 86105 General Psychology P/N only Room: Music 24 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM129 Study of Religion in t h e Public Schools 3f.Q RELIGION 87355 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe We wjll look b r i e f l y a t the h f s t o r l c a l j n t e r a c t i o n between r e l i g i o n and government i n p u b l i c education i n the United States. Laws w i l l be read and analyzed. The problems, resources and teaching m a t e r i a l s associated w f t h "teaching about re1 i g i o n " i n pub1 i c schools w i l l be analyzcd and discussed. The t h e o l o g i c a l imp1 i c a t i o n s In t h i s e n t i r e phenoa~enonw i l l be o f special concern. Lecture, small group a n a l y s i s and discussion, viewing and c r i t i q u i n g o f m a t e r i a l s . Two exams, several w r i t t e n / o r a l reports, assigned reading. Prerequisite: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Distribution: Yes Time: Room: I Music 23 T h e o l o g y of W o r s h i p & L i t u r g y RELIGION 87369 Instructor: David Fagerberg This i s an invest4gation of the theology o f Chrfstlan warship as i t fs expressed i n the 1 jturgy. By looking a t the 1iturglcal ractlees of the church i n both baptfsm'and the mass fespecfally In t e f i r s t three centuries) we will seek t o shed l i g h t on the character of worship, prayer, the baptismal covenant, sacri Pica, etc. The aim 3s n o t only to provide an fntroductfon t o I f turglcal studies, but also t o encourage a Leper personal apprec'lation o f worshtp. R E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n as drawn o u t o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s reading o f core m a t e r i a l , and t h e .student's p r o j e c t - i n t h e form o f e i t h e r a c l a s s p r e s e n t a t i o n o r a paper. Prerequisite: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Distribution: Yes Time: I Room: Old Main 11 I I- C d \I 3MAUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM T r a i n i n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l a n d D r u g A b u s e SOCIAL WORK 95312 Contact: Eddie Hertzberg An i n t e n s i v e e x p e r i e n t i a l and d i d a c t i c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e i s combined w i t h a week-long experience i n a chemical dependency treatment agency. Students a r e evaluated according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n classes, e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and i n t h e chemical dependency agency. Enrollment i s very l i m i t e d . Fees: $100 Prerequisites: Time: Social Work 95257, s o c i a l work major and permission o f c o n t a c t person I& I 1 Room: Johnson I n s t i t u t e , 10700 Olson Memorial Highway, Minneapolis, MN. Domestic Violence: Old Phenomena, N e w Attention SOCIAL WORK 95410 Instructor: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Rosa1i e C l a r k To understand t h e incidence and prevalence o f domestic v i o l e n c e i n t h e present. To understand t h e h i s t o r y o f domestic violence c r o s s - c u l t u r a l l y . To understand t h e at terns o f domestic violence i n American s o c i e t y . To understand the consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y system and f o r t h e broader s o c i e t y : present and f u t u r e . To g a i n a beginning knowledge o f p o l i c i e s and programs which address domestic violence. Content: An overview o f the phenomena o f domestic violence i n c l u d i n g c o n t r i b u t i n g f a c t o r s , consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y and the broader s o c i e t y , and p o l i c i e s and programs i n America today which address t h e issue. Readings, classroom discussions and guest speakers w i l l provide course content. Course w i l l be p a r t i c u l a r l y h e l p f u l f o r students i n t h e human s e r v i c e f i e l d . Procedures and method o f e v a l u a t i o n : 4 course c r e d i t : paper and f i n a l exam 1 course c r e d i t : a d d i t i o n a l major, in-depth paper. P r e r e q u i s i t e : One course i n psychology, sociology o f f a m i l y o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r . Time: I1 Room: Music 24 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIHl31 F i e l d Work i l l SOCIAL WORK 95466 Instructor: Doug Perry T h i s course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of e d u c a t i o n a l l y focused f i e l d placement i n a s o c i a l s e r v i c e agency [ F i e l d Work 11). Students w i l l spend 15 hours per week i n f i e l d placement, p l u s one hour per week i n f a c u l t y f a c i l i t a t e d supportive seminar held on campus. W r i t t e n evaluations w i l l be made by the F i e l d Work I n s t r u c t o r using p r e v i o u s l y developed c o n t r a c t and s o c i a l work e v a l u a t i o n forms. This course carries Prerequisites: Time: 4:OO-5:00 o n l y % course c r e d i t . F i e l d Work I 1 Room: Old Main 22 Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparatlve Study of Amerlcan Western and J a p a n e r e Samurai Films SOCIOLOGY 94233 I n s t r u c t o r s : J e r r y Gerasimo and John M i t c h e l l (See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 11 .) T h e S o c i o l o g y sf G a m b l i n g SOCIOLOGY 94313 Instructor: Gordon Nelson Recent s o c i o l o g i c a l research has looked a t gambling and i t s r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y . What type o f person i s l i k e l y t o gamble? What i s t h e nature o f t h e work-force i n t h e gambling i n d u s t r y ? I s gambling a s o c i a l problem o r a s o c i a l b e n e f i t ? These are some o f t h e questions asked i n published s o c i o l o g i c a l studies. The course w i l l focus on these studies. Students w i l l be expected t o read and discuss t h i s m a t e r i a l and t o pass a f i n a l examination. I n a d d i t i o n , i n order t o observe a gambling s o c i e t y w i t h i n a l e g a l i z e d s e t t i n g , t h e course w i l l i n c l u d e a f i e l d t r i p t o Las Vegas. Cost o f t h e f i e l d t r i p ( t r a v e l and lodging) w i l l be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Time: I Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r Room: Old Main 22 32/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Discussion and D e b a t e SPEECH 98112/98312 Instructor: Ray Anderson Discussion and debate w i l l be studied as phases of the cooperative problem-solving process embracing i n q u i r y and advocacy. The i n q u i r y phase w i l l i n c l u d e consideration o f both c r e a t i v e t h i n k i n g and c r i t i c a l t h i n k i n g w i t h emphasis on ways o f working w i t h groups t o achieve e f f e c t i v e use o f both c r e a t i v e and c r i t i c a l methods o f problem-sol ving. Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be varied. There w i l l be brainstorming sessions i n v o l v i n g various techniques; t h e r e w i l l be round-table discussions using t h e Dewey thought process; t h e r e w i l l be debates using various formats, and o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s . Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e a c t i v e l y every day. Evaluation wi 11 p e r t a i n t o d a i l y p a r t i c i p a t i o n , examinations on readings and l e c t u r e s , b u t c h i e f l y on t h e q u a l i t y o f student performance i n discussions and debates. Students t a k i n g t h e course f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t w i l l have a d d i t i o n a l reading and w r i t i n g assignments. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: A beginning speech course i s h i g h l y desirable. Yes I1 Room: Old Main 13 Story T h e a t e r (Children's T h e a t e r ) SPEECH 98285 Instructor: Ailene Cole This c l a s s w i l l improvise, produce, and perform a c h i l d r e n ' s play. Whatever i s needed - s c r i p t , costumes, props, 1i g h t s , scenery, music, dance - w i l l be created and executed by the class. Performances a r e scheduled f o r t h e f i n a l week. Time: 9:30 1:00 - 12:OO 3:OO Room: Stage 11, Old Music AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM133 I n t e r c u l t u r a l Communication SPEECH 98331 Instructor: Joel Mugge This course will explore both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. We will examine several factors which contribute t o comunication barriers between cultures such a s ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and non-verbal symbols. The format of the course will include simulations, group exercises, one-to-one and small group interaction, and other intercultural experiences a s well as readings, lectures, and written assignments. I t i s hoped t h a t there will be students from several cultural groups in the c l a s s , so t h a t the class i t s e l f will be a laboratory for practicing comunication between cultures. The course i s particularly recommended f o r students planning t o study o r travel abroad. - Evaluation will be based on exams, papers, and an individual project. Freshmen may register only w i t h permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Old Main 18 34lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Other Courses These c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t t t u t i o n s o r groups n o t connected w i t h Augsburg b u t have been approved f o r c r e d i t by t h e C o l l e g e . Most c a r r y a t u i t i o n c o s t p l u s o t h e r expenses w h i c h a r e t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f t h e s t u d e n t . F u l l e r d e , s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g l s t e r i n g a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e Interim Office. 10163 B a s i c Spinning, W e a v i n g , a n d D y e i n g O f f e r e d by t h e Weavers G u i l d o f M i n n e s o t a . - Tuition $159. 551 06 S k i l n t e r l m (Park C i t y , U t a h ) Comprehensive program w i t h l e s s o n s and seminars f o r a l l f r o m n o v i c e s t o e x p e r t s . Package f e e o f approximate1 y $844 i n c l u d e s e v e r y t h i n g e x c e p t meals and t r a n s p o r t a t i o n t o Utah. C o n t a c t Joyce P f a f f (330-1248) f o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and r e g i s t r a t i o n . 58120 W i l d e r n e s s (A branch o f Plymouth C h r i s t i a n Youth C e n t e r ) Three c o u r s e s a t t h e PCYC base on t h e edge o f t h e Boundary Waters Canoe Area i n N o r t h e r n Minnesota, n e a r Grand M a r a i s . 85399 Washington Interim A s t u d y i n t e r n s h i p p r o g r a n i n Washington, D.C. i n c o n n e c t i o n w i t h t h e Washington Center f o r L e a r n i n g A l t e r n a t i v e s . I n f o r m a t i o n on p r o j e c t s , h o u s i n g and f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e i s a v a i l a b l e f r o m Dr. Norma Noonan i n Memorial 113. 95312 T r a l n l n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l and D r u g A b u s e - I n t e n s i v e e x p e r l e n t ? a1 and d i d a c t j c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e combined w i t h week-1 ong e x p e r i e n c e i n chemical dependency t r e a t m e n t agency, S t u d e n t s a r e e v a l u a t e d according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n c l a s s e s , e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and I n t h e chemical dependency agency. E n r o l l m e n t i s v e r y l i m i t e d . - S o c i a l Work 95257, s o c i a l work m a j o r and p e r m i s s i o n o f c o n t a c t person, E d d i e H e r t z b e r g , a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Cost i s $100. 98251 PeacemakingIPIaymaking: A n Experience w i t h C o m m u n l t a maa t i c l i t e r a D r darm A s t u d y o f f o r m s o f revelation i n B i b l i c a and t u r e ( E u r i pedes , Shakespeare, Ibsen, inter) , supplemented by Y workshops i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , I m p r o v i s a t i o n , and a c t i n g . Communal l i v i n g p r o v i d e s a n i n f o r m a l s e t t i n g t o e x p l o r e t h e n a t u r e o f p l a y and i t s f u n c t i o n I n f o r m i n g j u s t and c r e a t i v e i d e n t i t i e s . The setting i s t h e ARC r e t r e a t cornmuni t y n e a r Cambridge, Minnesota. Mornings w i l l be s p e n t i n l e c t u r e and discussion, and a f t e r n o o n s In workshop s e s s i o n s focused on t h e i n v e n t i o n o f games. E v a l u a t i o n based on i n d i v i d u a l p r e s e n t a t i o n s and e x t e n s i v e j o u r n a l . I n s t r u c t e d by R i c h a r d H a r r i s o n and memb e r s o f t h e ARC community (Augsburg c o n t a c t p e r s o n J o e l Mugge). Course r u n s f r o m January 5-29 a t a c o s t o f $285. - AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM135 Lifetime Sports The f o l l o w i n g a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o students d u r i n g i n t e r i m . They do n o t c a r r y o f f i c i a l c r e d i t , b u t they do meet t h e l i f e - t i m e s p o r t s requirement f o r graduation. Students may p a r t i c i p a t e i n any one o f these w i t h o u t r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h e course, b u t w i l l be expected t o pay any fees whether-or n o t c r e d i t i s received. F o l k Dancing PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Time: E r n i e Anderson 12:OO-1: 00 Monday through Friday Running Room: Melby - A Positive Addiction PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Joyce P f a f f Students w i l l be developing and p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n a running program designed t o get and keep them i n shape. The c l a s s w i l l be i n d i v i d u a l i z e d t o t h e a b i l i t y and endurance l e v e l o f each p a r t i c i p a n t . There w i l l be no w r i t t e n t e s t s o r o u t s i d e assignments. D a i l y attendance i s required. Students must be w i l l i n g t o r u n outside. Time: 12:OO-1:00 (meets :an. 12-30) Room: Me1by Beginning K a r a t e and S e l f - D e f e n s e PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o "American" Karate. Form, Basic Techniques, and p r a c t i c a l usage w i l l be t a u g h t by c e r t i f i e d MKA Black B e l t I n s t r u c t o r . Fees: $20.00 f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n Time: 12:OO-1:00 Monday, Wednesday, F r i d a y 36/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Room: Me1by
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1983
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1983 Interim Catalog 2/1 nterim POSTMASTER Volume 113, Number 4 Winter I982 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1983 Interim Catalog 2/1 nterim POSTMASTER Volume 113, Number 4 Winter I982 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan t o spend the same amount of time i n class and preparing for class as they w o u l d for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Calendar for Full Credit Courses ............................................. .................................................. November 8-11 Interim Registration December 6 ............................................Late Interim Registration January 3.. First Day of Interim Class 19:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancel/add January 4 . . January 17.. Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 21.. ............................ Last day for withdrawing from full courses January 28.. ....................................................... Interim ends .............................................. ................. Calendar for Half Credit Courses January 3.. ............................... First group of half credit courses begins January 4 . . ............................. .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses January 10.. Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses January 12.. Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses First group of half credit courses ends January 14.. January 17.. Second group of half credit courses begins January 18.. ............................ .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses January 24. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses January 26.. January 28.. Interim ends ......... ...................... ................................ ........................... ...................... ....................................................... The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 4/l nterim Essential Information One course i s considered a full time load during interim and no student i s permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed on the last page. Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Options June Interim - At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1983 session of summer school (see listings under Biology and Education) in lieu of January term, with no additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect a June interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay the regular summer course tuition. International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the six overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1983. These interims are under the following departments: Art - Europe: Art in London and Paris Foreign Language - Mexico: Basic Conversational Spanish - Europe: The Rhine Frontier History - Hawaii: Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction Music - Europe: Music in London and Paris Political Science - Mexico: Theories of Social Change and Revolution Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St. Olaf College. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the Interim Office and from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after that date. Internships - Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 16. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $670 for the interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Augsburg Policy Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all the rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192. 6/l nterim Courses - 16mm Film-Making I Film-Making I1 ART 242 - 4002,342 - 4005 Instructor: Paul Rusten The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication. Using professional 16mm equipment, students in teams will produce short black and white synchronized sound motion pictures. Students who have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within the same class schedule and timeframe as Film-Making I. Fees: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent Distribution: Art - Music Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 17 Life Drawing ART 247 - 4001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted i n various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2B and 48 pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fees: $20.00 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I........ Room: O M 17 Europe January 3 - 28 Art in London and Paris ART 378 - 4006 Instructor: Mary Swanson This course will study art in the collections of museums in London and Paris. Stylistic, historical and sociological perspectives will be emphasized in viewing artwork in museums, galleries and architectural landmarks. Lectures will be given before visiting each museum so that students will become acquainted with major works i n each collection. Students will keep a journal on designated major works in each museum or gallery collection noting style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish to emphasize a certain period in the history of art. Fees: $1995 Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Human Anatomy and Physiology BIO 103 - 4009 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg This is a one-term course used by nursing students, physical education students and others who would like to be more knowledgeable about the human body and how it works. Although the course is as thorough as is possible in one term, there are no science prerequisites. I n addition to a systematic study, various questions stimulate discussion and individual study. Questions relating to product advertising and good nutritional principles, "fad diets," muscle development and exercise, and many others will arise throughout the course. The area of Anatomy is dealt with primarily i n the laboratory portion and Physiology in the lecture portion. About 40 hours are used in each, the laboratory and the lecture room. Time: Summer Interim.. . . . . . . Room: 5213 lecture, S214 lab Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences BIO 106 - 4113 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud W e are Iivlng in a period of biological revolurlon whfrh scemr llkely to contlnuc. Many of the d ~ v ~ l a p m e n twill r , increasingly result in drarnaric changes in cthiral thinking and the forrnularion of puhtic policy. Questions such as these musr be eflectivefy addre~ced:What are the rights o( r h unhorn? ~ Shfiulrl hiwlogists he allowed to work on any typc of research no matter where i t leads? Does the irlea of a moral responslhility toward the environment make sense? What ethical and social problems would arise as a resull of cloning people? IS recombinant DNA research likely to rrcate more p r o h l ~ m than s II soTves?Is euthanasia ever justllledl Ir Is intended rhat ihrs courseshould provide a! leas! a small part of the hackground necessary to answer such questions and make responciblr: ethical choices. Each topic will he introduced by the instrucrar or a guest, but much of the class time will be spent discussing assigned readings and various viewpoints. Formulation of a brief position paper on one of thr! issues will be required. Grades will be based on the paper, class participation and examination results. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I... . . . Room: 5 205 .. 8/l nterim Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind BIO 110 - 4010 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud Where did I come from? What am I ?Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more fundamental questions which intrigue and torment members of our species. While at one level we seek philosophical and religious answers, biology is invoked at another level. It i s the intent of this course to address these questions and others through the study of evolution and heredity (genetics). The concept of organic evolution continues to have its critics, a matter which we shall consider. Yet to the vast majority of biologists the evolution of life i s not only accepted but is regarded as the single most significant contribution which biology has made to human knowledge. We will study the evidence in support of evolution, the proposed mechanisms of the evolutionary process, and, as time permits, the course of evolution from primitive forms to humans. Some principles of genetics will be studied for the primary purpose of making it possible to understand evolutionary mechanisms. Ways in which people influence their own evolution and that of other species will be discussed. Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites: A high school general biology course Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Room: 205 Time: I . . ...... Immunology BIO 386 - 4011 Instructor: Neal Thorpe A study of the immune system, emphasizing antibody structure and function, cell-mediated immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. immunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated. Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations. Prerequisites: BIO 111,112 Time: 11.. ...... Room: S205 Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry CHM 113 - 4014 Instructor: Earl Alton way of learning Finding which chemicals are I n a solutlon (qualltatlve analysis) Is a challengrn~ some principles of chemisrrj. This course will use laharntory experiments coupled with an essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemistry Involved to provid~a n introduction to chemistry. The laboratory work will center on solving chemical unknowns. There will be several lecture-discussion r~sslonseach weck and about three hours of laboratory ~ a c h day. Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes. Prerequisites: High School Chemistry Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: This class will meet January 3 at 12:30. Thereafter it will meet as follows: Lectures - 12:30 - 1:30 T,Th,F Lab - 8:30 -11:30 T,Th,F - 1:30 - 4:30 T,Th.. Room: S 318 ...... Physical Chemistry For The Life Sciences CHM 301 - 4015 Instructor: Richard D. Olmsted Objectives: The object of this course is to provide a working knowledge of basic physical chemistry to students whose primary academic interests lie in the life sciences. This course will provide a sound development of physical chemistry based on physical ideas and will use only the minimum mathematical treatment of the material that will enable students to use their new knowledge to solve relevant biochemical problems. Topics Covered: Properties of matter and molcculrs, energy changes in chemical reactions, entropy and the d i r e d o n of chemical change, f r ~ eenergy, chemical equilibrium and chemical driving forces, equilibria in chrmlcal and biological systems, physlcal ~ q ~ l i l i h rand ia membrane phenomena. rates of transport processes, rates of ch~mit.alreaction, rcaction mechanisms, rpraroscopy and quantum mechanics, molecules in crystals dnd molecular structures. Evaluation: Each student will be assigned a grade based on performance on in-class examinations. Prerequisites: 1 term Organic Chemistry, 1 term of Calculus Time: I. ....... Room: S 318 Microeconomics Applied To Managerial Problems ECO 451 - 4013 Instructor: Satya P. Gupta I n teaching microeconomics most of the emphasis i s on developing the theoretical tools with some scattered applications. This course, assuming the basic understanding of microeconomic tools, will concentrate on applying price theory to specific business decisions. Grades will be based on one report and an examination. Prerequisites: ECO 251 or Instructor's consent Room: L 1 Time: 1 1 . . ...... Discovery in the World of Kindergarten EDE 375 - 4018 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course i s a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials and a review of teaching approaches. Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is t o be arranged by the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have taken place prior t o the course itself. The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Time: Summer Interim.. ...... Room: to be announced l O / l nterim Theories of Learning Disabilities EDE 383 - 4016, EDS 383 - 4017 Instructor: Barry Franklin This course will examine the principal theories that have been advanced during the past 80 years t o explain the nature, causes, and treatments for learning disabilities. I n examining these theories we will look at the behavioral charactCristics, methods of diagnosis, relationship between behavior and brain involvement, and treatment approaches advocated by major theorists and practitioners in the field. The course requirements include two take-home essay examinations and a short paper in which the student will examine the work of a major theorist of the field. There will be a number of field trips to look at representative learning disabilities programs in the Twin Cities. This course can be used as an elective in the special education minor. I t is designed for students in education, psychology, social work, nursing, music therapy and corrective therapy who anticipate working with handicapped individuals who exhibit learning and/or behavioral disabilities. Prerequisites: A general psychology course or consent of the instructor. Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 11 Student Teaching EDS 481 - 4023 EDC 481 - 4019 EDS 482 - 4024 EDC 482 - 4020 EDS 483 - 4025 EDC 483 - 4021 EDS 484 - 4026 EDC 484 - 4022 Instructor: Marie McNeff Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Grading: P/N only Room: L 6 Time: I . . ...... People Under Pressure ENG 211 - 4027 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social, religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This is not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and even wit. We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name i s Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright, Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea; Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 10 The American Short Story ENG 241 - 4028 Instructor: Toni Clark This course will feature films from the PBS series, The American Short Story. We will read the seventeen stories comprising this series as well as numerous others from the American Renaissance t o the present. Short fiction by women and men will be read. There will be a fee of approximately $10 for films. Evaluation will be based on class discussion, quizzes, papers and exams. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time : I . . ...... Room: M 2 2 Literature Performed in the Twin Cities ENG 269 - 4029,369 - 4030 Instructor: Richard B. Sargent During January, we will attend a selection of the many plays and readings presented in the Twin Cities. The emphasis will be on theater, but we will also attend poetry readings and prose readings at places suc.h as the Loft and the Walker. We will be attending plays at theaters such as the Guthrie, Actors' Theatre of St. Paul, Playwrights' Lab, and the Rarig. Students will keep a journal of responses. Students will be responsible for paying for tickets, but we will take advantage of group rates whenever feasible. We will have group discussion of performances, and will be meeting with actors, directors, and writers for after-performance discussions. There will be a few assigned readings. Those taking the course for upper division credit will be expected to do an additional research paper. Fees: Approximately $30 for tickets for plays and readings. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11 Five College Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction) ENG 362 - 4097 Instructor: Jonis Agee, The College of St. Catherine We will work to discover the necessary relationship between form and content, language and narration, and character and voice, and to develop the special discipline that writing fiction requires. We will attend some readings in the area by visiting writers. The format will be a workshop, in which we will share what we read, what we write, and what we dream. Participation i n this workshop will be limited to three Augsburg students who will be selected on the basis of short manuscripts of fiction to be submitted to Toni Clark by November 1. Contact Professor Clark (L 215, ext. 1053) for further details. Time: 11.. ...... Room: at College of St. Catherine, to be announced 12/l nterim Europe: January 3 - 28 The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France GER 333 - 4032 Instructor: Donald Steinmetz I Since Roman times, the lands along the Rhine have been one of the most significant frontier areas of Europe. Here German and Roman cultures clashed and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have their roots i n the empire of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and gothic architecture flourished in the Middle Ages. Here Germans and French fought in three recent wars. It is such events which have shaped life and left so many monuments between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the history of this area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Trier i s ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating from Roman times to the present, and important historical sites of five countries are less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to the student's entering level of competence. Cost: $1690 Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent Distribution: Foreign Language Beginning Norwegian Nor 111 - 4033 Instructor: Leif Hansen The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression i s emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Nor 311 - 4034 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice in spoken Norweg~anwith emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field experience required. Prerequisites: 211 or equivalent Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . Room: O M 29 . Mexico: January 3 - 27 Basic Conversational Spanish SPA 113 - 4031 Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley Basic Conversational Spanish Is designed for students who have already covered the structures of the present, preterite. and imperfect tenses and arc ready to put their knowledge to use on the scene in Mexico. There will he regular in-classsessions, small group conversations, as well as a great d ~ aol l opportunity to use Spanish aclively and passively in conducting Interviews, shopping, attending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month. Grading will be based on class participation, quizzes, and a final exam which will be written and oral. Original materials will be used as the text. Basic Conversational Spanish and Theories of Social Change and Revolution (see Political Science) will have the same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all the students will be encouraged to take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Cost: $1195 Prerequisites: Spanish Ill or 2 years of high school Spanish Distribution: Foreign Language for those needing 112 or 211. Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232 -4076 Instructor: Staff Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time:ll -Jan. 3-13... . . . . . Room: Melby Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 410 - 4036 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: Health 320 Time: I . .. . . . . . Room: Melby I3 14/l nterim Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE475 -4035 Instructor: Al Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I -Jan. 3 13.. . . . Room: Melby 12 - .. . Coaching of Basketball HPE477-4078 Instructor: Dave Boots Theory, techniques and administration of coaching men's and women's basketball. Course will include off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation. There will be some out of class night work. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I l -Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby I 3 Coaching of Hockey HPE478-4079 Instructor: Ed Saugestad Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 24 Paris in the Nineteenth Century HIS 114 - 4037 Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city which in the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any other, one could make a good case for Paris. In this course we will study the history of that city i n one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this century i n some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There will be a final exam. Distribution: History-Philosophy: Urban Time: 11.. . . . . Room: O M 23 .. 20th Century South Asia HIS 162 - 4038 Instructor: Don Gustafson This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be i n a wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and freauent breaks for slide ~resentations. Grades will be based on geAeral level of participation, on some written work and probably a test. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: L1 Hawaii January 3 - 27 Hawaii: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction HIS 240 - 439,340 - 440 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen Observation and study of Asian (Japanese, Chinese, Korean and Philippine), Polynesian (Hawaiian and Samoan) and Caucasian cultures interacting i n the 50th state. Focus on historical traditions, immigration patterns, religious heritage, educational experiences, commercial ventures, the media, cultural activities and current issues. Field trips include visits to the Polynesian Cultural Center, Pearl Harbor-Arizona Memorial, lolani Palace & Bishop Museum, Buddhist-Taoist Temple, East-West Center at the University of Hawaii, the Hawaiian City of Refuge in Kona area, and visits with community leaders of varying ethnic backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu. Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips, lectures and discussion sessions (including pre-interim orientations). Students will keep a daily journal. There will be required readings. Cost: $1895 Prerequisites: Upper division-sophomore standing and consent of instructor. Distribution: History-Philosophy Grading: P/N only 16/l nterim The Minnesota Political Tradition HIS 356 - 4041 Instructor: Carl Chrislock An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present. Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture. Procedures will be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assigned and optional readings, a term paper or book reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual aids (transparencies of political cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations with Minnesota governors, slides) will be used; and an effort to recruit outside speakers with political experience will be made. Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor. Room: M 22 Time: 11.. ...... Being and Becoming Well in American Culture INS 265 - 4043,365 - 4044 Instructor: Ronald Palosaari Within our culture are forces, patterns, and conditions that contribute to our degree of well being. During January we will examine American culture trying to understand better some of those factors that influence our wellness, to use the current popular term. We will also consider the current wellness movement, examining its impact on American culture and individually determine what it has to offer. To take this class, one does not have to eat granola, seaweed, and brown rice nor run five miles a day: One will be expected to walk or run regularly to class, to read several books and articles, and to write some short papers. Those taking the class for upper division credit will be expected to go up steps two at a time and write more extensive papers. We may take a few field trips in the Twin Cities and one trip to outstate Minnesota. I expect students to arrange any work schedule if necessary for such trips. Room: O M 25 Time: I.. ...... South Africa: Historical Mirrors, Economic Laagers and the color Spectrum INS 270 - 4045 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach The goal of the course is to provide a multi-faceted encounter with a complex, fragmented, yet culturally familiar society. Approximately one week will be devoted to each of the following topics. I n what ways does the South African experience mirror the American experience; how do the economic policies of South Africa shape its relations to its economic satellites and Africa as a whole; what roles do the church, education and athletics have in molding a multi-cultural society? The course will be conducted largely in seminar format. During the last three weeks students will conduct relevant research and make presentations to the class, both individually and in groups. Academic work will be assessed through tests and evaluation of class presentations. Room: M 23 Time: I . . ...... Perspectives on the Humanities: The City in American History, Literature and the Arts, 1865-1914 INS 275 - 4042 Instructor: Grier Nicholl Rapid industrialization and the growth of cities between the Civil War and World War I generated significant responses from American writers of fiction and poetry, painters, photographers and architects. How did the interpretations of major writers and artists compare to actual historical developments of the city and technology in the period? What similarities and differences can be discovered in the ideas, values, and attitudes reflected in literary and artistic responses to industrialization? The course will examine these and other interdisciplinary questions to lead the student toward an integrative perspective on the humanities. Activities in the course will include active participation by urban and art historians; small group discussions of selected poems of Walt Whitman, selected short stories of Stephen Crane, and two controversial novels-Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton Sinclair's The jungle; lecture and slide presentations on painting and architecture; and visits to the Minneapolis Institute of Arts to view prints and photographs of the city during this period. There will be three tests and individual oral presentations of projects. Distribution: Urban Time: I . . . . . . . Room: O M 21 . Brush Up MAT 103 - 4093 Instructor: Bev Durkee This course is designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills for students scoring I on the Mathematics Placement examination. The course will be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or who will be taking statistics as part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests to determine study needs, homework assignments to gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized. Prerequisites: Mathematics Placement Examination score I. Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: S 108 18/l nterim An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models MAT 136 - 4047,336 - 4048 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploration of math-retated ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluat~s present "scientlflt dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic model5 of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Agr: dara, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and t h ~ i links r to geology, biology, and the humanities. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required in one of six major areas discussed. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present oral summaries of their papers. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 22 Pattern Processing Through Pascal Programming MAT 144 - 4049 Instructor: Larry Copes I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written reports. Prerequisites: Group I l l (formerly A) score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination. (See instructor if you have not taken this examination.) Distribution: Math-Physics Time: I . . ...... Room: S 112 Memorization for Musicians MUS 151 - 4053, 351 - 4054 Instructor: lames D. Johnson Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and formal analysis of the music under study. For instrumentalists and vocalists. Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from their instruments. Prerequisites: Basic music study Distribution: Music-Art Time: I.. ...... Room: M 4 Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy MUS 167 - 4051 367 - 4052 REL 364 - 4086 Instructors: Larry Fleming Philip A. Quanbeck The 500th anniversary of the blrth of Martin I-uther provides thc impetus for this FTOSSdidplinary offerlng focusing on thcrhape of the liturgy in t h r reformation and the historical. theolo~icaland musicological background out nf which the Mass In R minor by I. S. Bach emergps. Plenary sessions will be addrrsscd by Charles Anderson, Larry Flemlng, and Philip (Suanheck. Stuttents may elect e i t h ~ one r of the supplernenlary group sessions. 1. Musico!ngiral - Baroque p~rformancepracrice, contras~lngMass seftings, t e ~ t l ~foreal runners will be sti~diedtogether with detailed musical enrl theological analysis of the complete score with instrumental and choral realization. 2. Religion - The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and theological background of the reformation and the renaissance. This course may not be used toward a music major. Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require additional work. Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion Music - consent of instructor Time: 11.. . .. . .. Room: M 23 Europe January 3 - 28 Music in London and Paris MUS 378 - 4045 Instructor: Robert Karlen rt These two great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Franck, Berlioz, and Stravinsky. Performances ro be attended will include oprrctra, baller, chamber music, and symphonic concerts hy leading orchee~ralensernbl~s.There will be opportunities to attend worrhip services in the magnificent catherlralc of there rwo rap~lalcllfer. L@cturcsdesrxihing the special sljinillcancc of the music ro h c heard, and p r o v i d i n ~importani hackgrai~ndinformation, wil/ h~ supplemenred by visits lo museums and libraries to see r o l l e c t i o n ~of historical musical instriimrntr and view manuscript srorez or famous composers, Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination. Cost: $1995 Distribution: Art-Music Grading: P/N only 20/l nterim Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330 - 4055,330 - 4091 Instructors: Nancy Malcolm, Helen Woelfel This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations. Prerequisites: Registered Nurse Time: I or 4-8 p.m.. ....... Room: O M 12 Philosophy of Love - PHI 145 4056 Instructor: M . L. Fuehrer This course presents an analysis of the four types of human love, seeking to locate their place in human experience. Certain key writings of philosophers and works of literature will be analyzed with this objective in mind. Evaluation will be based on written essay examination. There will be a very small fee to cover film expenses. Distribution: History-Philosophy Room: O M 22 Time: I.. ...... 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester PHY 322 1 4057 Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation detection and measurement with emphasis on applications in the sciences and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on nuclear radiation physics at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student will study nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, radioecology, environmental radiation, health physics, and radiation safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. Student's performance evaluation based on laboratory performance, laboratory record, and formal laboratory reports on selected experiments. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training programs. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. The estimated cost for transportation and housing i s $275. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112 Special Functions and their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327 - 4058 Instructor: Mark Engebretson Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering dlsdplinc~because of the high d e w ~ eof symmetry they can rppresent. This course will acquainf the studcnl wlth three cijtegories of functions and ihelr applications: Legendre polynomiats and spherical harmonics, Fourier serie~and rransforms, and functions of a cnmpl~wvahable. High resolut~ongraphics using the T e k t r o n i ~1051 Graphic Computer will hr u w d t o enhance underslanding of I h r syrnm~trtcsinvolvrd. Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project. Prerequisites: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent Time: I... . . . . . Room: O M 21 The Supreme Court and the Supreme Being POL 177-4060 Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel A n analytical case study approach to the Supreme Court's role as policy-maker, constitutional interpreter and political subsystem, using the Court's church-state decisions from 1940 to 1983 as substantive focus. Objectives of the class will be to help students (1) understand the political nature of the American judicial system; (2) achieve competency in the analysis and criticism of original SOUFCPS, I.e., judicial opinions and decisions; and (3) recognize the complexity of constitutional interprrtation and the interplay of values, precedents, personalities and interests in the development of constitutional law. Teaching methods will include lecture, library research, class presentations and discussions. Evaluations will be based on (1) brief research reports, (2) quizzes and (3) class participation. Prerequisites: None, other than freshman or sophomore status. Distribution: Political Science-Economics Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . Room: M 24 . 22/l nterim Mexico: January 3 - 27 Theories of Social Change and Revolution POL 383-4059 Instructor: M u l f o r d Q. Sibley This will be a course which surveys modern conceptions of social and political change and revolution. Beginning with the European background i n days immediately after the French Revolution, it will consider such theories as those of the utopian socialists, anarchists, liberals, Tolstoyans, and Marxists. Particular attention will be devoted t o the place of economic factors i n social change. Hobson's theory of imperialism, as well as Lenin's, will be considered. Malthusians and neo-Malthusians, with their population and resources conceptions, will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and East-West tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. I s violence compatible with democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of non-violent revolution? During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico in particular. Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal. Theories of Social Change and Revolution and Basic Conversational Spanish (see Foreign Languages) will have the same itinerary (Mexico City, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all students will be encouraged t o take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Cost: $1195 Distribution: Political Science-Economics Grading: P/N only U.S. Foreign Policy Today: Comparative Perspectives POL 495 - 4084 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten This course will analyze current U.S. foreign policy problems i n two strategic regions: the Middle East and the Caribbean. Course objectives include: A. Examining central aspects of U.S. policy in what i s called the North-South dimension of world politics. For this objective we will look at both (1) the dilemmas for U.S. policy makers who must relate American interests in Third World countries within U.S. global strategy and (2) the tensions created within Third World societies as their governments attempt modernization and simultaneously face the geopolitical concerns of the superpowers. B. Employing comparative case study methods to analyze how U.S. policy instruments are used i n two different regions of the world. The course content will highlight recent debates over U.S. grand strategy, briefly review the evolution of policies in selected Caribbean and Middle Eastern countries, analyze regional changes which pose new problems for American policy makers, and evaluate current policy recommendations. Students will work in a dual capacity as individual decision-makers and as members of foreign policy teams. Extensive reading will be required during the first 2/3 of the course. Students will prepare briefing books on one country in each of the two regions. They will also present an oral summary of their policy evaluations and will submit a final paper detailing how they would implement their recommendations. Prerequisites: One previous course i n international politics or comparative politics (e.g. POL 158 or 160); otherwise see instructor or department chair. Distribution: Political Science or Economics Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 24 . . The Psychology of Personal Adjustment PSY 101 - 4061 Instructors: Norm Ferguson, Linda Rodgers The objectives of this course are to explore some of the basic principles of psychology and to see how they may be used in coping with important life issues. The content of the course will include topics such as: dealing. with success & failure, experiencing loss & grief, and developing personal independence, intimacy, & values. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of issues such as these in small groups. Active participation by each student i s expected along with the sharing of relevant individual experiences. Evaluation will be based on class participation and one individual project or paper. This course may not besubstituted for Psychology 105 for students pursuing a major or minor in psychology. Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Grading: P/N only Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: P 1 24/l nterim The Male Jail PSY 286 - 4062,386 - 4096 Instructor: Lyla Anderegg A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was a real man." A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the American Male, circa 1982. Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of materials, added involvement in the community. Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information gathering and written test. Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology for upper division status. Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2 Learning PSY 357 - 4063 Instructor: Grace Dyrud Learning concepts, behavior change principles, skills and issues. Psychology of instruction. Projects involving applications (e.g. student skills) and tests evaluate student learning. Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology, or consent of instructor. Time: I . . ...... Room: P 2 Theology of Play, Games and Sport REL 328 - 4064 Instructor: John Benson There is nothing more familiar to us than play, games and sports. We are all involved with one or more of them almost daily. Yet, there is usually little understanding of the human significance of these commonplaces of experience. Philosophers of culture like Weiss and Huizinga, however, together with sociologists like Caillois and psychologists like Bern have helped us to see some of the deeper meanings of these things we usually take for granted. At the same time, theologians concerned with cultural questions such as this have added their contributions. Rahner, Miller, Pieper and Novak have helped us to see that religion itself has a "play" structure. I n the lectures, all of the above thinkers will be dealt with. And in the small groups two books, one by Caillois, and the other by Novak, will be read and carefully discussed. Several special preparations will be required as well, related to special discussions. An example of such a special discussion i s the problem of the relation between the game proper and the "intimidation game" that goes on within it at the same time. Such a problem can be shown to have far reaching implications into many other areas of life as well as games. Prerequisites: One course in Religion Distribution: Religion Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 10 Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy REL 364 - 4086 MUS 167 - 4051 367 - 4052 Instructors: Philip A. Quanbeck Larry Fleming The 500th anniversary of the birth of Martin Luther provides the impetus for this crossdisciplinary offering focusing on the shape of the liturgy in the reformation and the historical, theological and musicological background out of which the Mass in B minor by J. S. Bach emerges. Plenary sessions will be addressed by Charles Anderson, Larry Fleming, and Philip Quanbeck. Students may elect either one of the supplementary group sessions. 1. Musicological - Baroque performance practice, contrasting Mass settings, textual forerunners will be studied together with detailed musical and theological analysis of the complete score with instrumental and choral realization. 2. Religion -The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and theological background of the reformation and the renaissance. Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require additional work. Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion Music - consent of instructor Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 23 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366 - 4092 Instructor: Bradley Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be lectures and discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated on several short tests and a short research paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion. Distribution: Religion Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 18 Practicum in Human Services SWK 257 - 4065 Instructor: Doug Perry An opportunity to discover whether a career in human services i s for you. Thirty hours per week of volunteer work in a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly seminars. Evaluation based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final examination. Students will meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester in order to discuss selection of agency and structure of this course. ~ of problems for which people seek Ohjectlvws arp ta d ~ v e l n pspecial awareness ol t h klnds hrlp: increase k n o w l r d g ~of theservice givcn hy the agency in which student is serving; gain knowledge of thr! profess~onalsin thc nrannizatinn, including their skills, competencies, ducati ion, and Lsainlng: gain h ~ g i n n i n gk n o w l ~ d g cabout the diversity of human service agencic<: and increase ~ ~ n d e r s t a n r lof i nsrlf ~ tn rrlation 10 he human service field. Time: II (for in~tialmeeting; group meetings will be arranged). . . . . . . Room: S 123 . Social Services with American lndian People SWK 400 - 4087,400 - 4066 Instructor: Rosalie V. Clark Readings will be combined with lectures by American lndian people, who are either consumers or providers of services, and with visits to agencies serving American lndian people. A research paper incorporating two special service theories and addressing a specific area of service provision for American lndian people will be the basis for evaluation. Actual class meeting times will be determined by class members on the first meeting day. This course carries only 1/2 course credit. Non-social work majors are welcome. Students wishing an additional 1/2 course credit in independent work should consult the instructor before the beginning of interim. prerequisites: Sociology 383 Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: M 25 Field Work 111 SWK 466 - 4088,466 - 4068 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg The objectives of the class are to use supervisory rrlation~hipto increaw Interpretive as well as social work performance competence; tn promote gradual enlry Into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the clicni contact phase of thr problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard ro prof~ssinnalpractice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation form. Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status . . . . Room: M 24 Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th.. .. I nterim/27 The Sociology of Law SOC 220 - 4068 Instructor: Diane Pike This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it. Specific topics include: cross-cultural notions of law, regulating morality, deterrence, social change, the legal profession, and corporate crime - all with respect to a sociological approach to understanding law. The basic format will be lecture/discussion. Evaluation is based on (in addition to participation) two (2) take-home examinations. Prerequisites: SOC 121 or an introductory political Science course, or permission of the instructor. Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16 The Human Potential Movement and Identity: A Sociological Analysis SOC 394 - 4089 Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo This will be a sociological and social-psychological analysis of that loosely connected grouping of persons and movements which lays emphasis on identity, self-expression, selfawareness and growth. "Alternate life-styles" and "expanding consciousness" have become increasingly central terms for the media and large parts of the American population. After a brief history of the movement and its major figures (Freud, Rogers, and Maslow) we will consider the Human Potential Movement's relation to other social movements and to the dominant culture. There is a possibility of field work. Evaluation will be based on an examination and a paper. There will be a fee of about $5.00 to cover additional instructional materials. Prerequisites: PSY 105 or SOC 121 or SOC 241 Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 13 Story Theater (Children's Theater) SPC 285 - 4072 Instructor: Ailene Cole This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week. Stage 2 Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m.. ....... Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. ART 163 - 4095 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174. 28/l nterim HPE 106 - 4070 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah) Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of approximately $975 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food (condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 8 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff (Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration materials. GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center) A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost: $400. POL 399 - 4073 Washington Interim A study-internship program i n Washington, D.C. in connection with the Washington Center of Learning Alternatives. Information on projects, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom i n Memorial 117A. SWK 312 - 4074 Training School on Alcoliol and Drug Abuse Intensive experiential and didactic training at Johnson Institute combined with week-long experience in chemical dependency treatment agency. Students are evaluated according to participation in classes, experiential learning and in the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. Badminton HPE002-4081 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Basic techniques and theory of beginningbadminton - much of the class time will be spent in singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outside assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport. Melby Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Volleyball HPE002 -4082 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport. Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby Racquetball HPE 002 - 4083 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime,sport. Time: 9:20.. Melby ...... International Studv Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Interims Abroad January3-28,1983 Cermany Hawaii The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction German 333 - Donald Steinmetz Since Roman time<,the lands along the Rhlne have b ~ e onn e ol the mu+[ jlgniilcai~t ironlrer areas 01 Europe. Here Ccrman and Roman culture clajhed and rnlsed: Here e TOC)~,~ntheernpure of Cha~lemagne.Heft modern Germany and France h a ~ their romlneique and go1h ~ architecrure r ilurished ir: Ihe kirddle A ~ e s t-lere . Germaris and French fought in rhree recent rvari. I r is such evcnts whuch h a w .;haper1 litc and left co manv munlrments between rhc Rhine ancl the blcuse. The rlurlenl ill studr and "relr~c" rhe history o i rhls area o n loratiori, firm the Roman munumen;, oi Trier and Cologne. Charlemagnp'~:lachen. ro the baltteiields of tUorld b\ar$ I and It and ~ h dynarntc c socier) of presenl-dai Germanv. The course will be c o n d u r ~ e dpr~marrlvIn Trrel.. Germany, r\lTh excursion5 10 nc-arb, zites. Trier Ir ideal f o r lhis plrrpose. Perhaps the oltlest r l t v In Germanv. Trier i s rich in monumenls. dat~netrom Roman times ro rhe prcsenl. and imporlanl ~ h a n700 miles away. Lecrures. d~scussions.and historical sites o i iise counfries J r e readings will be principally in German according tu the siudent.5 entering level of competence. . Counts toward: German major and foreign language distr ihufron requirement . . Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent.. . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollmenl: 15 ... Cost: $1690. London and Paris History 240,340 - Khin Khin Jensen Observalian and s t u d y of 4sian I J a p a n e r r . Chinese. Korean arld Ph~llppinej.Polyne5ian ItbwaiIan and Samoan,, and Caucasian cu[rures inkerac-tingIn the i i t t ~ e ~ stale. h Focus on hiaorrcal rraditions. immigrd~ionparrerns, religious heritage. erlucational eaperlences. ~nmrnercialvpnrurc5, the media. rulrural ~ r t j v i t j e .a~n .d current rssues. Field i r i p ~include vihits to I ~ PFo l > n e i i a n Cultural Center. Pear[ Harbor-4rtzona h3ernorial. tulani I'alace and Hishop h l u s e u m . tluddhr5:-Taoist Tcmple. East-\.\ei.i Center ar thc C!nlverrit) oi Han.aii, the Hawallan Cir! of Reiuse rn Kona area. 2 n d V I ~ I ~ w F i~h cornrnunlty leaders or barying ethnic backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu. Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips, lectures, and J i j c u ~ j i ~ n sessions ~inrludingpre-~nterimorientations). Students will keep a daily journal. There will b e requirt-d reading;. Counts toward hlsrnr, major, Fas! ?\51an Studies major, history distribution requirement. Prerequisites: l o n e r drv~s~un, noni.; U* division, sophomore standing and consent of Grading: P N orrh . Enrollment: 15-18 . . . Cost: $1795. instructor . Mexico Clo!h course2 r ~A~PYICO i WIIIha\ e rllc same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca): a l l qtudcnis will be encouraged t c t take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of tlme outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Art in London and Paris Theories of Social Change and Revolution Art 378 - Mary Swanson Political Science 383 - Mulford Q. Sibley This course will study art in the collections of museums In Landon and Parls. S~vlistic, historical and sociological perspectives will be ernphds~rdIn s rewng arlrnork in museums. galleries and architectural landmarks. Lecture will be gnen briore v~siting~ n c h museum that students will become acquainted with malor work.; In each cultectron. 5iudr:nv wilt This wlll be a course which surveys rr~odefnconceprlons of social and political change and re\olut~on8t.einning with the European b,:ckground in days immediately after the French Ktyolut~on,II wtll ~ o n r ~ d 8uch c r theories as rhorcof the utopian socialists, anarchists, b r a l s , Tolmyallanrl .Maruitrs. Parilrular atltnuon will be devoted to the place of ,\LC" d ,""'.,"' V" U C - . ~ . . Y L C . . ....A,-, .."I,., I.. C " < . I _.-bYIICI, .-.. C L , , " , , .,-..,. style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish t o emphasize a certain period i n the history of art. I Counts toward art major or art history major, fine arts distribution requirement . . . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollment: 25 . . . Cost: $1995. be conslaereu. MalthuSlanS and neo-Maltnuslans, wlrn tnelr popularlon anu resource, conceptio~s,will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and EastWest tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. Is violence compatible wrth democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of nonviolent revolution? During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico i n particular. Music in London and Paris Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal Music 378 - Robert ~ a r l e ' n These t w o great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Berliozi Franck and Stravinsky. Performances t o be attended will include operetta, ballet, chamber music, and symphonic concerts by leading orchestral ensembles. There will be opportunities to attend worship services i n the magnificent c a ~ h p d r ~of l s these t w o capital cities. Lectures describing the special significance of the music ro be heard and providing important background information will be supplemented h! \,isits to museums and libraries to see collections of historic musical instruments and view manuscript scores of famous composers. Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination. Counts toward music major and fine arts distribution requirement .. . Prerequisites: none . . . Grading: P/N o n l y . .. Enrollment: 15 . .. Cost: $1995. Counts toward political science major (theory and comparative subfields) and the political science distribution requirement.. . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195. Basic Conversational Spanish Spanish 113 - Mary A. Kingsley Bal'ic C n n ~ e r w ~ i o n a I ~ S p a n15 i sderisnecl h tor sludents w h o have already covered the ~ and are ready t o put their strurtL~reEaflh? pr-ent, preteritr. dnd ~ r n p e r f e cIcnsc3 k n u u letlgr t o tire o n the scene in htexico. There %ill be regular in-class sessions, small group conuwsations. as well as a ?rear deal or opporrunity t o use Spanish actively and PASSIL.:~~ in runclucring interviews. siloppi1.1~. atrending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month. Grading will be based o n class participation, quizzes and a final exam w h ~ c hwill be written and oral. Original materials will be used as the text. Counts toward foreign language distribution requirement for 112 or 211 . . . Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or 2 years of high school Spanish . . . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195. Ser..zster and Summer Opportunities Program in Global Community February 3 - May 2- B q r m in-gbklmmmununrty is a 3% month study program based In C u e h l a r ~M , ex~co Primary fows is on the study of h u m @latiiAteglobal Iustlce and human IiQerarlon firought~velaperiencesandfourofsir~~~rseopt~ons The ~ & , ~ ~ , ~ ~ f S t ~ l t l ~ n , r o o m e d b d w d t r i ~ dbeweenTewarmd l Mexico A p p l ~ c a i m d e a & w : O c t o b e r 15, 1982 ACTC HECUA Programs udents may partlclpate In the Assoc~atedC o l l e g e o f thtTwin C I t h (ACTC) ermany and V ~ e n n aand the South Amerlcan Urban kmester and Urban Study Term through the Hlgher E d u c a t i o n C o n ~ o n i u mf m t l r b a n A) Many more opportunltles are ava~lable,and infarmation may be obta~ned at the O f f ~ c eof lnternat~onalPrograms The SPAN Program Semester or Year Abroad A n a ~ ~ l h Mbeen + ?@ t m d e r v r h ~ c hAugsburgmStil&nls may spend thelr ~ p h ~ ~or~jso an-h r reyear Ind y a# rfibmber of f o n ? @ d m t ~ o n a l lnstltutlons Among themam: theUhivWty af 0 h . N ~ Sch~ller ; CaUwin London and He~delberg,the University &Bath, &gb& the U n i u e M y of ~undee,Soetlan$; the U n ~ v e r s ~of t y Sev~lle, Spain; and thelmtitutefor American Univers~t~es in A v i p n , France International Business See under Business Administration in Augsburg College Catalog. Students will spend two months during the summer of 1983 i n any one of three countries: Mexico, Yugoslavia or Kenya. The summer will be preceded by a year-long orientation and a paper will be written after returning. Scholarship help is available. Applications should be made this spring for the program which begins i n the fall. Scholarships, Deadlines Scholarships apply to international study. Because enrollment in semester study abroad i s limited, students should apply early in the year. Deadline: March 1 of the preceding year. I f space is still available after that date, applications will be accepted until the last day of class. Mary A. Kingley, Director, Office of International Programs, Old Main 20 -612-330-1206
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1980
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1989
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1989 ......................2 Calendar ............................3 About this Catalog ..........3 Introduction ..............................3 Visiting Students .............4 Courses ..............................5 Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1989 ......................2 Calendar ............................3 About this Catalog ..........3 Introduction ..............................3 Visiting Students .............4 Courses ..............................5 Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College followsa 4-1-4 calendar,with Fall and Spring semestersof approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972Educational Amendments or Section504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192(Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar 1989 ................................................Interim Registration .............................................................Late Interim Registration ...........................................................................First Day of Interim October 31-November 4 December 5 January 3 Class I 9 a.m. Class I1 1p.m. January 4 January 16 ................................................. Last Day for CanceYAdd ..............................................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 20 ....................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 27 ..................................................................................... I n t e r Ends January 31 .....................................Validation of Spring Class Registration ................................................................ Spring Semester Begins February 1 The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1: 8 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9 a.m.) Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 16, at one o-clock. About this Catalog The catalog lids courses by departments. Dcpartrnmts arc listcd in alphahctical order. At Ihc end of the book are listings ;sf other courscs not offered by Aupburg hut recognized by the collugc for Interim credit. Furthcr descriptions and informat inn about these courses are availablc in tlw Intcrim Office, Mcmorial230. Studcnts may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Options International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships - Studcnts electing an internship n~ustprescnt a cnrnplctcd internship learning contract to t hr In tcrnsliip Officc (Mcrnorial230) no btcr than Tuesday, Novembcr 22. Cnnlmcl forms ary availablc in thc same office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lowerdivision 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 5. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogsof these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applyingfor registrationat other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities collegeswill be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most coursestaught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institutionagrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $595 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Courses Art Calligraphy ART 106-490011306-49002 drawing skills with emgiven to the historical deements of design through and assignments center pecial attention given to cia1 styles. Three original projon quality of work plus r division students are historical writing styles : er and mat board Room: Old Main 4 Biology Ecology of the Southwestern U.S. Deserts BIO 113-490051313-49006 I 4 , I .; Instructor: Neal Thorpe Thiscourse willbegin with a considerationof the general characteristics of the four desertson the North Arnerian continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona and California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will include the p l ~siu raphy of dcwrL andsca s, desert climates, nd animal life, and mils, the survival mec ra a a. Studies will be conducted in southern Arizona and California, including the Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe CactusNational Monument,Joshua TreeNational Monument, Death Valley, the Grand Canyon, Ihe Boyce Thompson Arboretum of the University of Arizona, and the Santa Catalina Mountains. H diskrk&sknied ' . Grades will be based on examinationsand written work. Students taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that will be presented orally to the class. Enrollment preference will be given to biology majors. I There will be some class days on campus both before and after the trip. . I The cost will range from $600 to $750, depending upon enrollment, and will cover airfare, ground transportation, lodging(camping), admission fees, and meals. Initial deposit is due by November 4. Prerequisities: Permission of Instructor; BIO 112 for 313 level Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 214 Viruses: At the Threshold of Life BIO 116-49003 Instructor: Robert Herforth Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of life. genes surrounded by a n and multiply only as eeming simplicity, some mans are caused by vie forms of cancer. This major discoveries on of viruses, and their c will also look at the viral invasion, at the drugs, and at some g AIDS. Grades will during the course. Room: Science 213 , Botany, Birds and Blight BIO 117-49004 Instructor: Gloria Warner Thiscourseoffersanopportunity for hands-on experiences in areas of biology which may not be available to students in their regular be as exciting and arn various ways to plant structure and tification and Como 2. Studentswil of Natural Hist for a week at the Bell Museum tification and a t Grades will be based on class participation and exams. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 214 . Business Management Simulation Games BUS 278-49007/37&49008 Instructor: Amin Kader During this course, students will be grouped into teams to play a computerized business management exercise. Each team will control a company which manufactures and sells similarproducts. Each team will attempt to outperform other teams by selecting what appears to be the optimal operating strategy. This strategy will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures, and selling prices and determining plant and securities investments as well as stockholders dividends. Studcnts registering for upper division credit will be expected to have had at Icasi one business course and to be able to apply 1 I I business concepts learncd. The lower division credit is designed for students who are interested in business but who have had no academic business training. This level will require students to rely on systematicand deductive analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the relationship between the various component parts of the business decision. The lower version of the computerized game will be used for this group. Prerequisite: For 378 -BUS 242 or 252,BUS 221 or 331 andECO 112 or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: Murpy Square 3 Entrepreneurship BUS 295.49009 Instructor: John Cerrito who are not majoring for starting and running a small business. The student will management aspcts of small busincss a business plan for ia studies. Business major&ay not take this course for credit. Time: I Room: Murphy Square 3 . I Chemistry Chemistry for Changing Times CHE 100-49010 Chemistry has beeniinlin~atclya part of liberal education for centuries. The early sikntists were considcrd to be philosophers and their societies wcrPp11ilowplzicr I societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pcxsonal indcpcnduncc has led to chemistry becoming a part of evcrychy 1i fc fo the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a korld of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill", food additives aiqdprocessed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chcmical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for lifc cm other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Etnoiions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical irnbalancc. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The na turc of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even lcarhi ng appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "rncrnoly molecule". Most of the problems we &ce are molecular in na tnrc. What thenbut chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we b k c a molecular look at the human ct~ndition. d This c ' urw will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will sdpplcrncni the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be u d for evaluation. This course meets a distribution need but +' does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: II Room: Science 315 History of Chemistry CHE 125-49011 Instructor: Jean C. Kunz This course seeks chemistryfrom ancien science of today. The on the discovused a few ele11 examine the I the powerful modem sed primarily upon a Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 315 Computer Science Fortran CSC 270-49012 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledgeof programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniquesfor using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175) Time: I Room: Science 212 I I Economics Welfare Economics ECO 414-49013 Instructor: Ed Sabella The course will include basic concepts and propositions, Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; socia1welfare functions; and normative concepts of economic theory. Grades will be based on examinations and homework projects. Prerequisites: ECO 313 (or consent of instructor) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 I I Education C( International Education EDS 245-49014 Instructor: Richard Germundsen Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel, and the proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possiblecareersininternationaleducation. Specialattention will be directed toward Scandinavian,Central and South American models. There will be lectures, discussions and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on quizzes, class participation, and an investigative project. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: Library 4 Media Technology EDE 341-49015 Instructor: JohnBollis Students will be involved with the psychological and physical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional and informational technology. Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included and each student will leave the class with word processing skills. Students will survey current software materials for educational and instructional settings. This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and secondary education majors. Grades will be based on projects, papers and final exam. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Foss 170 w Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten EDE 37549016 Instructor: Mary Endorf Thisclassprepares students for the unique experiencesand responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. This class will: A. Focus on a sequence of learning for the kindergarten child. B. Stresscurriculumdevelopment and instructional systemswhich are supported by current research and practices in education settings. C. Stress key adult/child relationships. D. Stress process - "how to learn". E. Share researched based findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans. F. Recognize continuities and discontinuities in development (characteristics of the kindergarten child). G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction practices. H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student. I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child. J. Include guest speakers and field trips. Objectives of the Class: At the completion of this class the student will be able to identify: 1. Developmental needs of the kindergarten. 2. Discuss the different approaches to kindergarten education and the theories behind these approaches. 3. Organizea classroom environment to meet the learning needs of students. 4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching kindergarten that meets both the students' needs and the teaching style of the teacher. Grades will be based on projects, discussionand examination. is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I Mondays and Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Library 4 Human Relations EDS 388-49017 Instructor: Mildred Mueller This class provides a valuable insight into the values, cornrnunication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members with interaction from class members. How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global society? These and many more questions will be addressed in this course. Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and other profesiional vocations. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Old Main 21 Student Teaching EDS 481-49018; EDE 481-49022 EDS 482-49019; EDE 482-49023 EDS 483-49020; EDE 483-49024 EDS 484-49021; EDE 484-49025 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. English The Short Sto y -Elements of Fiction ENG 240-490271340-49020 Instructor: Kathryn Swanson fiction? What elements of fiction What is fiction? What is should be considered in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the Students are expected to riad the s t h s and novel, participate in class discussions, write iw analysis a selected short story, write an original d~c>rl,itn ry, and take scvqal quizzes and a final exam. I Students taking th? course for upper division will read an additional novel end@rcyarc a substantial paper/class presentation based on it. Prerequisites: Effective Writing Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: Music 22 Re-Visions: Contemporay British and American Drama (1965- ) ENG 249-49026 Instructor: Douglas E. Green Who are the new Shakespeares and O'Neills, Shaws and Millers? Are there any grand new sights and sounds on English and American stages? This course will encourage students to assess the current state of British and American theater: the relation to national (and transAtlantic) trends and traditioning; the variety of issues, concerns, and themes; the diversity among playwrights themselves; the various modes of production. Readings will be drawn from the works of playwrightslikeOrton,Stopperd,Shepard,Mamet, Wilson, Churchill, Norman, Fornes, and others. There will also be some pairing of current works with "classic" pieces. Depending on January offerings in the Twin Cities, the class will also attend one or possibly two productions by contemporary playwrights, for which there will be a fee. Evaluation will be based on a number of short papers, class participation, and a comprehensive exam. Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing) or consent of instructor Distribution: English-Speech Time: 11 Room: Music 22 Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore ENG 355-49029 Instructor: John Mitchell Feature films, ranging from Wall, will also be examined Students will be rebased upon Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing) Time: II Room: Science 123 I 'I ' I French French Literature in Translation FRE 243-49030 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysisof a common core of varied works we will strengthen communicationand critical skills, develop cultural sensitivity,and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing Distribution: English-Speech Time: II Room: Old Main 25 German Introduction to Yiddish GER 220-49076 Instructor: Don Steinmek What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler on the Roof ), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common? They were wri tten in Yiddish. How did expressions like "chuspe," shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz" and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this Interim you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German. Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests. Prerequisites: One year of college German or permission of instructor Time: I Room: Old Main 12 Health and Physical Education IITheonj, Technique and Administrative Aspects of Coaching Football 7 .L -1 1 x 1 L ' HPE 224-49035 I- Instructor: Bill Huns tock Students will learn the history of the game of football and of the people who made major advances in the game. Attention will be given to the organization and administration of a footballprogram including staffing, player personnel, practice organization and game day organization. There will be stress on the methods of teaching individual, group and team skills and on strategies of offense and defense. Students will practice teaching methods in actual football practices. There will also be attention given to the ethics of coaching football. This course will be taught in conjunction with a 16 day trip to Australia by the college football varsity for exhibition games and workshops. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Time: I Room: Murphy Square 4 IIRecreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-49032 Instructor: Pam Schreurs Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I1 Monday and Wednesday and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 k d m i n i s t r a t i o n and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 41G49033 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams coveringlecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: HPE 320 Time: I Room: Murphy Square 2 Sailing in the Virgin Islands " h i HPE 45S-49034 / - Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with five or six other people and will function as an active crew member. - Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailingwill include cruises to various islandsand cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain". A daily ships log will be kept 6y all participants and a final written exam will be given. P/Ngrading only. The course will last January5-24. The fee of $2300 includes roundtrip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day. Final payment is due October 31. Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's Athletic Director Distribution: Lifetime sports II Coaching of Basketball HPE 477-49036 Instructor: Brian Ammann Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 111 II Coaching of Hockey HPE 478-49037 Instructor: Ed Saugestad The theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. Evaluation will be on the basis of exams, on-the-ice coaching techniques and scouting reports. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I Monday through Wednesday and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 111 Officiating of Basketball HPE 481-49038 Instructor: Al Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will be practical experienceon the floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a 1/2 credit course. Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays. Room: Melby 202 His tory Eastward to A m e h : Limited Hospitality HIS 220-49039 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen Course will focus on Asian immi ation to the United States in the &&18th m N r y and tLun of 2Olh century. The Chinese, la-, K~xemandFill e x p i a m will receive specialattenti011 ~ ~ o n c l u d wthacompmmt r on the changesin the U.S. Immigration laws in the post-world war I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene and the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the Immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. Content and teaching style: Lectures, class discussions, audiovisuals and reports on the A-Vs. There will be a mid-term and a final project (a paper-topic to be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I Room: Old Main 13 p 8L Gandhi and Martin Luther King: The Images and the Reality HIS 440-49040 Instructor: Don Gustafson ies of our century, in- Grading will be l m d on papers, class participation and a final exam. Prerequisites: Sophomore status or above and at least one college history or political science course. Time: I1 Room: Foss Seminar In terdisciplinavy -FXE The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)is a special Interim course designed for first year students that will grow out of The Augsburg Anthology. For the 1989 Interim there will be a single course with four sections, each taught by a different faculty member. The course will provide full credit and will satisfy the Urban distribution requirement. One part of this course will be a series of lectures for the entire college community. Measuring the Elusive Ideal: Realized and Unrealized Dreams INS 189-49041 Instructors: Larry Crockett, Joan Griffin, Ron Palosaari, Bruce Reichenbach What went wrong in Vietnam? Why do serious racial problems persist in America? Why do so many families have such different expectations about males and females? Why do so many foreign countries dislike America? In this course we will consider these and other issues by a comparison between ancient Athens and modern America, looking for similarities and differences. Using both ancient and modern texts we will examine how each nation created an image of itself as a people dedicated to certain ideals. We will see some ways in which the ideals were compromised, reinterpreted, or abandoned. Students will participate in the course through assigned readings, analysis of films, several short papers or daily journals, and participation in a group project. In addition, a final examination will help students integrate various aspects of the learning experience. Prerequisites: Freshman status Distribution: Minority-Urban Time: I Room: Science 123 The Redemocratization Process in South America INS 219-49074 Instructor: Maria de la Luz Silva Profesor Maria de la Luz Silva is a Fulbright scholar from Chile who is spending part of the 1988-89 school year at Augsburg. In the first part of this course she will focus on the origin and characteristicsof the authoritarian regimes of Argentina, Uruguay and Chile. In the second part of the course students will examine the evolution and transformation within these states and particularly consider the emergence and development of democratic alternatives. Finally, Professor Silva will analyze Chile as a special case study of retarded transformation. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 22 Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work INS 299-49042 Instructors: Gany Hesser and Lois Olson Learn from your experience. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences. The externship is a modified internship consisting of a half-time placement and active participation in a seminar that meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work. The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1)to enable students to observe and experience the relationships between the worlds of work and the classroom; and 2) to expand the students' abilities to learn from first hand experience. Each participant will observe and work approximately20 hours per week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for approximately two hours. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/ log and seminarparticipation. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis. Participants will complete a resume by November 23 and secure a placement before the end of Fall classes (December 9). Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured by December 9. Time: 11 Room: Murphy Square 2 ~ ~ c o n o m i cthe s , Environment and Appropriate Technology INS 218-49043 Instructor: Tom Morgan The objective of this course is to help students develop a clearer sense of the critical importance the physical environment and our natural resources continue to play in the economic well-being in our global economy. We will first briefly review historical relationships between the physical environment,technologicalchange and economic development. We will then develop some basic economic tools which we will use to analyze decisions regarding our use of the environment in technological and economic develop ment. Finally we will consider alternative (appropriate) technological applicationsbeingexperimentedwith as potential solutions to environmental problems. Course material will be presented through a blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits. Course grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of their research into specific environmental/technologicalissue. Time: I1 Room: Science 319 Mathematics r( Finite Mathematics MAT 121-49044 Instructor: Bev Durkee A study of the finite mathematics models involved in elementary statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course should provide students with the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical and probabilistic information. Class sessions will include lectures, discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam, and final exam will be the primary basis for course grades. Prerequisites: Math placement: Group 111 Time: I Room: Science 112 Math of Interest MAT 173-49045 Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and quizzes. This course should be useful for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careersin finance-related fields. Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Music willi Improvisation in Music MUS 129-49048 Instructor: Steph Gabrielsen every day for three hours, and each Improvisation i usic m meetings, using a variety of imstudent provisational t W es and styles. Prerequisite: M m ability on a musical instrument or instructor's p Distribution: Music Time: I Room: Music 4 '1 n Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS179-49047 Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Mebler The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and Munich served to inspire the building of places of worship in this country; the orchestras of these cities represent some of the oldest and finest of their kind; and have been long emulated by our own ensembles. The original scores of Handelfs "Messiah" in London's British Museum, the home and paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the awe-inspiring Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of our encounte concert p d o and visits to marksare planned. For tho= with a Bpedal interestin music therapy, visits will be made to the Nordoff-RobbinsCentrein England and hospitals .researching musk and medicine b~ Herdeclce and Ludmwhefd, West Gemany. The compmhmsive feeof $226 includes travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and several cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at the International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street. This course is offered on a P/NP basis only. The History of Jazz MUS 241-49049 Instructor: David Hawley The United States Congress has declared jazz a national treasure. America's improvisational art form has not only influenced the nature of our but has also been the throughout the world. This course will cxarninb\lt! cyajoti~nof jazz from itsblack secular roots to the current electr ,dallyinfluenced contemporary idiom. The characteristicsof sig$can t performers from each period will be analyzed as well as<-,tileiwlucncc of this art form on artists of reading assignments will and selected filmsand video two written and listening exams. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I1 Room: Music 2 NOR 111-49050 background in Nonvesin speaking, listening, Classroom practice d structures and the . Room: Old Main 29 Philosophy On Dreams PHI 200-49051 Instructor: Mark Fue some an- assignments. Evaluation will be traditional. Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Phusics J Introduction to Weather PHY 106-49052 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the scienceof meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi;Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the US from north to south. Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 28. Prerequisites: High School Algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Library I Introduction t o Space Science PHY 320-49053 Instructor: Ken Erickson This course is designed for students in scienceand engineering who are interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further study in the field of space science. The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on assignments, two exams and a paper. Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor. Time: I Room: Science 205 Pol it Science n numerous other ete conclusions You will be required to read presidency, write analytical the more you should try to read. Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: I Room: Music 24 E Politics,~ollywoodstyle POL 328-49075 Instructor: William Morris This course will examine the impact of American films on U.S. citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose principal themes deal with particular political practices and/or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracyof these images by considering the films in light of the scholarly literature and other information availableon each subject. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemmas of decisionmaking in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written a n a l p and evaluations of the political content or ''image" of politics in the films shownin class. These, plus additionalarticlesandportronaof books from the social sciencesand other literatureparalleling some of the films' themes, will serveas the basis for class discussion. The papers, a test on assigned readings establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades. There will be a film fee of approximately $10 to cover costs. Prerequisites: Political Science 121 or 158 Time: I1 Room: Music 23 Difficult Judicial Choices: How the Courts Reshape Political Institutions POL 475-49055 Instructor: Phillip F. Fishman The course is designed for political science and social work students and others who are concerned with institutional operation and change/reform. Text and actual case-studieswill be employed to examine the role of the federaljudiciary in: prison reform, mental health and the right to treatment, equal housing, school busing, police and immigration policy in the 90s. Course objectives are to assist the student: 1)to understand the judicial process and how jrrdg~slnakc policy; 22) tu Ivarn how linbilily i s ~st~ib1ishc.d i~rid app~.opriatcrcmtaclics arc' f;ishionrd lor rrdicf; 3 ) b cxplorc tlic rlynarrtic. r-onfliihtIwIwccn 1l1c f ~ i l ~ r tx-nch al nnr.-1 j>ol~tic'rlland adrninistrdtivc i n s t ~ l itions. l 'I'l~cinstructor uscs Icct~~re i111rl hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction. There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the brief course. In addition, students will be assigned on-site field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolifan police station, a United States immigration court and a mental health facility. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing Time: Tuesday, January 3, 6-9:30 p.m., and each Monday and Wednesday thereafter Ro-om: Old Maih 16 Psychology The Psychology of Law PSY 335-49056 Instructor: Nancy Steblay Evaluation will participation, student research Re1igion The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-49057 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examinethe LutheranChurch as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its develop0years of history. The text by ment and cultural Lcct LI r c and class discussion ss to the Gospel in art, will deal with cx music, missions, theology. Requireper. One text costing ments will inclu ascd in class on the second erim course may be used to meet religion r e q ~ c r n e n t s ) , Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366-49058 onal African culture will be studied, as well as atgy!' A major section ses of churches in South Africa to t will be lectures luated on several toward graduation religion requirements) Time: 11 Room: Old Main 18 The Bible, Language and Interpretation REL 445-49059 anguage in the Bible. The character of language for es will be based on class an examination. course may be used Social Work C( Exploring Human Services SWK 257-49060 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning. Studentswill volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experienceswill be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: Murphy Square 1 Family Violence: Recurring Issue, New Perspectives sWK330-4906<1 Instructor: Maria rown Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (StokelyCarmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of societfs violent attitudes? Why DOES familyviolenceoccur,and when, and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has reached what many professionals consider "epidemic proportions". This course is intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributingfactorsandconsequencesfor the familyand the broader society. Students will research various forms of family violence. Classroom speakerswill include professionalswho are involved in current policy-making and program delivery in family violence. One-half credit ovtion: classroom discussion, readings and the development of an annotated bibliography on area of interest in family violence. Full credit ovtion: requires writing and presenting of research on area of interest in family violence. Prerequisites: Inko to Psychology, Sociology or Social Work Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain SWK 346-49061 7y!-!L / - I Instructor: Rosemary Link Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern -ancient in its culture and modern in its social policies. The course explores social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of community agencies: formal public, private, and natural helping networks in a range of urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's culture, we will be invited to English family homes, meet with social work students, attend theatre performances, and visit historic treasures. London is the nerve center for the country's resources and we will begin by visiting some of its foremost community institutions such as Great Ormond Street Childrensl Hospital and Toynbee Hall Settlement. With the help of English social work students, we will unravel the post Second World War commitment to universal socialpolicies. These policies have established servicesavailable to all citizensin health, education, income maintenance, housing, and personal social servics. They also provide the major working turf of the social work profession. As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit Exeter and explore the rural and beautiful coastal West Country. In addition to the formal 'public' social work agencies such as Probation and Corrections, we will make contact with informal services and the small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities. Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through cultural and literary connections. Therefore, visits to the National Theatre, The Houscs of Parliament, cathedrals, and ancient community sites such asOxford are an integral part of rmgnizingand appreciating the wholc community. CuIturc and history come to lifc duringday excurtions through the gcntle English countryside ta Oxford and Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury. Students will complement their direct experience by reading the British press and current social policy pamphlets, journals, and books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S. Kammerman, Not the Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise of Fhe Welfare Stake; P.Barclay, Social Workers: T h i r Role and Tmks; Charlcs Dickens, Oliver Twisf; any play by G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality prcsd - The Gtdardinn, The Times, The Telegraph. Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective journal, an agency study, a critique of a current socialpolicy (which includes a comparison with their American experience), and participation in visits and discussions. The course is offered on a P/ NP basis. The comprehensivefee of $1,995 includes air and surfacetravel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets and a one week London travel pass. Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of International Programs. 7 Field Work III SWK 466-49064 (full course) 466-49065 (112 course) Instructor: Francine Chakolis The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 -educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar help on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Note: Course is offered for half (466-49065) (15 hours per week) or full (466-49064)(30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Time: to be arranged Sociology Principles o f Sociology (with emphasis on thd ~ e a l t h Care ~ i i t e m ) SOC 121-49071 Instructor: Barbara Johnson Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discoveringthe world and one's place in it. The emphasis for illustrations and exerciseswill be directed to the health care system. Cross cultural comparisonswill be drawn. As such, the course will be useful for future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well. This coursecovers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading assignments. Three exams will be given. Time: II Room: Music 24 Racial and Minority Group Relations om of racial and minority group ejudice, racism, and format will include for off-campus parexpect evaluation to n, a research project, nly on a P/N basis. Time: I Room: Music 23 ! Spanish Evaluating Continental Literature SPA 250-49067 The objective of th tal literature Student evaluation will pation in class discuss continenIt will involve reports, partici- Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Speech-Communication Movement for the Theater SPC 226-49068 etc. Students wil nd styles of movewill be to increase the gh movement, by examintiming, concentra11 be introduced as aspects of movement a1 expression, gesture, walking, rent styles of movement, from c. Movement exercises will be Some principles of Studentswill be given required readings concerning the principles of movement on which they will be asked to write brief essays. Grading will be based on commitment to and effectivenessof class work and essays, and on 3-4 movement presentations. The class will be designed for those who desire to increase their skills as actors, and also for those preparing for such fields as teaching, law, the ministry, etc. Time: II Room: Tjomhom-Nelson Theatre Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenseswhich are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-49069 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 27 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). Washington D.C. Interims Leaders on Leadership: The National Agenda POL 398-49072 Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles POL 398-49073 These interims begin January 2 and continue until January 21. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiencesduring the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (3301655)or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1988. These courses are offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. ANCIENT GREECE 1THE ANCIENT AND MODERN MAYA OF YUCATAN BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS 1THE BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF NEW ZEALAND CHINA AND CHANGE: IMPLICATIONS FOR THE WEST IICONTEMPORARY EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS DEUTSCH IN DEUTSCHLAND I ENGLISH CASTLES AND CATHEDRALS, COUNTRYSIDE AND CITIES 1THE ENGLISH SCHOOL AND FAMILY EUROPE AND THE RISE OF MODERN SCIENCE EXPLORING HUMAN SERVICES AND SOCIAL WORK IN GREAT BRITAIN 1GREAT WESTERN PHILOSOPHERS: USSR & ENGLAND HAWAII: A CULTURAL AND LITERARY HISTORY INSIDE IRELAND 1JANUARY IN AND AROUND PARIS MODERN EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND WORKLIFE MUSEUMS, MUSIC AND MONUMENTS IN THE GREAT CITIES OF EUROPE THE PANORAMA OF ENGLISH THEATRE LI THE ROMAN EMPIRE: CITIES, BATHS AND VILLAS IN BRITAIN AND ITALY 1SOUNDS AND SIGHTS OF EUROPE SOUTH SEA ADVENTURE: TROPICAL ECOLOGY CI SPECIAL EDUCATION OVERSEAS: AMSTERDAM, ENGLAND, SCOTLAND SPAIN: A COUNTRY IN TRANSITION Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activity is available to students during Interim and students may register for this class as well as for a regular course. This activitv does not carry official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports requi&ment for graiua tion. Students may participate in this class without registering for the course, but will be cxpcctd to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. American Karate HPE 002-49070 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 1200-1:00 MWF Room: Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1982-1984
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1982-84 Catalog Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church 2/Campus Map / Minneapolis, Minnesota - - , Campus Guide (2182) 1. Admissions 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1982-84 Catalog Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church 2/Campus Map / Minneapolis, Minnesota - - , Campus Guide (2182) 1. Admissions 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. Psychology Building 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage 2 Theater 15. Little Theater 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Main Entrance-TunnellRarnplSkyway D. Quadrangle E. Faculty-Staff Parking F. Murphy Square C.Practice Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp .'- Campus Map/3 Driving to Campus on Interstate 94 East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenuegnd left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign. West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the Mississippi River and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. Campus M a p - 2 Introduction - 5 Facilities - 7 Admission - 8 Costs and Financial A i d - 12 Student Life - 24 Academic Information - 30 Brief Facts - 44 Course Descriptions - 45 Registers - 132 Index - 143 Academic Calendars - 146 Winter at Augsburg is also for snowmen Introducing Augsburg Few liberal arts c o l l e e s combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting, Augsburg i s one of the few, very special Christian cnlleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the Mission Statement adopted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents in 1977. Mission Statement Augsburg i s an accredited four-year Iiheral arts college o f The American Lutheran Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin Cities merropolitan area. The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely of Lutheran orlentation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious, , cultural and ethnic backgrounds. For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellecrual freedom in the search for knowledge i n i t s disciplines, responsiveness ro the needs of society and the world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society. The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith. the liberal artsand excellence in academic program. Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal ancf free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment. The academic program is primarily committed to providing opportuniti- for a broad background in a variety of subject areasas well as personal development. The college challenges srudenrs with a portion of the knowledgcand ~ h o u g hwhich t has been formative within human historv and culture through a wide variety OF ideas, di5ciplinesand selected professional and pre-professional programs: assists students in developing intellectual skills a5 we'll a 5 in selecting a career: and encourages within stutients the attitudes and skills necessary to prepare them to be learners rhroughour their lives. Excellence in theacademic programs hascharacterized and i s a conrinued goal of r he rollege. Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world i s Cod's, entrusted to us for care, exploration and understanding. & a Christian comrnunitv the college embraces a wide ran e of religiousexpression and par~icipation.As part of its academic program ,4ugs urg weks to give all its students a n inlormed understanding of the Christian faith and heritage as well as an opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious herilage. In addition to this intellectual rask rhe aim of thecolbege isto helpsludents understand the Christian faith as relevant for t h ~ i own r experience and for partic~parioni n r h e commitment to the role of the Christian community in rhe modern world. t Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community. The qualiry of Augsburg's education is enriched by the people, culture and educational resources provided by i t s location. However, the college i s also aware that it has a responsibility ro contribute to ihe larger communitv. In doing this, the college directs several of i ~ sprograms specificallv ar the metropolitan serting, provides area5 of study not available elsewhere in the area, and offers irself as an educational resource for a variety of new srudent populations. History - Fjord to Freeway Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,a3 Augsburg'~home three vears later, in 1872. The first college students were enrol[ed in 1874 and rhe first c o l l ~ ~ e graduation was in 1879. The school was officially named .4ugsbur College i n 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with T e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luthrr Theological Seminary in St. Paul thar same war. Continuiny lies with this heritage are reflected in the College Center's ~ u ~ s h u r g Room and in replication of rhe original sign for Old Main. From Fjord lo Freeway, a randTd history of the College and itr peopleduring the first 100 years, by AuqsburgJ.s Carl E. Chrislock, is available in the Collcge Bookstore. f Location and Campus Augsbur '5 campus i s located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy square, tReiirrt of155 parks in ihen'Ciryof Lakes."The University of Minnesota Wesr Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 91 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Y. Reaching the Twin Cities is eas Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport inc ude American, Capitol, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, united, USAir, and Western. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It i s the olicy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, nationa or ethnicorigins, age, marital status,sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendmentsor Section 504of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended i n i t s admissions polides, educational programs, activities and employment prac~ices.lnqu~riesregarding compliance may be directed to the ~ndividuals listed in the Communications Directory inside the front cover or to t h e Directory of the Office of Civil Rights, Departmenr of Health, Eduration and Welfare, Washington, D.C. f The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships Au sburg College i s fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges anBSecondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (MHECB). Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories,the five buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building. Admissions Office, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named i n honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed i n 1960. O l d M a i n (1900) i s home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodelled i n 1980, O l d Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named i n honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 t o 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. UrnessTower, (1967) named i n honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several generous gifts t o the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed t w o t o a room, with their o w n lounge, study and utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named i n honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student housing. Music Hall, (1978) newest building o n campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, t w o rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department i n the former studio building. Melby Hall, (1961) named i n honor of 1. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Ice Arena, (1974) with t w o large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage II Theater, formerly O l d Music Hall, was redesigned i n 1979 with a thrust stage as a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace i n the Little Theater building. South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located i n or near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Freshmen Students - 9 Early Decision - 10 Early Admission - ID Transfer Students - 10 Former Students - 11 Special Students (Non-Degree) - 11 International Students - 11 Interests can be explored in a variety of classes Admissions Augsburg CoIleRp jeeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character which will enahle t h e student to h e n e f ~ !fram and contribute to the college community. Each applicant is 'udged on individuat merit without regard for race, creed, sex. age, dirabiliry, and naiinnal or ethnic origin. Augsburg's admissions office 51aff members are available to help srudents and parents with college planning. The 4drnissions Ofiice is open weekdays from 8:00 a.m. t o 4:30 p.m. Tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Vis~torsare asked to write or call the Adrnirsion3 Office (611) 330-1001 prior to the visir. The admissions staff will arrange a campus tour. class visita~ions.and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is located on the northwest corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. Application Procedures for Freshmen 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts A n official transcript from the h i h school i s required of freshman applicanrs. Freshman applicanrs who are i t i l l f i e h iihool studenti at ihe rime of application should have their nost receni transcript sent, f n l l o w ~ dbv a final transcript upon graduarion. Graduate Examination Degree scores [G.E.D.) mav he presected instead of the hiph srhool transcript, 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious academic performance, it may be included with the application or xscussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete. 6. Completion of Admission An accepted student i s asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by April 1or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions requests may be granted upon request by the Admissions Office. Early Decision for Freshmen An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary college choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by N o v e m b e r 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision i s based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. This application i s available i n the Admissions Office. A $100.00 non-refundable tuition deposit i s required by January 15 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may by granted admission t o begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish t o transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit i s granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not t o grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, t o grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and t o require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better i s required o n previous college work. Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree i n Nursing must have a 2.5 GPA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission and return i-t t o the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript f r o m the college(s) you have attended i s required. Transfer student applicants must have an official transcript from their high school sent t o the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily o n their college performance. 3. Additional Information If there i s personal information that rnav have affected the applicant's revious college performance, il mav be includrd wifh rhe application or &cursed personally with an admissions counselor, Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decic~onis made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete. An accepted student isasked to makea $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by April 1: or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted by the Admissions Office upon request. Re-Admission of Former Students A student who has interrupted attendance a t A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes t o return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A student who has s ) during the absence from Augsburg must have an attended any other ~nst~turian official transcript sent from eac oneto the Registrar'sOffice. Returningstudentsdo not pay the application fee. i, Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree) I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time student, he or she may subsequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent t o the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status i s available from the Registrar's Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the rocedures for applying as an international student. You may contact the Director calling (612) 330-1001 or addressing your correspondence to: Director of Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis M N 55454 U.S.A. py 12/Costs and Financial Aid Costs 1982-83 - 13 Fees - 14 Deposits - 14 Payments - 15 Refunds - 15 Application - 16 Gifts - 17 Loans - 18 Student Employment - 19 Sponsored Scholarships - 19 Student employment options include Food Service crews Costs and Financial Policies Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College.The balance of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and foundations. College Costs 1982-83 Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1982-83 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,820.00 This rate applies to all full-time students e n r e r i n ~in September, f 981. Students are considererl full-time when thev take thrce or more courses dus~ngthe semester term5 for a ~ o t aof l seven or more courses in the rchool vear. The charge includes ruition. general fees, facilities, fees. suhscript~onto student publications, and admission to college-sup orted events. concerts and lectures. The amount 1s payable in two equal insla Iments a t the beginning of each semester. P Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course. ............................. 670.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course.. ......................... 335.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Room Rent (includes telephone). .................................... 1,207.00 Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. Full Board (19 meals a week). ........................................ 1,070.00 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Other Special Fees (not refundable) Fees Payable by Check/Cash Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (Full-time students only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Late Registration (per day after classes begrn) . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 10.00 5.00 .... 35.00 Film Making (Interim) . . . . . . . . . 75.00 ......... 20.00 ckys Life Drawing (Interim) Nursin Credit Valifation Tests . . . . . . . . Locker Rental (for commuters) Re istration Chan e after first 5 (cancelkdd/change grade optlon, or combrnatlon at one tlme) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction to Cinema Arts Application (new and/or special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00 Medical Technology (Senior Fee) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720.00 20.00 ....... 5.00 Student Parking Lot Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 Transcri t Fee (per copy after t?rst, whrch i s free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 Special Examinations (Schedule on file in Registrar's Office) Music Therapy Internship (one course credrt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150.00 Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 75.00 ... 10.00 Theater Technical Production . . 35.00 .............. 35.00 Radio-Television Production Student Teaching Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00 Books and Supplies These costs are estimated to range between $175 - 225 per year. Deposits Tuition (non-refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$100.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge. There are three deadline dates, each providing different benefits to you. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.00 Required of all resident srudenrs a t rhe time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing ass~gnrnent.Applied to t h e room charge. Keu. cclrlrract5 mav be r ~ r m i n a t e d for Fall or Spring Term by notifyin the O f f ~ c eof Student Life rn writing by the tirst davof registralion. Thp rpsident wi I be responsible for all costs incurred due to [ate cancellation or lack ofproper notltication. It thp new contract is canrelled prior to lulv 1 for Fall semester or lanuarv 1 for Spring Semester, 535.00 will he iorieired irom rhe $100 deposir as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited i f cancellation ir after these dares. 7 . Breakage and Fine . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ... . . . , ..... . .... . . . .. . ... .. . . .. . 25.00 Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg. Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan - upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges I ~ r t e r .( 4 ) Deferred Payments, an individual contract with a private commercial aaencv which operates independently of the College. Multiple year as well as sin le year contracts are available. An information letter and brochure will be rnaiFL. Refrr a[so to the Parent Loan Program (PLUS) on page 18. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic or financial aid transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of loan funds administered by the College (National Direct/Defense Student LoansNDSL), are current according to established repayment schedules. Refunds Cancellation from College forms are available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, drop to part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100% -through 90% - f r o m the 80% - f r o m the 70% - f r o m the 60% - f r o m the 50% - f r o m the the first five days of classes. sixth through 10th day of classes. 11th through 15th day of classes. 16th through 20th day of classes. 21st through 25th day of classes. 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term. N o refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made o n a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Student%who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund af interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participare i n a n approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Studenr Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund i s determined. 16/Financial Aid Financial Aid The financing of post-secondary education may wet1 be one of t h e more significant invenments that an individual or a family will make ~na n entire lifetime. Because this is thecase, proper planning and wise choicesare important, not only in the selection of an institution, but also in the methods utilized In paving he related expenses. Augsburg College. through its Office of Student Financial Services, is committed to he! provide students and their families with the needed assistance, both monetary an8advir.ory, that will prorect arcerr to a quality edurarion i n rpiie of increasing costs. Finanrial assistance a w a r d ~ d~ h r o u g hA u g b u r g i s a combinat~onof scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies i n providing various aid rograms. For the academic year 1981-82 ap roximately 90% of all students at Augs u r received ~ srh~larrhi~r, laanr nnBpait-time employmenl totalling over S~CIOO.OOOfrom all aid sources. g The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The amount of assistance for which a student is eligible i s determined with the help and analysis of tlie Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American CollegeTesting Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service {CSS). These analyses estimate the amount a student and family can provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current income. assets. number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. How and When to Apply New Students - Regular Admission 1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made untirthe student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial S r a ~ e r n e n (FFS) t or Financial Aid form (FAFI from a high school or college financial aid office. Comptere the applica~ionand send i t ta the processing agency after January1bur before March 7 for priority cons~deratlon. Minnesota residenrs must complete the FFS which includes t h e a pl~cationfor the Minnesota State Scholarrhip/Cranr Program. (To be considere2 ure code 6500.) Augsburg's code on.the FFS is 2080. For nun-Minnesota resid~ntsusing tlte FAF. Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you areaccepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the students' financial aid package. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package i s required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent t o you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended. Financial A i d / l 7 New Students - Early Decision This i s for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. 'Early Decision Candidates applying for financial aid may wish to complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, available by writing or calling the Admissrons Office. This enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by Januarv 1. 2. For confirmation of the tinancial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-~Uinnesotaresidents) must be completed after prior calendar year i n c o m ~infarmation is available. This is after January 1 but before March 1. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. Kinds of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid available are listed here for inkrmation only. In addition to aid administered by Aupsburg College. students are ur ed to invertigare the possibility ofrrholarihipr, g r a n s and loans thar might beavaiEbie in their own camrnunities. It could be worthwhile t o check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clu bs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid , through Vocational Rehabiliration, Education Assistance for V e r e r a n ~ Educationaj Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others. Gift Assistance Presidents Scholarships- Awarded to incoming freshmen based on high academic achievement, personal qualities, a personal interview, and an essay. Several full tuition and half tuition award winners are annually designated by the President of Augsburg College. Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up to full tuition and fees. A student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarshi and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota r ~ r i d e n r swho have iinaniiarneed. For 1982-83, they range from $100 to $1050. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of April 23. 18/Financial A i d Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant - 4 federal program administered by t h c Colleye. To be ~ l i g r h l r a, person m u ~ r :(1) be a L.5, c ~ t i z e nor permanent reqidcnt: ( 2 ) have s u i f ~ r i e n tf~nancial need as detincd bv rhe program and d ~ r n o n s t r a ~ rt3v d rhe FFS (or FAF); (31 bc c a p a b l ~of maintaining satisfactory a r a d ~ m i cstanding at rhe College; and (4) he accepted for admision. Pell Grants - A federal program that provides Pell Grant awards to students who attend eligible institutions of higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1981-82 is $1670, minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. The grants are based on need as determined by the program guidelines. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the appropriate Pell Grant office. Bureau of Indian Affairs kholarships/Grant -American Indian students who meet t ~ d r r aand l stare requrremenr5 mai appIvfar Bureauof Indian Affairs,Tribal and/or Indian State Scholarship monies. S l u d ~ n r smust bc r i degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a fcdcrallv recognized tribc, lndian grants supplement all other rourccs of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American Indian Program Director or your tribal agency. Loan Assistance National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) - join1 Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the Cotlegc for studenrs who demonstrate financial rligrbility. Loans arp interest free during your education. N o inrerest accrues nor do avmenrs have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled a l least halfiime. Slrnple interest of 5':. and repilvmenr of the principal (at ihc minimum of 5311 a rnnnzh) begin ~ i months x afrer vou leave schoot. Repavment rnav extend u to 10 vears. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. She maximum whic may be borrowed for undergraduate sturiv is $6,000 R Guaranteed Student Loan (GSL) and Minnesota State Studmt Laan - Programs backed bv either t h e f ~ d e r aor l state governmen?. Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state povernrnent in stares which provide w c h programs. LVhile the student is attending a t least half-time, rhere i s na inrerest charge. Beginn~ngIanunrv 1.1981. simple annual interest of gom+ on the loan balance and repavrnent of the principal begin six months after you leave schunl. Repaymen1 rnav extend up 10 10 wars. The maximum loan is $7500 ppr year w i t h the cumulative undergraduate rnaximun~of $12.500. "Ipplications are available a t the college. sc3rne banks, and the Minnesota Stare Student Loan Office. Nursing Student Loan - Fcderal pro$ram with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan pro ram, but restriaed to applicants accepted or enrolled in t h e program leading tot i e baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial n ~ e d and be registered full rime. The maximum loan is $2500 per year. i: Parent Loan Program /PLUS) - PLUS i s a new loan program to help parents meet collcge cost5. Parents m a v borrow up to 53,000 per year with a n rlggregate rnaxtrnum ot $15.000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursrmerlI a t a simple interest rate of 14"r)and a minimurn paymcnl af '550 per month. Application forms are available at 4upsbur College or the lending rnstitutions. .%ppEicarions are normally filed with thc hanf or t h i i d,t 1n5titution with which vour farnilu.has a n account. A Student Employment Augsbury College provides work opportunities for studenrr with proven financial need who are at least one-half time srudenrs. Assignmenr is made o n the basis of need and potential compezence in performing the duries assigned. Part-time work p r o v i d e d by r h College ~ i s considered financial atd. just as scholarships, loans, and grants. A mavimum of 1 5 hours of on-campus emplovment pcr week i s recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with t k College r o provide some part-time work opportunities. Aid Association for Lutherans Work Service Program - A special program of off-campus placement in Lutheran congregations, with work assignments made at the discretion of the congregation, which will support the life and mission of the congregation. Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department involved. These scholarships are available to Augsburg students who will be Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. General Scholarships Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation - A number of awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to deserving junior/ senior students. Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established in 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to needy and deserving upperclass students. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to two deserving junior/senior students. M. J. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College established in 1979 by members of his family. One or more David J. Formo Scholarshi scholarships will be a w a r f e d a n n u a ~ lto ~ a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and has achieved excellence i n academic and extracurricular performnce Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those i n music and/or elementary education. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o b e distributed t o needy students. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - established i n 1963 by a bequest of J o h n G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students. Tozer Foundation kholarships - u p t o 51000 ~ a c h - awartfetf on the bas~sof scholarsh~p, p e r ~ o n d l i t vand , n t r r l . I l i n n e n must be junior nr senior students ivho a r e residents of the Slate of hllnnesota bur nor reridents of Pine. Kanahec or Xashinpron Counties. Separate application re uired oi srml-itnallsts selertrtl hv rhe irholarshlp comrnirre~.FFS must be sent to Twr.r Foun4datlon rod^ 65--) Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving junior o r senior student. Special Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students w h o are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, w h o have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship - awarded t o able and deserving students who-are policy holders with Lutheran Brotherhood. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a deserving senior. M i n o r i t y Student Scholarships/Grants Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded American minority students w h o show financial need. annually t o Lutheran Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 t o be awarded t o a Black student. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically t o a Black American student. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The American Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities w h o are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs Committee. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships students. - awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually t o t w o minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded t o students preparing for full-time service careers i n the church. Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student(s) i n t h e senior class w h o is preparing for the ministry. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparingforthe Christian ministry. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship- awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing in fields leading to full-time service in the church. Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshir - awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior/senior'student recommended by t e scholarship committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by donor. Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the American Lutheran Church. Departmental Scholarships Art Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway t o be awarded anriually to a talented art student with financial need. Athletic Paul Dahlen MemorialScholarship- awarded annually t o an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. - Paul Dahlen Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education. James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player o n basis of financial need. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. David Gronner MemorialSchrrlarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~ in athtetlcs or music. She award IS "made to students who have demonstrated financial need and/or "oi h ~ g Christian h character". The tthleticscholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference ror basketball. Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference given to wrestlers. Biology Biology Scholarships -established i n 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major i n Biology, Natural Scienceor MedicalTechnology. Business Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students interested i n the field of business. Reid Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business and/or education. GertrudeS. Lund Memorial Scholarship - One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o a junior or senior majoring i n Business Administration. Chemistry Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - given to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement i n the field of Chemistry. Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry 5cholarship. Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Federick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. Dr. W. M. Silndsfrom Chemistry Scholarship. Walter Cordon Schell Memorial Chemislrv Scholarship. Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Education David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term i n which they are student teaching. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the field of English. Foreign Language M i m i Baez Kingsley M o d e r n Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, to help with travel expenses. Aspecial application i s required by the Foreign Language Department. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who i s planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - awarded annually to a history major. The Rev. and Mrs. 0.1.Haukeness Award - given to a senior student for excellence in the study of history. H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring in history with preference given to those who plan a career i n the field. Library Science Library ScienceScholarship -established choosing librarianship as a career. in 1971 to honor one or more outstandingstudent(s) Mathematics Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring i n mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. Matheinatics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. Music Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying choral music. lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/orinstrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of over;~ll academic success. Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Edwin W.and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship-awarded to music majors preparingforcareers in church music. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarshippromise i n the field of music. awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding Schubert Club Scholarship - awarded annually to a music therapy student. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a rnajor/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Physics Theodore physics. J.Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring i n Political Science Political Science Scholarship - A n political science. award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student i n the general field of Christian Sociology. 24/Student Life Religious Life - 25 Student Government - 25 'Athletics - 26 Student Activities - 26 Student Services - 26 Center for Student Development - 27 Intercultural Center - 27 Health Service - 28 Food Service - 28 Residence Life - 28 Student Rights - 29 ' D a y in May" - a Spring celebration Student Life/25 Student Life Your experiences in rhe classroom are the primary aspecr of your colle e life, but learning and development also occur i n formal and informal aaivitiesof t e College and the metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you will find that the climate for learning and living a t Augsburg can add dimension to your education. &, Religious Life As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academicand social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, QUr worship life i s characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bibhe studies, fellowship groups, Gospel teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and ]usrice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, and plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression i n chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday to give thanks and hear the Word proclaimed by a number of speakers. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. W e seek ro develop a graduafly change and church. we encourage the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center t o be readily available for counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Student Government Student government i s the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relatfenship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide input into t h e decision-making process a t Aug~burg.Student government also sponsorsand direasstudent aaivities, protectsjtuclent righrs, and provides the means fordisclrisiansand action on a l l issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government i s organized info the executive branch, the legislative branch, and t h e judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elea their r e resentatives in !he fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are posr;lble ram proqram planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. li you want to get in~oliled,contact the President or Vice President of the student society in their offices in the College Center. /' Social, Cultural, and Recreational Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as we~fasi n the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities i n various fields. 26/Student Services The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activ%yo n campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augshur Echo, and the yearbook, the Augburgian, are on the lower level. l s n y of the c l u f r rhat unite clarrroom or non-clasrroorn related intererrs meet in r h e Center. KC,MR, fludent-operated nan-profit radio station serving the needs of Augsburg and t h e surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located i n Mortensen Tower. There are several opportunities for partici ation in music and drama. In addition to appearing an campus and in the city, t e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform o n national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater a n 5 department. R lntercollegiate Athletics Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) a n 8 is a member of both the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA) and the National Co[legiate Athletic Association (NCAA). Men annually compete in football. soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, track Pc field. and $oftball. lntramurals Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition i n a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services kugsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the cont~xZin which l ~ a r n i lakes n ~ place i s a crirical tactor in a t h i ~ v i n optimal g growth. Knowled e grows from mare than intellectual endeavors. Expandin iela~ionships,e r p 6 r i n g v ~ i u e r ,identifying Me styles, develnping auranomy an ~nterdependence, finding purposeand commitment -all combine with in~ellectual content and skills to produce the desired educarional impact of the collegc on its 3 students. The Division of S t u d ~ n thifairs has been created to sup' ort this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the t i n e of trans er, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Educat~on.This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to pIan. SEMAPHORE was designed tb act as a sort of road map for you. P CSD, Intercultural Center/27 Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your firrt academic year and pre-register for classes. You and your parents ger acquainred with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stav in thcdormitorv, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many quesi~omyou have about college life. Career Plannin and Placement. You rnav be uncertain about where you want to be when you finis r your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a lour-year career development plan to help vou assess yourself. explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry inlo the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance to review rheir interests with a counselor. ? Human Devefo ment Seminars. A serles of informal "mini-courses'' are offered each year to herp you grow in understanding of yaurrelf and vour relatinnrhip ro orhers. Such topics a s PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships], y. JobSeeking, and Sexuality are Issues i n Men'< and Women's I d ~ n t ~ rAssertiveness. available. Information on current offerings and opparrunityto register are provided several times during t h e year. Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studving, n o t e - t a k i n ~and , testing by attendine one or more of the workshop5 offered. You a150 win have an opportunity to meet with a counselor T O diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult t o cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors are available to help students who are experiencing personalhnterpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth groups. Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a College in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian Programs Director provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates Black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. 28/Residence Life The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed lnternational Student Adviser. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside A v ~ n u ~ a c r o rhc s s strcer from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service. and prescriptions a r e availab[e through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check \,our iarnily health coverage toc3etermine if you are included; if n o r , a studen7 health insurance plan is avarlahle. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. Thechinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center,features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes t h a ~a srudentk aabilitv to respond to the learning r conditions, a variety of l~ousing environmen r depends, i n art, upon his or h ~living aliernatives i i provided. TEe residence hall program i i designed to promoterrudcnt growth throu3h relationships with other students and being an acjive parricipant in yroupdeci51on-makin?. Each restdenc~unit h a s o n e o r m o w Resiclent Staff who are able to factlitare the process of group living asnell asdiscuss personal concernswith Individual students. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. Students enpaye a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New studentc r ~ c e i v eroom assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All res~dentstudcnts must 3ign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 i n order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1will be provided housing only if space i s available. Student Rights/29 All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, i s an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunitv to f r v R r O U p living. Grou 5 of upperclass men or women share living space, house ieiponribil~rier.and coo!ine. Houier are loca~edin the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation ii TO avail vourself of the opportunitv to bid far a house as a Special lnteresr House. Groups of 5tudents have c r ~ a t ~evciting d projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals o n such ropics as Environmeniat Concerns, Men's and Women's A w a r e ness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads,and lamps. Laundry facilitiesare available in each residence. Student Rights The College has adopled a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has providecl lor due proces5 in matters of disciplinarv action, grievances. and grade appeal. The judicial Council i s clecred by s~udenzsandIacultvand serve5 tocondua hearings and review matterr of concern. 4ny student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures forcomptainr should rontaa the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates in romptianre with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Studenrs have the right t o inspect all official records, filesand data which pertain ro them and w h ~ c hare maintained i n the Officeof the Registrar and the Placement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before lanuary 1, 1975. or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Communication Directory on the inside front cover of this Catalog. 30/Academic Information Degrees - 31 Academic Calendar - 31 Faculty - 31 Library, Audio-Visual, Computer - 32 Divisions - 32 Majors & Minors - 33 Teaching Licensure - 34 Certification Programs - 34 Pre-Professional Programs - 34 inter-Institutional Programs - 36 Study Abroad - 37 Honors Program - 38 Internship Program - 38 Continuing Education - 38 Registration - 38 Graduation Requirements - 39 Hats off to the graduating seniors! Distribution Requirements -40 Grading - 41 Auditing Courses - 41 Grade Point Average - 42 Classification - 42 Advanced Placement - 42 Advanced Standing - 42 Probation and Dismissal - 42 Dean's List - 43 Graduation with Distinction - 43 lndependent/Directed Study - 43 Veterans - 43 Brief Facts - 44 Course Numbering - 46 Prerequisites - 46 Academic Information/31 Academic Information Requirements for a degree from Augsburg College provide studen~swirh a broad liberal arts backgrount! - In the humanities, the natural sciences and the social sciences - and concentrated major studv i n one or more fields. Students are encouraged to plan their own course af study with the help of facult! advisers. Augsburg graduates are expecred to bc able to write effectively, to be knowledgeable about urban concerns. and 20 have some understand~ngof cultures outside the United Stares. General recreational activirres roursej acquaint students with and e uip rhem for lifetime sports. Courses In religion assist i n reflection on the ~ Church rhruugh i t u d v a i i a h e l i r i r rcrlprure.and mission. meaning 0 7 t h Chrlrrian Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science dcgrees. The B.S. degree i s a w a r d ~ dto graduates with majors in Medical TcchnoEoyv, Music Therapv. Nursing and Social Work. Majors in music may select the program lor the achet tor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields rcceive the Rachclor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14weeksseparated by a 4-weekJanuary Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration). Ianuarv Interim i 5 particularly intended to be a time for both srudenrs and facuttv to ernplov styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the r ~ g u l a rtrrm. The Interim cafalog. publishetj in the fall of each year. I S d i ~ ~ r i h l r t etod a l l ~tudentsand i s available bv contacting the tnterim Ofiice. In addirion to classes offcrcd on campus, there are a variety of travel oppor~unitieswilhinthe IJnited Statesand abroad. Independent or directed study and internships are among the many In~erirnoptions. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 14 t o 1. Faculty membersserve as academicadvisers and are available for help on individual problems. All students are assigned a faculty adviser to help in planning their programs and approving their choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each departmental listing, u i t h f u r t h ~ rinformation in the Augsburg College Faculty section. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and triendjy student library assistants make the library a favorite place to 5tudy. The main library houses over 138,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films, Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. 32/Academic Organization Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff providesstudents with assistance 10 meet diverse informainstruction in the use of the library, standard ref~renceservice, tion needs includ~ng guidance in pursuing term paprr topius, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements arr made for access by srudentr with physical handicaps. The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Computer Resources Augsburg has a PDP 31-60 with central memory of 256 kilobytes and terminals at several campus locations. The College also has several Apple S I microcomputers, a Tektronix 4051 graphics microcomputer, and KIM-1 laboratory microcomputers. Augsburga150 has a access to large computers through both Minnesota Educational Computer Con5ottium and the University of Minnesota. Academic Organization and Programs Divisions and Departments The colle e curriculum i s offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions or administrative and instructional purposes. B Humanities - Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson) Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, ~sychology, Sociology Professional Studies - Rosalie V. Clark (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work Majors and Minors/33 Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by theend of the fourth semester and earlier i n some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. M a j o r s available at Augsburg are: A r t History Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Marketing) Chemistry Communication East Asian Studies' Economics Economics-Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering2 English Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Mathematics M i n o r s available at Augsburg Art History Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies' East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English M e d i c a l Technology3 M e t r o - U r b a n Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philoso h y Physica~Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social W o r k Sociology Speech Studio A r t Theater Arts Transdisciplinary are: Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Library Science Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies Social Welfare Sociology Special Education Speech Studio Art Theater Art It i s possible for students t o complete other majors through the ACTC. Students w h o wish t o complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. 1 -Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students t o take beginning and intermediate courses i n Chinese, Japanese and Russian. 2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital 34/Licensure, Certification Teaching Licensure Teaching Licemure programs are offered at Augsburg i n Elementary Education, Kindrrpartcn. Prekindergarten, and thp iolrowing t i ~ l d sin 5econdarv Education: English-Languag~Arts. Frrnch, German, Health. Lite Science, Mathematics, Physrcal Science (Chcrnis~rvor Physics), Scienc~(Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish, Speech. Theater Arts. and in the special areas of Art (K-121, MUSIC[K-12). and Phvsical Education (K-72). h minor i50ffered i n L~brilrvSci~nre.Students planning TO teach an the secondary level h a t e advisers both in the Education department and t h e area of their academic rnajor(~I. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth: Certification in Art -requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Charrperson. Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women. Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark. Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical educatian. The pro ram i s designed to meet or exceed criteria used i n The American Lutheran C urch certification program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson. t - Provides the background for performing systematic assessmentsof programsfor social improvements. Students are required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For futher information, contactthe Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Program Evaluation Certification Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It i s recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study a t Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each held to assist students in their planning. It i s recommended thar students who want to plan a pre-professional program consult with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future professional study. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Phy~i- 727, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; General Psychology, 1course. Requirementsat other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dualdegree program of liberal arts and engineering in c o o p ~ r a t i o nwith t h e Washington University of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri,and the M~chiganTechnological University i n Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for information on the course requirements i n t h ~ sThree-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law - Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. and consult the Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoe!. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law i n the United States, to help determine whether they possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student ~ h o u l dbe aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P given for a course as a C. Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education t o repare for study in medicine. A t Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments eave majors specially der~ynedior pre-medical students. Barh require Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), Matnematics 124, 125; and Physics 124, 122. The Chernisrry major also requires Chemistry 353,361, one advanced course, seminar. and two or more biology courses. The Biology major also requires Biology 117,112,491 and one from each of three groups (351, 353, 361), (355,473,474),1440, 471,476), with 353 recommended. Designed t o meet the Univenity of Minnesota requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351.352; Econarnicsl22,123; English 111 andasecond course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122: electives from humanities, literature and the arts to futfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparatron includes Religion 111, 221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy: and Creek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine a1 the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: English.? courses; Mathematics 124; publics eaking,l course; Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111,112; Pfysics 121,112; Economics, 1 course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, histor , political science, psychology or sociology courser ta fulfill the rest of the Jstribution requirements. Requirements a t other universities may vary. 36/1 nter-l nstitutional Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private collcgps library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, he ,%ugsbur~ community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 138,000 books, periadicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee i s required for such an exchange, except for private ins~ructionin music and some independent studies. SPP Independent Study For further details. Students mav elen to participate i n zhe cooperative program to ~ a i n new p~rzpecrives,to get berter acquainted wirh the other school^, or ro undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. Thc c o l l ~ q e shave c o a r d i n a t ~ dcalendarr. The interim term mav also be l a k e n on another campus. .4 regularly scheduled busshutt les students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, South Dakota and Wisconsin. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program i n social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed t o train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses i n computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Study Abroad/37 Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate i n Air Force ROTC at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs - Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (Oslo) or the South American Urban Semester (Bogota) programs. Both programs are interdisciplinary and stress cross cultural comparison in development and planning, including study tours to other nations in their respective regions. ' Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg lnterim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. lnternational Business Program - See under Business Administration, page 53. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College i n London and Heidelberg; the University of Bath, England; the University of Dundee, Scotland; the University of Seville, Spain; and the Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates i n the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad a topic of one'schoice during the following summer,and the writing of a paper upon return. 38/Academic Policies Summer School - There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish-to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified students to pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options i n completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Benjamin Cooper, Honors Director. Internship Program The Internship Program i s a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration - Semesters, Interim, Summer A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Students normafly register for four courses a semester and onecourse in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5courses,~tudentsmu57 contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. A joint class schedule i s published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Se arate catalogs of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer Sc ool Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. FI Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms Interim Office, Memorial 230, Interim Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School Graduation Requirements/39 Freshmen and transfer students have an opportunity to pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students have an opportunity to pre-register duringtheiall for the spring and duringthespring for both the fall and the following spring. All students must confirm their registration at rhe beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangemenrs. Arthough a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins, registrarlon i s encouraged at the regularly scheduled rime. Special fees are charged for late cegistration. Special feesalso are c h a r g ~ sfor cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after t h e f1r51 f ~ v edays of a semester. Students are urged not to abandon murscsfor which thev are registered, since this results i n a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done i n the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel from College form IS rerurned to t h e Office of the Registrar. Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified i n the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 1. Completion of 35 courses. .4t least 71 courses musr he upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not m a r e ~ h a n13 may be in one d c p a r ~ m e n t except , i n certa~napproved majors for !he B a c h ~ t o rof Science/Arts degrec. 1: for the Barhelar of Music ancl Bachelor of Scienre in Musrc Jhera v degrees, and 18 In the Bachclor of Science i n Nursing degree. The course rota must tnclude t h r e ~ In~erimsfor student5 w h o s ~complete academic work 1 5 a t Augsburg. Far rransfer students, the course toral m u ~includc t one less inrrrim course than the number of vears at 4ugsburq. F No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35rotal courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources 4CHR) courses: ? courses bv inde ~ n d e n t / directed study; 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade o Pass tP). Non-traditional grading (P) also has these lirnirs: 2 in the major except Elemcnrarv Education and Nursing; 1 i n the minor if approvcd by the department chairperson. P Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Office of the Registrar about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged. 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major, except for Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5 averages are required. 40/Distri b u t i o n R e q u i r e m e n t s 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. 5. Distribution requirements (See below) Distribution Requirements Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematin-Physics Chemistry-Biolog Psychology-Sorio ogv English-Speech. Communication Rc Theater Arrs Y Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music Foreign Languages - Two courses (I11 and 112) of one foreign language at Aufsburg. Students who test above the Illlevel of a foreign language will take one ad ~ t ~ o ncourse al at placement level in that language o r t w o courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies - Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required i s one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Office of the Registrar. Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement i n courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are-offered with grading oprions - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or rhe Pass/NonCreditsystem.in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade o tion with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorabc on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are raded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional s y s t ~ m English . Illis grafed P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, gnd Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee i s charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence " Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. r2n incomplete qrade mav be given ontv in the case of extreme emergency. To rcceive it, a siudent must file a pelifinn with he Carnmirtee on Student Sfanding staling the reasons for the rtqucrt, the plan and d a t p tor removing it.and comments from the insrructar If permission is granted, the i n c o r n p l ~ tmust ~ be removed during the foTlowing scrnester, ar i t becomes rhe grade s u b m i t t ~ dbv the teacher along wirtl rhe incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an independent o r d i r e r r ~ ds1udvcour5eor internship that is to be spread aver more than enesemester. Strch a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of S wi[I remain on the t ~ c o r dIf. X i s given, the course must be registered for a s 1 Y In the lollowing term tn order that credit and a grade may be a5sipncdm A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit, but may be audited. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under Expenses. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). 42/Classification, Probation Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) i s based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed i n the G PA. Classification Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points Advanced Placement Advanced placement in courses beyond the be inning level i s granted to students with scores of 3.4, and 5 a n t h e CEtB Advanced Wacement Program Test. ~ d d i t i o n a l credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of rhe Registrar. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who havesuccessfuIIycompleted a college level course and who have scored high on he Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credir on the basisof scorer. received on the College Level Examination Proyam (CLEF) ofiered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should b~ addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Probation and Dismissal A student will be placed ort schotastic probation at the end of t h e term i f his or her athie~ernentis unsat~sTac~ory. A student who has been on probation two or morc C O ~ S P C U serncjrera ~ ~ ~ C is subject to di;rn~ssal at the end of tlie term. Dismissal f r o m the College is not automatic. Each c a w I S reviewed bv the Committee on Student Stand~ng.A student who has a poor a c a d ~ m i crecord mav b e s~rongtyadvised to withdraw before t h e end of the term. ,4 studenr who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. A student will be placed on probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7 courses. Sophomore - below 1.7 cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses. Junior - below 1.9 cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses. Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses. A student will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation as a freshman for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from robation if their classification changes to sophomore and ihev h a v e not earnexadditional zero grades. Students placed on probation as a sophomore for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. Study Options, Veterans/43 Dean's List The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Independent/Directed Study Many departments offer opportun~tiesforconscientioussrudents who demonsrrate sufficient background and preparation i n a given field to carry out upper division level work on an independent basis. Somed~partmentsalsoofferan opportunity for directed stud!: on a lower division level. A srudent who resisters for directed or independent study should normally expect to complete i t in one semester but may extend i t into the next term by permission of the instrucror. In such ca5es.a grade of X isgiven a t theend of the f l r 5 t term. and zhestudentwill registerapain forthe course to receive the final grade. Student3 interested in registering for directed or independent study must first secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Srudents may cross-register for inde endent studies at another ACTC school only when the majorfield in which rheinBcpendenl study i s proposed is not available on their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs a~tarhed.Requests for exception to this policvshould be made directly to their own academic dean. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after anv period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a t least three courses per term, the rntnirnum for classification as full-time students, It i s the responsibility of each veteran to report any change i n registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it i s for all students. A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need ro three courses w i r bc n p o r ~ e d meet the requirements ol the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. 46/Departments, Courses Departments and Course Course descriptions are listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and requirementsfor individual courses, the student should consult the inctructors of the courses. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless anerher frrquency isspecified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim and Summer School are published in separate catalogs. A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Afull course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Coursesthat must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed i n the caurse descrip~ion.A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Consent of the instructor is indicated in some course descriptions by this sign: (#) Art Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107, 225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be i n 2-dimensional art (118,223,360) and one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required t o begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement i s possible with portfolio on approval by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history courses. Consult wirh Department of Education for requirements i n education for teacher licensure. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificatein Art: 8art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts i n the urban and world setting. Concern for thevisual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems i n representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 Jewelry An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals. 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print hIakhg I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media includingetc hing,silk-screen and woodcut. 242 Film Making Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 330 Visual Communications II A study of visual communications i n magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.:225) 351 Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:llB) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor. (Alternate years) 368 Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition i n various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture II Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. 352 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman Period to the 4th Century A.D. (Alternate years, Fall, 1982) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14th to 18th century. (Alternate years, Spring 1983) 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1983-84) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. (Alternate years, 1983-84) Biology Neal T h o r p e (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud Major - Option 1: 7 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m each o f t h r e e groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students i n t e n d i n g t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Major - Option 2: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m each o f five groups: (I) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111)361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476; Chemistry 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106), 351 and 352. Students w h o plan t o teach i n secondary schools o f t e n select this major. Licensure f o r teaching i n Minnesota also requires t r e e courses i n earth a n d life sciences. Students p l a n n i n g t o teach are advised t o consult w i t h t h e Education Department early i n their planning. Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353. Minor: 5 courses, including Ill, 112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry 115,116 (or 105, 106). Honors Major: GPAof 3.5 in biology and 3.0overal1, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man havea niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment?What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man?(3 hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor) 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal?What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources?What are the implicationsof genetic research,scientificracism, socio-biology, and inequities i n thedelivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 Special Topics i n Biology Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111,112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequenceexcept by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 323 Experimental Human Physiology A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112. Fall 1984 and alternate years) 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring, 1983 and alternate years) 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Fall) 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry 352 or #. Fall) 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring, 1984 and alternate years) 471 Cellular Biology A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring) 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasison the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116: Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1983 and alternate years) 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 52/Business Administration & Economics 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #. Fall) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall) 491 Seminar Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring i n biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration & Economics Amin Kader (Chairperson), JamesE. Billings,Satya Gupta, Douglas Heidenreich, Roy LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Kenneth Rich, Edward M. Sabella. Business Administration Major in Accounting: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261,262,263, 379,381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one f r o m 258,391, 392). At least three upper division courses a r e required. Far thoseplanningcareers i n accounting, completion of thetwo remaining courses i n thesequence 381,382,483, 484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and compuTer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Finance: 9 Business Administrat ion courses (101,102,731,267,262,373,379, 478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,257, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. Economics 392, Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101, 702,131,145,250, 261, 340, 379, 410, and 373 or 4781; 5 Economics courses (722. 123, 251, 340, 445); Philosophy 120; Psychotogy 371,373; Sociology 241 and 373 or 383; Speech 111 or English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is srronglv recommended. Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261, 330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications 351 o r 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 i s strongly recommended. Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above. Business Administration & Economics/53 M a j o r in l n t e r n a t i o n a l Business: 8 Business Administration courses (101,102,131, 135,261 a n d 399 o r 499 a n d two f r o m 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123, 379); Political Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses (or demonstrated proficiency) f r o m o n e o f t h e following: Arabic. C f i n e w , French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish; 1 History course (coordinated w i t h t h e foreign language courses) f r o m 103,104,222,322,323,324,331,332,440,474; 8 International C o r e counes, i n c l u d i n g ~nternsh~p or i n d e p e n d e n t stud Core courses must be taken abroad (England and Germany, aiherr ro be addYedi. Erceprionr may b e p e r m i t t e d with department a proval General descriprions follow. Students who plan to major in lnternafionaPBusin& should mnract t h e depanment's international adviser. Amin Kader, as s o o n as possible t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f study. lnternational C o r e Courses - Required Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc. European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it; structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies; distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S. Import-Export Operations -The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysisof international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations. Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiarie; and parent company; ~r~anizational'behavior; management policy; comparative industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international setting. lnternational C o r e Courses - 3 to b e Elected Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure, land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism. European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms'of economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport; industrial policy; current membership negotiations. lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of domestic and international policies. lnternational monetary cooperation. lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors i n diplomacy; tariff techniques and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid policies; exchange rate policies. Theory of lnternational Finance -The relevance of international finance; participants i n the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the performance of monetary policy. 54/Business Administration & Economics Minor: 6 courses, inchding Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373, 379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. Other configurations for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration. C.P.A. Certification: Graduates who wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have corn feted the major i n Busine5s Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and !usines, Taw counes offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Phyrici general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 1 2 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed theabove requirements arequalified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Acceuntancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Notes: Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged t o select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order t o carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed below, these have been offered under Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, and Discrete Event Simulation. 101 Principles of Financial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101) 131 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring) 135 Introduction t o Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and tech~ologicalfactors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (Spring) 145 Fundamentals of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (Fall) 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. (Fall) 261 Fundamentals of Finance Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101,102) Business Administration & Economics/55 262 lntermediate Accounting I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102, Fall) 263 lntermediate Accounting II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 330 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making i n marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand) 340 Personnel Administration Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand) 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102) 382 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Fall) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course creditsthrough an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition thestudent will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only). 430 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examplesfrom service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: Junior or Senior or #. Spring) 56/Business Administration & Economics 478 Investments and Financial Institutions Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and Institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring) 483 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 484 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1983) 295,495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #) Economics Major in Economics: 8 Economics courses (122,123, 251, 258, 454 and three other upper division); Business Administration 101, 102, 379; Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete calculus sequence i s very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. I n addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Applied konomics: I] Economics courses 1122,123,251,258,454 and 445 or 453 and t h r e e other upper division); Business Adrninistrarion 101, f 02, 379, 479: Philosophy 130; Mathemafics 124,125, 215, 224, 2'14. Mathematics 211 is strongly recommended. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Admrnistration 379. Thestudent isstrongly encouraged to take ather Economics course^. in addition t5 those I isted above. Combined Major in Economics - Business Administration: 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258 and one upper division); 6 Business Adm~nistrationcourses (101, 102,261,373,379and one upper division). Courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly encouraged to take additional courses both i n business administration and economics. Minor: .Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Business Administration & Economics/57 Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major f i e l d o f concentration. the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d u n d e r 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History o f Economic Thought, Research Methods f o r Economics, a n d Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d Decision-Making w i t h f i n i t e Markov Chains, Notes: I n addition t o Economics 120,122 a n d 123 w i l l satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 w i l l satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement. Students w h o Ian t o major i n t h e d e a r t m e n t are strongly encouraged t o select a department alviser as soon as porsibre i n o r d e r t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f study. 120 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topirs. (Economics 120 i s a basic course designed for those studenrswho dn not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Ecunomirs major or minor. Students who plan to major i n Business Administration andfor Economics should instead enroll i n 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors) 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken i n the same term i n order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. 123 Principles of Economics (Micro) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122or 120. Economics 122and 123 may betaken i n either order.or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. 251 lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123) 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 58/Business Administration & Economics 340 Managerial Decision Making Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bus. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents. Spring, O n Demand) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 391 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall) 392 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role i n relation t o aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 442 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand) 445 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices i n business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: Econ. 251 or equivalent or #. Spring, O n Demand) 453 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122 or equivalent or #. O n Demand) 454 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented i n the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring) 295,495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #) Chemistry Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra Olmsted Graduation M a j o r in Chemist : 175,176, (or 105,106) 35I,352,353, 361 and one advanced c a u n e which may inxude Biochemistry; participation i n seminar; Physics 127,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisires, students shoul plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 i n the freshman year and Physics 121,122 in the sophomore year. d' American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11courses including 115,116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which rhould be taken during the sopromore year). Reading ability i n German equivalent to one semester also required. Teaching Literrsure: Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105, 106); 3 courses i n earth and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352, 353,361, 362,482,491 (Biology 367 may be substituted for362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised t o consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition, medical schools expect at least t w o courses (and usually more) i n biology. Students should consulr members of the chemistry department for assistance i n planning a course program early i n their coilege career. Minor: 5 courses which must include 115, 116 (105, 106), 353 and t w o other chemistry courses above 300 (Biology 367 may be one of the courses). Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer o r course of approved research; participation i n seminar. Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed beforeenrolling in thegiven course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade o f 2.0 or higher t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term o f a two-term course i n registering for the second term. Placement i n 105 or 115 i s determined by the score o n the Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry i s a prerequisite for 115. 105, 106 Principles o f Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students w h o need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers i n allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. O p e n also t o students in the humanities and social sciences. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction t o organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applications t o human physiological chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the major o r minor i n chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both Chemistry 109 and 105 o r 115 nor can credit be earned for both Chemistry 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring) 115, 116 General Chemistry A n intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. Thesecond emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, math placement. 115 Fall, 116 Spring) 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis o n mechanisms and multistepsynthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includestrace analysis. (3 hours of lecture, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116. Fall) 361, 362 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states o f matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these conceptsto areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121, 122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 399 Internship Opportunity for off-campus experience as a chemist. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours of lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Fall) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or #. Spring) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or #. Spring) 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience beforegraduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Juniorstanding). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding) 62/East and Southeast Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Director) This program offers two options: 1. Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study. Two years of Japaneseare tought on one of the five ACTC campuses, o r Augsburg students maytake Chinese coursesat Harnline University. Therealso i s a contracrual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Xrian Studies Department for Chinese and lapanese language coursps. Opportunities for language study abroad are available in japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hon kong and Singapore. Summer inrii~uterare ava~lablei n ihe Paeple'r Republic ofChina and in the U.S. See the director for information and procedureto register for any of thesecourses or t ravel. Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Ma'or in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic col ege Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. I Minor in East Asian Studies -5 courses, including 2 courses (1year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; 1 course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. 2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. I t is designed t o be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from History 322,323,324; one from Philosophy 355, Religion 356, Sociology 241; one from History 474, Political Science 351,363, 382; and one from History 226,399,495,499. History 104 is strongly recommended. Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 299 Directed Study (See Director of program) 322 Modern Southeast Asia (See under Department of History) 323 Modern China (See under Department of History) 324 Modern Japan (See under Department of History) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Department of Political Science, International Politics) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future (See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis) 399 Internships (See Director of program for guidelines t o apply for an internship) 474 The World and The West (See under Department of History) 495 Seminar (See Director of program) 499 Independent Study (See Director of program for guidelines) tconomics See Business Administration and Economics Education Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar Johnson, Lauretta Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Prekindergarten, and Secondary Education. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, it i s within the jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as applicable to requirements of the approved teacher licensure programs at Augsburg College. Orientation t o Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted t o the teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students transferring from an education program at another college must be readmissible to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Major and licensure Requirements: M i n i m u m of 8.5 education courses (255, 351. 383, and two profesrional semesters); Health Education 114,775; Library Science347, 358; Academic rnlnor (major recommended); GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic rninor,and grades of P in srudent teachin courres required for Iicensure; fulfill requiiementr of Minnesota Board of Teac\ing 5 MChR 3.041 in Human Relations. The first professional semester, forjuniors, includes341,352,353.381,382, 384. [Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses. The secand professional semester includes 481,482 and eleaives (483.484,478,499). Kindergarten License R e uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus 385 and student teaching at t%e Kindergarten level. Prekindergarten Education Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator) License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Sociology 231; Prychology 351; Elementary Education 325, 425, 483 or 484 (160 hours of student teach~ng).For a Prekindergarten license with other than an education major, consult with the program coordinator. 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 325 Contemporary Influences in Prekindergarten Education Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of h~s/her life in relat~anro the eifects of present-dav society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innova!ions,Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other ~nrerventionsandcompensatorvprograms.Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of ~ e a c h i n Reading ~ Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources in theteaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) 352,353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learningsettings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) 381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent r-egistrationin 352, 353. Spring) 382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resourcesfor social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 425 Prekindergarten Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsand two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) 481,482 Student Teaching I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission t o student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 483,484 Student Teaching II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring) 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education) 498 lndependent Study ('/2 or 1 course) Study of specific areas i n education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the elementary education faculty. Secondary Education Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet a!! specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure.This consultation is, recommended in addition to conferring with rhe student's major field adviser. ticensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for admittance and acceptance into the Depanment of Education teacher licensure program. This may be made before, concurrently or after the Orientalion course. Application formsare available in the Education Department oRice. Belare applving for admission, studentsshauld receive approval from the department or division of 'their declared major. A student ma take education courses after the Orientation course only i f he or she has been adYmiited into the program of the Department of Education: (2) GPA of 2.0 everalt,2.Qin required education couries,and at least 2.5 i n the major and minor; (3) Applicarion for admittance and acceptance into student teaching; (41 Completion of Minnrsota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 i n H u m a n Relations through hugrburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the required courses 0%t h e education program: Psychology 105: Health Education 114, 115; Educatian 265,354,388,478, specia I methods i n thrl area of t he student's major, and a minimum of two or three courses in student teaching ar required. Requirementsfor State of Minnesota L-icensurefor Teaching in SecondarySchaols: (through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): 11) 5.A- or 8.5. degree; (21 College major or minor in a teaching area; (33 Fulfill hlinnesota Board of Teaching 5 :MCAR 3.011 in Human Retarions Isucces5ful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirerncnr); (4) Psvchologv 105: (5) Health Education 114,115: (6)2.0 GPA i n professional education courses and a ? i n required s ~ u d e n t teaching courses, 2.5 GPA in major or minor. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one o f t hese areas follows the secondary educarion program even though he or she plans to reach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special arras will take three courses i n studen1 teaching and do some student teaching at both rhe secondary and elemen~aryrevels. In addition to 354, the art major will register for 367,361: rhe Physical Education major i o r 365: and t h e music major for 373. Arl and Physical Education reacher education programs lead to licensure in K-12. Music teacher education programs lead l o liccnsure in r h e following areas: ( 7 ) Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (5-12): 121 Orchestra (K-121 and Classroom Music (5-12): (3) Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9); or (4) Vocal and C[assroom Music (5-11). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), achievement of at least four "good" and three "minimal" ratings on the Modern Language Association Competency Tests is required. The candidate will take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. The results will be recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education. The Professional Term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in one full-time term in professional education, Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term aspart of the professional work, kstudent taking two courses i n student teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study. AII studenrs are expecred robe ~nvolvedfull-time i n theactivities of tRe prOfR5iOI?a~ term. 265 Orientation t o Education i n an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigate5 various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 Introduction t o Special Education (See Special Education) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 265, Psychology 105) N o t e o n Special M e t h o d s Courses: With the general methodology course, one or more education courses i n special methods must be taken from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: 265, or Elementary Education 255, and 354or may be taken concurrently with 354. Courses 361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching i n a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 373 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures i n science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history i n secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on thestudy of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society The emphasik in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention t o urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses,except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Special Education Barry Franklin (Coordinator) M i n o r : 6 courses, including 282,491; Psychology 351,357; one course chosen from Health and Physical Education 354, Music 110 (Interim) or 395, Psychology 362, Secondary Education 385 (Interim), or Social Work 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from Linguistics 289, Psychology 352 or 359, or Secondary Education 388. Biology 103 i s recommended as an additional course. 282 lntroduction to Special Education lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the mature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education I A supervised field placement i n a facility for an,exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Fall) Engi neeri ng/69 Library Science Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood, James Olson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquistion, cataloging, classification, and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation.( Fall) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Services and Sources Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information and use libraries effectively. (Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 Independent Studv Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical University (Houghton, M ichigan),in a Three-Two Plan of studies which w i l l ena l e a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an e n ineering baccalaureate degree f r o m Washington University or Michigan Technokpical University in a five-year period. 6 The first three ears are spent a t Au sbusg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Stu ents accepted into t e program are guaranteed admission to the en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, haveaB average, an8 are recommended by a designated representative of Augrburg College. d E Students receiving financial aid who are participants i n the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged t o apply t o the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. M i n i m u m Course Requirements for Admission fo the Three-Two Plan: Math 124, 125,224,226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,176; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124,725 and Physics 127,122 are taken in the freshman year. Students are encouraged t o apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser i s encouraged. English Richard Sargent, (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni Clark, John Gidmark, Ann Goodwin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Grier Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood Major: 9 English courses above 717, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in British literature,oneon literature before1660 (for exarnpie,331 or438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encauraged ta take Enulish 245 early i n their colllege work and tocrensu~ttheirdeparrmental adviser regular7 A rtudenrwith a double major or r ecial program that involver considerable w o r t in the English departrnenr should apo work closely with an adviser in the department. Major for Teaching Licensure i n English-Language Arts: 10 English courses, includingthose listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2Speech courses, one from 111,351,352,354 or 355 and either 360 or 366; Library Science 475. Courses i n early American literature, Shakespeare and film arerecommended. I n addition to fie1 ' experience and student teaching required by rhe D e p a r t m ~ n of t Education, majors rvill be required to gain practical experience in teaching writin be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouragec to rake courses toward their major d u r ~ n the freshman and ~ophornoreyears, enroll i n Orientation to Education i n the all term of the sophomore year and applv for teacher education not later than the fall of their iunior year. i n addition to planning their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. '" B Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing course. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall, submit program t o department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee i n senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Noteon Concentration: I n additionto meeting requirementsfor the major, English majors may, i f they wish,develo an area of emphasis,such as British concentration, f American concehtration, worl literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives i n the major, by the designof an independentstudy course that ap lies to the cancentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the epartrnent. English majors should B work closely with their advisers i n developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: English 111 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d b u t n o t a prerequisite f o r a l o w e r division literature course. Prerequisite f o r an u p p e r division course is successful c o m p l e t i o n o f a l o w e r division literature course o r consent o f t h e instructor. 101 Developmental Writing .4preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/hl grading only. 111 Effective Writing The study of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention t o correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either P/N or2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111 or equivalent) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students'papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course i s to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student i s first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community newsstories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 241 lntroduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artisticqualitiesand the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 lntroduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted t o developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writersfrom colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention i s also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 261 Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. -271 European Literature: Homer to Dante Astudy of majorworksof Greekand Roman literature,for example theepicsof Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus,Sophocles, and Euripides, thecomedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 282 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. 331 Chaucer and His Age While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1983-84) 336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships amongthese writersand their influence on one anotherwill be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis i s given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature. 366 Poetry Study of the poem as a concentrated, esthetic form of human expression and experience. The course emphasizes modern American and British poetry, but also includes a generous selection of traditional and contemporary poems, both in English and i n translation from selected international poets such as Rilke and Neruda. A diverse range of forms, moods, themes, and techniques i s represented, and the relationship between traditional poetry and modern poetry i s examined. (On demand) Foreign Languages/73 368 Modern Drama Slgnlflcant worLr of Ameriran.Rritish, and continental dramatlstsof the twent~ethcentury, wlth emphasls on represen1arlrbcr.from the major movements such as Naturalism, Ex~stent~al~sm, T h e a t ~ rof the Absnrd, and Tran~forrnat~onal~sm Plays by women and mlnorltles are included. [On demand) 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey o i the development of the novel in Engiand from its eighteenth century beginnings up trr the twentieth century. Novels studied wiIl be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, R~chardson,Fielding.Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte,Thackeray, Elio~,H~ardy,and Butler. Attention will beqiven to theconditionscontributing to therlseof the novel and its emergence by the twentieth centrrry a5 rhe dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten or twelve major plays- comedies, histories,tragedies-with attention tothe development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 English Seminar Course490, a themeor movement; course491, a majorwriter or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (On demand) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Mary Johnson (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, Liv Dahl, Leif Hansen, Mary Kingsley, William Oyler, Madeleine Renaud, Gunta Rozentals, Maria Schweikert, Soterios Stavrou, Donald Steinmetz Students with previous foreign language study should register i n courses suited t o their level of preparation. Placement Levels: 111, under t w o years of high school study i n that language or equivalent background; 211, t w o t o three years of languagestudy; 311,four years or m o r e of that language. Students should arrange for the Language Placement Test only if they wish t o take a course above the level determined by previous studies i n that language. Those with satisfactory levels o n the test may be placed i n 112,212, o r 311. Students who elect t a t a k ~a course below the one in which they are placed by r h e Language Department may d o so, bat grading for such a course must be P/N only. The language requirement will b e satisfied only by completion of the course i n which the studenr was originally placed. Credit and grading far that course may be traditional. 74/Foreign Languages For majors, a minimum of four upper division courses at Augsburg Coltege is required for graduation. A maximum of four upper division nun-kugsburgcourses may be accepted. No fewer than two of these four courses should be taken abroad. For minors, a minimum of two upper division courses at Augsburg College i s required for graduation. For transfer students intending t o major or minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended is specified. See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses. Teaching Litensure: Teacher candidates in French. German and 5 anish mug consult with the Department of Educalion for specific information an enrollment in rhe program. Methods courses bv language are joinr ACTC offerings and should be taken in the fall of t h e s ~ n i o year. r A 3 0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition i s a departmental requirement forteachin? majors. Licensur~requires successfulcorn letion of the Modern Language As5ociation Competencv Exam. See Requirements or State of Minnesota ticensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools. p. 66. 8 P Chinese Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. French Major: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (On Demand) 111 Beginning French Designedto introduce thestudent with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. Foreign Languages/75 112 Beginning French for hose who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms iscompleted to make possible basic communication, b e g i n n i f i ~reading rkills,and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above o n placement. (Spring) 211 Intermediate French 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice i n communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) 212 Intermediate French Through informative and controversial articles, interviews and literary readings, this course works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficientskiltsro pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basicstructures. habora~orywork. 1Spring1 243 French Literature i n Translation Major representative works of French literarure read in English translation. Through individualized background readingand crass discussion.studen1s become acquainted with artistic qualities and culrvral-hinorical sign~f~cance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. [Offered o n Demand) 311 Conversation-Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall) 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech groups practiced. Study of writien models. [Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political,social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 332 French Civilization Today Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction t o Literature for Language Students Theory and practiceof literarvstudies. A theoreticat component (inEnglish) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply rhe elements of theor), rhrough reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of French li~erature.Recommended for majors and ~ i n o r s . Open to all qualiiied students. (Prereq.: 311 or Offered on demand) *. 76/Foreign Languages 352 Creativity and Restraint A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 354 Realities: Inner and Outer Worlds A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and hissuccessors in poetry,and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years) 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Conversation-Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training i n the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 450 French Seminar Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (e.g. Novel, Drama, 18th Century literature, poetry). Student presentations i n French. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 352,354 or 355. O n Demand) 451 The French Novel A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert,Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 331. O n demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German Major: 8 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly r e c o m m e n d e d Minor: 4 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n g 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses b e y o n d 212, i n c l u d i n g o n e i n conversation-composition, 350, o n e i n civilization, and t w o electives. A l l courses must b e u p p e r division courses. Study i n Germany strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. Foreign Languages/77 111,112 Beginning German Course 111 i s for students with no previous background; 112 i s for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability t o read extended narratives i n simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 211,212 Intermediate German For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basicskills into working knowledge of German. Review of basicstructureswith emphasison extending rangeof vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature i n Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (On Demand) 301 German Business Communication German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or #. O n Demand.) 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Earlv Background. Foltows the cultura1 and social development of the German5peaking peoples from the preh~sroricfnda-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Y e a r s h a r (16.131,with emphasison the impact of Roman crvilization, the re-emergenceof German cultural s e l f awareness d u r ~ n gtheMiddle Agesoandthe intellectual and religious upheavals o l the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or Alternate years) *. 332 German Civilization and Culture I1 Survey of significant currents of deveropment which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and swirzerfand since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s cansidered in view oiits roots in fhe intellectual, geopolitical, artisticand scientific history o i the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction t o Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of lirerarvstudies. Arheorctica~cornponent(in English)treatsfhe basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to bitcrarvanafyj~r.In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected worksof German litesaturc. Recommended far majors and minors Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or Offered on Demand\ =, 351 German Literature through 18th Century Brief survey of hemtt. courtly, Reformarion, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Exrenrive rcadingr and discussions in Classic and Romanticperiods. Readings in German.supplernented by [eaures on the history or German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class djscussrons help to improve students' ability t o express ideas i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or *. O n Demand) 78/Foreign Languages - 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, lung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation Aimsat developing and refining the student's use of German as avehiclefor expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or#. Alternate years) 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramaticworks from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read assymptomaticof perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 499 Independent Study Greek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg i n history, philosophy, art, literature, linguistics which can apply toward a classics concentration i n cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 Beginning Greek Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (111, Fall; 112, Spring. A minimum of 9 hours preparation per week required.) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) t r e a t r t k baslc principles of IIterature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discuss~ngselected works for foreign literature in the language. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 212 or #. Offered on demand) Japanese Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC Easr Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department. See fast and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. Foreign Languages/79 Linguistics 289 Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analvsis and general Iingulstic principles, with focus on [ingutst~c universals (organtzational principles and features common to all language) and psycholinguirric5 (inquiry i n to the mechanicsof language learning and thestructure of the mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questrons will be approached by studying sarnplesof various Languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majorsand minors. (Fall) 311 Theories of Grammar Camparat~vcanalysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research w ~ t h the aim af l[luminaringunderiyingphilosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanarory goals which dlsringuish them. Jhr rheories wi[l becnntrasred with those of adjacenrdisciplinessuch asanthr~pology.psy~fiology,logic,and c~mmunrcation theory to explore ways In which each theory seeks to overcome rhe inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On Demand) Norwegian a n d 499, a n d o n e Scandinavian literature course. I n t e r i m o r summer i n Norway recommended. Major: 8 courses above 211, i n c l u d i n g 311,312,331,350,353,411, Minor: 4 courses above 211, i n c l u d i n g o n e i n conversation-com osition, o n e i n civilization, a n d o n e i n literature. I n t e r i m o r summer study abroaBencouraged. Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study i n Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses u n d e r Scandinavian Area Studies. 111,112 Beginning Norwegian lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken ratherthan literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 211 Intermediate Norwegian Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for classdiscussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.) 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Intensive praaice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. S a m e anention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between tfretwoofilcial languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prercq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 Old Norse An introductlon to thestructure of Old West Norse through thestudy of selections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old Easr Norseand aspects of the history of four modem Nordiclanguages. Knowledge of oneof the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years) 331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports i n the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 80/Foreign Languages 350 lntroduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical componenr [in English) treats !he basic principlesof IIrerature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis, fn the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or +. Offered on demand) 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings i n contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods e~rendingback ro 01d Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable atnention is given t o writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other ScandirBvian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Russian One year of elementary Russian is offered at Au sburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Stucfies Program, which re uires two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus Coor%inator. 111,112 Elementary Russian Aimed t o develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease i n reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. Spanish Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study in Spain or Latin America i s strongly recommended) Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s an integral part of the course. Foreign Languages/81 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literarure representing various periods and movements are read in English iranslarion. Through background reading and class discussion in English !he strident i s acqualn~edwith the salient artistic qualities and cultural-hisroricalsignificanc~? of thereadings, Credit in thiscourse does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand) 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and writlen practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Labnrarorv work. This course i s a prerequisite for all upper-division courses. I P r ~ r e q . :211 or equivalent. Fall) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who havea basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversationaT facility, 5tressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and manazine ar~irles.Conducted in 5panish. (On Demand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years.) 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of theSpanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students T h ~ o r y a n dpracticed literarystudier..4 rhcorezical component (in English)treats the basic principles at lirerarurr, literary gerlres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the pracricat component.studenrsapply the theorv through reading, analyzing, and dlscusslng selected works ot Ii~eraturein Spanish. Recammended for majors and minors. Open to all clualrfed rrudents. (Prrrcq.: 311 or i;. o i i e r e d on demand) 352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 82/Geography, Health and Physical Education 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Geography Paul Grauer 114 Human Geography An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. Health and Physical Education Richard Borstad (Chairperson), Ernest Anderson, David Boots, Paul Grauer, Al Kloppen, Doug Nelson, Jack Osberg, Pamela Paulson, Marilyn Pearson, Ronald Petrich, Joyce Pfaff, William Ross, Edwin Saugestad, Jeff Swenson, Mary Timm Health Education Major: 110, 114, 115, 320, 354, 410; Biology 103, 108, 111; Chemistry 105 or 109; Psychology 105; Sociology 231, 241. Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus 355. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Minor: 110, 114, 115, 320; Biology 103; Sociology 231 110 Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 114 Health and Safety Education (1/2 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of scbool age children. Health and Physical Education/83 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: Physical Education 350. Spring) 355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests i n health and physical education. (Spring) 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physical Education Major: Health Education 114,115,354,355; Physical Education 223,231,232,243,350, 351, 471, 472, 474,475; Biology 103. Teaching Major: Health Education 114,115, 354,355; Physical Education 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474; Biology 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Major with Specialization in Corrective Therapy: Health Education 114, 115, 354, 355; Physical Education 223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471,472,474,475,485,487, 491,493; Professional Affiliation Block495-496-497-499; Biology 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. All C.T. specialists must be accepted bv the education department for teaching and student teaching in an adapted situation. Approval must be secured by the corrective therapy coordinator. Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning. Minor: Health Education 114,115; Physical Education 223,231,232 or 472, and 243. Coaching Endorsement: 243, 351,475, one of 476-483, and practicum in coaching (Independent Study 499 i s an optional method for meeting the practicum requirement). Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102, 103 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. N o course credit. 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 84/Health and Physical Education 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course) Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances. (Interim and Spring) 234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course) This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some weekends participating i n these activities. (Spring, even # years) 243 History and Principles of Physical Education History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall) 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring) I 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (See Health Education) 355 Tests and Measurement (See Health Education) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 Modern Dance (1/2 course) A n introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and problem solving. No previous dance experience necessary. (Interim) 399 Internship Consult department chairperson. 471 Physical Education Programming Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 Gymnastics (1/2 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall) 474 Swimming and Aquatics Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall) Health and Physical Education/85 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term) 476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Fall, 1st half of term, odd #years) 477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim, odd #years) 478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim, odd # years) 479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 cours4 Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd #years) 480 Coaching of Baseball/Soft Ball (l/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Fall, odd #years) 485 Applied Adapted Activities Explores recreation as applied to a corrective therapy program, application of corrective exercise to the atypical, self care and ambulation, prosthetics and orthotics. Equal attention i s given to physical and mental habilitation, physical education for the handicapped and recreation in rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 350,351; Health Education 354. Summer school only) 487 Neurology and Pathology Astudy of the nervoussystem and the diseasesassociated with it and the nature and cause of disease involving changes in structures and functions. Equal attention i s given to neurology and pathology. (Summer School only) 491 Therapeutic Exercise Exercise techniques as applied to various disabilities, testing muscle strength and range of joint motion and association of muscle actions as applied to various human movements. Equal attention is given to human movement, kinesiotherapy and evaluation and research applied to C.T. and A.P.E. programs. (Prereq.: 350, 351; Health Education 354. Summer school only) 493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy A study of organization, administration, history, philosophy and professional ethics as applied to C.T. intertherapy relations in a rehabilitation setting. Basic supervisory and personnel management decisions and practices. Most of the course deals with organization and administration of C.T.; about one-sixth of the course deals with intertherapy relations. (Summer School only) 495,496, 497 Professional Affiliation Includes actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 i s study of Neurology and Pathology (Prereq.: 485,491 and approval of department.) 499 Independent Study Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. History Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, Richard Nelson Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and nonWestern. Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator. Minor: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Honors Major: G P A of 3.6 in t h e major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before rhe end of the first term of the junior year; two years of aforeign language at the college level (or its equivalent): an honors thesis (equal t o one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. Notes: Freshmen should enroll in one or more of the History 101-104 courses. History 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Students are required t o have at least one lower division course before registering for an upper level course. There are 17 upper division courses (numbered 300and up) in this department. Five or six are offered each term, or 11 per year. Offerings depend upon faculty schedules and student registration. 101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. 221 U.S. History to 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered i n the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by thedirectingfaculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 322 Modern Southeast Asia A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 323 Modern China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. 324 Modern japan An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 331 Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excludingforeign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 332 History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development i s stressed. 345 Scandinavian-American Experience (See under Scandinavian Area Studies) 353 Select Topics in Minnesota History A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization i n the Near East from earliest times through i t s extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis i s placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. 90/Mathematics/Computer Science Mathematics /Computer Science Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Benjamin Cooper, Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad, Leo Lake Mathematics Major: 9 courses including 124,125,215,224,314,324. Also required: Computer Science245. The following courses do not count towards this major: 104, 174,121, 122, '131, 242. For teacher licensure in mathematics, courses 351, 373,441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to ronsulr with the Education Department for requirements. Mathematics Major with Computer Science Concentration: 10 courses, including Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314, 355, Computer Science 245, 345, 350 and Mathematics 226 or Computer Science 261. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent study at an advanced level with participation i n a department seminar. Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, 224. The following courses do not coun! towards the minor: 704,114,121,122,131,242. For a teaching minor, the two additional courses must be selected from 215, 314, 351,373,441. Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including Computer Science 245,261,345,350 and one of Mathematics 355, Business Administration 479, Sociology 363, Computer Science 395, 495. Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling i n any course in this department the student must have satisfied certain course and/or placement test prerequisites. A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0or higher to count as a prerequisite. The Placement Test i s given during col!ege orientation sessions and at other announced times during the year. Score requirements on the rest for entrv to courses are: ll {or course 104: [ l l for courses 114,171,122.131,242:lY for course724. Siudents whose score is V, o r who have taken the College Board Advanced Placement Euarn, should consult w i t h the department about appropriate courses to take. Any exceptions t o course or placement test score prerequisites must be approved by the instructor. Mathematics Courses 104 Basic Mathematics I I A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalitiec in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not satisfy the general education requiremen1 in ma~hematics.(Spring) 114 College Algebra and Trigonometry Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall, Spring) 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Fall) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) 124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of planeand solid analyticgeometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 Mathematics for the Arts An introduction t o the structure of mathematical systems and mathematical modelswhich have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending,further study of mathematics. (Fall) 211 Number Theory A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) 215 Elementary Linear Algebra A study of systems of linear equations, determinants,vector spaces, lineartransformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 226 Differential Equations Solutionsof ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 Basic Concepts of Mathematics The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis i s placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 Abstract Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall) 324, 325 Advanced Calculus I, I1 A study of the fundamental concepts of calculusforfunctions of several variables including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions. improper integrals, differential formsand manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324. Spring; 325, Fall) 351 Modern Geometry A study of Euclidean and,non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods with projective axioms as a basis. (Prereq.: 122or 125. Spring 1984 and alternate years) 92/Mathematics/Computer Science 355 Numerical Analysis (Formerly 361 or Computer Science 355) A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedureoriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224, Computer Science 245) 373 Probability and Statistics An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 Internship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. 441 Foundations of Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1983 and alternate years) 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or #. Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science Courses 145 lntroduction to General Computer Programming An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a computer science minor. 245 An Introduction to Computer Science An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming i s done in machine language, assembly language, and a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq.: Mathematics 125) 261 Electronics (See under Department of Physics) 345 Computer Systems Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. lntroduction to operating systems, including batch, time-sharing, and real-time. Continued development of competence in structured programming, algorithms, and assembly language will be emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.: 245) 350 Data Structures and File Processing Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of non-numerical problems. Applications to data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 245) Medical Technology, Metro-Urban/93 395 and 495 Topics in Computer Science Specifictopics are selected each year. Prerequisites will depend o n the topics selected. 395 for Interim, 495 for fall and/or spring terms. 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director t o determine project. 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Medical Technology Neal 0. Thorpe (Adviser) This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or Abbott-Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. I t i s important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Student5 rransferring to Augsbur College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalenr should expect to s en two vears a t Augsburq before participating in the internship year. The MedicaPTcchnologv major I S nor derignrd for persons who already have the baccalaureate degree from another ~nstitution. f Required Science Courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367and476); 2) Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,116),351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103 (or 121, 122); one math course; one course in immunology. Metro-Urban Studies Carry W. Hesser (Director) Major: 15 courses includinglOcore requirements: Economicsl23; Political Science 122; History 431; Sociology 111, 381; Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or Sociology 363; a minimum of one course of internship or independent study; two non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least one of which must be in the humanities (current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics 111, Biology 105, Philosophy 362, Interdisciplinary Studies 233, 260). To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: GeneraVLiberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA). 94/Metro-Urban Studies Minor: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are required for the concentration: Economics 120 or 123; Political Science 122; Sociology 111, 381; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. 199 lnternship Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring and Summer) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division students (Prereq.: # and Sociology 111 or 121. Fall, Spring, Summer) 399 lnternship Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. (Prereq.: Sociology 111 or 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: Sociology 111 or 121 and #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Urban Studies Options Through HECUA A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities; transportation, planning and social services. 399 lnternship Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract i s developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. Metro-Urban Studies/95 B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This p r o g r a m is located at t h e University o f Oslo a n d focuses u p o n Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 272 Norwegian Life and Culture Language instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary to support student course work and daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the language instruction. 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Students are placed in intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated with the language instruction. 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis i s placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus i s on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester i n t h e city" p r o g r a m is located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t focuses u p o n urbanization a n d development i n t h e Third World. 261 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists. 363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of barrios and t o public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. D. San Francisco Summer Term A nine-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent 'study. 383 Field Seminar: San Francisco (See MUST 359) 399 Internship (See MUST 399) 499 Independent Study (See SUST 499) Music L. t. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adne Robert E, Beverlev,Michael Brand. haine Bryce,Siephen Cabrielien, Thomas G ~ h e g , Cymhia G o e f i , James D. lohnron, Robert Karl&, MeriTee Klemp, Nicholas Cenz, Paul Lohman. Cynrhia Melson, Robert Metzler, Celeste O'Brien. Alice Preves. Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George S~ahl,Daniel Sturrn, James ten RenseT. Paul Thomas, D a ~ l Tubergen, d Mary Wilson, Angela Wyatt See Music Department Handbook for additional and explanatory information guidelines and requirements. Students wishing to major or minor in music must apply to the department. Specific Music Major Requirements Bachelor of Arts: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476,354 or 355, 365 or 375, music elective. French or German. Bachelor of Arts (Music Education): 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476, 354 and one of 355, 365, 375. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. Bachelor of Music: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350,457,458,476,499,354 or 355,365 or 375, music electives. 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last? years,and junior and senior recitals; French or German. Voicestudy - 2 years of foreign language. Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 354, 360, 382,383,395,399,435,457,495,350 or 476, one of 355,365,375, and 110 Introduction to MusicTherapy (lnterimj.5 anish i s recommended. Other requirements: Biology 703, Education 282: 2 Physica Education (232 and 373 recommended); 3 Psychology and I Sociology, including Psychology 105,362 and Psychology 263 or Sociology 362 (Recommended courses include Psychology 264, 351. 352, 355, 356, 357, and 5ocioIogy 111,121, 231. 241, 362,375); 1 Speech (116 recommended). P Music Minor: 5 courses: 101, 102,260 or 261,457 or 458, elective. Applied Music: Major Ensemble 2 consecutive years, Performance Studies 4 semesters, concurrent with Ensemble; Examinations: 2 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Honors Major: Students may qualify f o r graduation honors if they have earned a GPA o f at least 3.0 i n music courses a n d have demonstrated leadership i n performance. H o n o r s may b e achieved by o n e o f t h e following: Senior thesis a n d its defense b e f o r e a faculty committee; presentation o f an additional senior recital o f graduate quality; c o m p o s i t i o n o f a w o r k f o r vocal a n d / o r instrumental ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 15 minutes duration. Application should b e made b e f o r e t h e senior year. Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors) 1. Courses: 101,102, 223, 224, 260, 261. 2. Applied Music: M a j o r Ensemble, 8 semesters; Performance Studies, 8 semesters; Recital appearance. 3. Examinations: 3 M u s i c Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Applied Music Ensembles: M e m b e r s h i p i s d e t e r m i n e d by a u d i t i o n d u r i n g t h e first week o f t h e fall semester. Times a n d locations are posted o n t h e d e p a r t m e n t bulletin board. These organizations exist n o t o n l y f o r t h e benefit o f t h e musicstudent, b u t f o r any student w h o wishes t o participate: Augsburg Choir Chorale Concert Band Orchestra Brass Ensemble String Ensemble Jazz Ensemble Woodwind Ensembles Performance Studies: Four synergistic elements are required: lessons, jury examinations, performance and listening. Private Lessons: Vocal and instrumental instruction i s available to all students in any area. Music students must register on the traditional grading system and take a jury exam at the end of each semester to fulfill the requirement of private study toward a music degree. Other students may register for private lessons in the same manner or use P/N grading. During the junior and senior year, a student accepted by the Department of Music as a major receives lessons in the area of concentration without extra cost. Instruments are available for rent. JuryExamination: All studentstaking private lessonsfor credit are required to perform each semester for a faculty jury. Performance Workshop: An informal setting for student performances,seminars and guest lecture demonstrations. All students studying applied music for credit must attend weekly workshops and, once a semester, perform on their instrument. Listening: All students studying applied music for credit must attend a predetermined number of designated music events each year. Recital: One-half recital i s r e q u i r e d o f B.A. a n d B.S. candidates. B.M. students must present f u l l j u n i o r a n d senior recitals. Examinations A l l music majors and minors are required t o pass a Piano Proficiency Test. M u s i c majors must pass t h r e e M u s i c Repertoire Tests, a n d Music minors must pass two. 101,102,223, 224 Theory Music Theory i s an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (101, 223, Fall. 102, 224, Spring) 110 lntroduction to Music Therapy A survey of the music therapy programs i n the surrounding area, with field trips t o various institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways i n which music i s used as a therapy. (Interim) 230 Introduction to the Fine Arts The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers f r o m each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall) 260 History and Literature of Music Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 History and Literature of Music Music of the Romantic and M o d e r n eras, and non-Western topics. (Spring) 325 Scandinavian Music I n a historical approach t o the study of music i n the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-musicand music majors. (Fall) 330 Vocal Repertoire A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 t o the present. The study includessuch aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Spring) 331 Diction for Singers (Spring, alternate years) 350 Choral Technique and Arranging Fundamentals of voice as related t o choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging for various combinations of voices and instruments. (Spring) 354 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 Instrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 360 Therapeutic Recreational Music Study of guitar and recorder, Orff instruments, applications of recreational musicactivities t o clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work. 365 Instrumental Technique Elementary technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 lnstrumental Technique Advanced technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 Music of the Western Church Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for thegeneral student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Spring) 382 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 Psychological Foundations of Music I1 Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Varioustheories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of human behavior as it relatesto music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Use of music with the mentally retarded and emotionally ill. 399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Full-time placement i n an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This i s started after completion of the senior year and i s necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. 435 Music in Therapy Thestudy and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, physically handicapped, geriatric, and gifted populations. (Prereq.: 395) 440 New Music Seminar Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 457 Conducting Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 Conducting Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 Orchestration The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensemblesof varyingsizes and types. (Fall) 488,489 Piano Teaching Methods Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. 495 Practicum in Music Therapy Volunteer work i n a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. N o credit. 499 Independent Study Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for i n the departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced students upon approval of the f_aculty. 100/NaturaI Science Natural Science Earl R. Alton (Coordinator) Major for Pre-Medical Students: 14 courses including Biology 111,112,491 or 492, and t w o upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, lob), 351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122 or 124and 125; Physics 121,122. This major i s presented as an option for pre-medical students who wish t o take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for admission t o most medical schools, including the University of Minnesota Medical School, and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives carefully, keeping i n mind the specificrequirementsof the medical schools t o which he o r she intends t o apply. Early consultation with a premedical adviser i s recommended. Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved t h e Ifcensure program for science teachers and authorized A u ~ s b u r gto recommend candidates in Life Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical Science, Chemistry major or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemrstry (rninorl. grades 7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and Science (Grades 5-9). All Natural Science teaching majors must complete the Broad Basic courses and i n addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis. The program of courses IS designed t o provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for sp~cializationi n an area. The following programs assume t h a t the student wil[ mee? the general education requirements of the college and, in the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. ConsuTt with the Department of Education for requirements i n Education. Early consultation with adviser i s recommended. Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, Ii n Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161); 2 i n Life Science (Biology Ill, 112); 4 i n Physical Science (Physics 121,122 and Chemistry 115, 116 or (105,106). To make the program slightly more flexible, i t i s recommended that students with emphasis i n life science have both courses i n earth science and substitute Physics 103 for Physics 121,122. Life Science Emphasis: 8 courses, 1 Cognate; 7 Biology courses, including 491 Seminar and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or 353; (11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476. Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: 7 courses and chemistry seminar, Chemistry 351,352,353,361 and 362 (or Biology 367, Biochemistry), 482, Physics 245. Physical Science Em hasis - Physics Major: 7 courses, Physics 245,351,362,395 and three additional t o e! selected from Physics 261, 270, 352, 363,481, 486, 488. Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure i n Physical Science upon completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science Emphasis - Physics major. The student licensed i n Physical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics i n grades 7-12. Science(Grades.5-9): 7 courses,2 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161, the alternative course not taken in the Board Base section); 2 i n Life Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 in Physical Science (Chemistry 353; Physics 245). Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, 7 courses in Biology plus the Broad Base; for Chemistry, 351,352,353,361 and 362 or 482 plus the Broad Base; for Physics, any four courses above 122 plus the Broad Base. Nursing Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Carol Hoffman, Nancy Malcolm, JoEtta A. Vernon, Helen Woelfel Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leadingto a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in Minnesota. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or d ~ p l o m aprogram in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a currenr license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, rnicrcrbiolagy, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Studenrs must take these courses a t Augsburg or another accredited college or univerritv prios to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite courses i n sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission ro the major. I n addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, within the past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2 ) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. Major: 11 courses (10 course credits) i n nursing including 303,304,310,311,325,330, 350, 403, 404, 423, 427: Psychology 355. ,4 minimum grade of 2.0 i n each nursing course and a cumulative CP.4 of 2.5 a t the completion of the courses of study are required. Courses i n interpersonal communications and ethics are supportive to the major. Course5 inrhe nursing major aredesignedso that they may becorn leted within two academ~cyears. However. more than two years may be require to complete t h e total course of study, depending on rhe number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time nudv, but are required 10 complete 13 courses, a t Augsburg College. Students inrerested i n pursuing day, evening, or summer part-time study should consult with an adviser from rhe nursing depastment for program planning. 8 303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course) This course i s one of the transitional courses that introduces the student to components of the professional role and begins the professional and socialization process. The communication process i s emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is established and maintained. Interactive communication theories are explored for their applicability to changing roles and professional practice. (Fall-Junioryear.) 304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course) This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice i n emphasized. Selected nursing theories are examined. (Spring-Junioryear.) 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses on systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Clinical application of course content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue. (Fall-Junioryear. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major) 311 Community Health Nursing II This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health team i s explored. This course i s primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, Psy 355) 325 Nursing Process I n this course the student learns approaches to assessment and the use of assessment tools i n the nursing process.Thestudent usescommunication skillstoobtain a health history and negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity to make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major). 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This course i s designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim-Junioryear). 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major, Math 121 or a course i n descriptive statistics) 403 Contemporary Nursing 111 This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursingcare. Content includesfamily asa group, family and group dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration i s given to the emerging role of the nurse i n family health care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423) 404 Contemporary Nursing IV This course relates leadership and management theories and emerging professional nurse roles to primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 427) 423 Practicum in Nursing I This course i s a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 i n providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403') 427 Practicum in Nursing II This course i s a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity i s provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected hospital setting. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403,423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404*) 499 Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic or issue i n depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. *If the practicums i n nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Philosophy Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer Major: 9 courses, including 130,241,242,343,344, and one course in the400's (other than 499). Five of the courses must be upper division. Minor: 5 courses, including t w o courses from 241,242,343, and 344. Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors. p r o ram is by recornmendation of the philosophy facuf~y.Suchrecommendations w i l l b e made st rheend of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis o n an approved topicof the student's choice, involvin research above the cour5e level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty ofthe department. Note: Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. 120 Ethics Sometimes you say that a certain action i s right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it i s right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. 241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 History of Philosophy 11: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissancewasa timeof rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discoverthe grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241.) 343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of thelBth century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to idealism by men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 241 or 242.) 344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguisticanalysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241,242, or 343.) 350 Philosophy of Religion What i s the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can besaid about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? I s man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 362 Political Philosophy As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What i s the relation between the citizen and the city? In a larger context, what i s the origin of the State and the basis for its laws?What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and the State?This course studies the key concepts of politics found in the tradition of western political thought. 365 Philosophy of Science The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?What constitutes scientific knowledge?Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course i n natural science.) 370 Existentialism Studies i n the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what i t means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity,freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May betaken morethan once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from.241,242, 343,344 or #.) 430 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studies i n the philosophy of particular philosophers,e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242, 343, or #) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physics K e r m i t E. Paulson (Chairperson), Kenneth N. Erickson, M a r k J . Engebretson a n d 395 plus t h r e e courses above 122. I n Planninglheir coursesof study, students are encouraged to work closely w i t h members o f the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124, 125, a n d Physics 721, '122 the freshman year, a n d Mathematics 124 and 226 t h e s o p h o m o r e year. Major: 9 c o u r s e , i n c l u d i n g 121,122,245,351,362 Teaching Licensure Major: The same'as t h e major. Students are advised t o refer t o t h e Education Department section o f t h e catalog a n d consult w i t h t h e Education Department early i n t h e i r planning. Minor: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 121,122, and t h r e e courses above 122. Honors Major: A GPA o f 3.6 i n physics a n d 3.0 overall. A n independent invertigat i o n o f a physics t o p i c w i t h an oral defense o f t h e w r i t t e n research repbrt. Application f o r t h e honors major should b e made n o later than rhe first t e r n of the senior year. Societ of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter o f Society o f Physics Students proviJes students t h e o p ortuniiiei of membership i n a national physics society a n d o f participating i n t h e pl?ysio cornrnunily on a professional basis. M e m b e r s h i p i n SPS is o p e n t o all students interested rn physics. Sigma Pi Sigma: M e m b e r s h i p i n t h e Augsburg chapter o f this national physics h o n o r society is o p e n t o those students w h o have c o m p l e t e d t h e equivalent o f a m i n o r i n physics, have a G P A o f 3.0 i n physicsand overal1,and rank i n t h e u p p e r t h i r d o f their class. 101 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures.) 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments areselected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the lifesciences. The course i s designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course i s also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem. algebra. Fall) 106 Introductory Meteorology A study of thescience and wonders of the atmosphere. The course i s designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the many varied aspects of weather, some of which include: Clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical phenomena of the sky. The course i s designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring) 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of elctronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121,122 General Physics I, II A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics, electrjcity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering students and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring) 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomicand molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanic. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half o f the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103, 111 or 122; and Mathematics 122 or 125) 270 Optical Physics The emphasis is o n physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction t o the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. O n demand) 351,352 Mechanics I, II A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single par~irle motion,svsrernsof particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid hndie5, gravttation. kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Math. 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring) 362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II The clasrical electrornagnet~c f ~ e l dtheory IS developed uslng the vector calculus ~ h r o u g h o u t .Eleclrostat~cs,magnetostatlcs, solut~onof Laplace's and Po~sson'sequations, elecrrrr and magnetic properties of mater~als,and the theory of electromagnet~cr a d ~ a t ~ o n bared on Maxwell's equatlons (3 one-hour lectures Prereq M a t h 226, 362, Fall, 363, Sprlnp) 395 Comprehensive Laboratory A n emphasis nn independent laboratory investigat~ons,including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum ph\,sic~. electronics, ~ l e c t r i c i t v magnetism, , optics, and modern physirs. (2 three-hour laboraton: and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor. 5pring) 481 Thermal Physics The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject i s developed from iwo independent vet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopicclassical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Pr~req.: 351. Spring) 486 Quantum Physics I h development from f i n t principles, including de Brogl~e'spostulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, rvavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and ap- proximation methods. Spec~iicproblems studied include potential wells and potential barriers. the harmonic oscIl[ator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 357,352 Fall) 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 Independent Study A n opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem i n experimental or theoretical physics, worked out i n consultation with a faculty adviser. O p e n t o juniors and seniors with departmental approval. 108/Political Science Political Science M i l d a H e d b l o m (Chairperson), N o r m a Noonan, Myles Stenshoel Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required: 121 o r 122 o r 160 o r 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 o t h e r u p p e r division courses i n 4 o u t o f 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar i n o n e o f t h e five areas may b e c o u n t e d f o r that area. Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 o r 122 o r 170; 158; a n d at least 3 u p p e r division courses i n 3 o u t o f 5 Political Science Areas. Honors Major: The Honors M a j o r in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in t h e major and 3.0overall. Thestudent r n u i r t a k e a n Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and rnun submit, not later than March 1 of the senior vear. an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Studenrs may w o r k with any m e m b e r o i the Departmenr on their Honors Thesis. For specific r q u i r e m e n r s . consult the De artmental Chairperson.Students shoukd apply for the H o n o r s ,Major no later fhan e!t f i r i t term o f f h e j u n i o r year. Political Science Areas: (I) American G o v e r n m e n t and Politics (11) Comparative Politics a n d Analysis ( I l l ) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory a n d Analysis. A n y course listed i n m o r e t h a n o n e area may b e c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e area t o w a r d major o r m i n o r requirements. Note: Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social science courses, i n compliance w i t h state requirements. For m o r e information, see t h e department chairperson o r t h e Social Studies Coordinator. See t h e class schedule f o r precise listing o f terms i n w h i c h courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 121 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas; the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking; and current issues in American society. 122 Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making i n the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #) 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing publicopinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media i n presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #. Fall term of election years) Political Science/lO9 342 Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 Constitutional Law I (See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II (See Section I V for description. Offered alternate years) 421 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. Comparative Politics and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 Comparative Democracies The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #) 351 Communist Political Systems A comparative analysis of thesoviet Union and other communist states in termsof political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.I 381 Democratic Theory and Practice (See Section V for description) 459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation i n the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #). Ill. International Politics 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. 363 Communist Foreign Policies Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 461 Topics in International Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) llO/PoIiticaI Science IV. Public Law 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 Constitutional Law I The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I1 for description) 380 Western Political Thought A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and t o rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 381 Democratic Theory and Practice A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed i n Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged i n the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #.) 384 Political Analysis An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 Internship Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #.) 498 Independent Study: Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive.~\sternaticand integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan commwniry, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson Major: f 0 courses including 105,264,265,381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5 courses at Augsburg; Physics 103. Nw mare than two courses from among299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minimum 10 psychology courses required f o r a major. This restricrion applies toward rhe minimum requirement only. The student may actually take more such courses. The major program should include I05 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 i n the freshman or saphomore year, 381 or 399 in t h e junior year and 493 i n the senior year. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser i n the ps cholo6y department and is a proved by the department chairperson. The a v e i a i plan i c d i r e c t e d toward a pasic understanding of the discipline af psvchology and toward the particular educational, vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan forthe major should be completed a n d approved by the beginning of the junior year. It i s recommended rhal psychology majors rake additional course work from other areas that will complement and strenpthen their particular interests in psychology; for example, deiteloping a minor in business admintstration, biology, or communication is recommended for many studen~s. Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. Certificate In Program Evaluation: 5 courses includ~ng264 (orSociology 362). 399, 450: Sociology 362 and 363. These courses are designed to rovide back round and skills to p e r f o r m as a research assistan7 for agencies or i r m s which CI program evaluation or self-assessment programs. See department chairperson for f u r t f i ~ r f details. 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used i n psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. 251 Sensing and Perceiving An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years) 264, 265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing i n Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105) 299 Directed Study Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respectto the development of children. (Prereq.: 105) 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Emphasis will be on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 105. Fall, 1983) 353 Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult Emphasis will be on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the middle adult and older adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 105. Fall, 1983) 355 Brain & Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105 and one course i n biology. Fall) 356 Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 357 Learning Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105) 359 Measurement Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105) 361 Personality An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 Abnormal Psychology An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community serviceagencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status of each sex and psychophysiological data bearing upon these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or #) 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105) 375 Social Psychology See under Department of Sociology. 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses. Alternate years) 399 Internship Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 450 Program Evaluation The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to programs for social improvement. Designing information systems for the ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing program effectiveness and efficiency. The political and organizational context of program monitoring and evaluation.The role of evaluation research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264orSociology 362; Sociology 363) 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelinesfor a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 490 Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105 and #. Alternate years) 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses) 499 Independent Study Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), John Benson, Bradley Holt, Richard Husfloen, Eugene M. Skibbe, Paul Sonnack, Bruce Stuart, Sheldon Torgerson, Daniel Zemel Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 4 8 7 and 495. the seminar especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before takrng seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper and placed I1on file with the department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356,362,399,481,354 or 358, 360 or 483, 471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead to Augsburg certification. Program tor Christian D a y Schoof Teachers: Students pursue one of he regular teacher education programs i n the Department of Education to prepare for licemure by the Stare of Minnesota. In addit~onto the licensure program, five courses i n religion a r e required: 771.221. 362, The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a public school setting and in a Christian D a y School. This program prepares students who are interested in teaching i n Christian Day Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran Church, although participation i s not limited to such schools. Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department. Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (II1,22'1,356,362,48f, 359 or 358,360 or 483.471 or474,3991; Psychology 105,351,352or 371,485, Sociology 111or Psychology 373, Sociology 231 1; Physical Education 232; Speech 354 or 355,499.This program meets or exceeds rhe educational requirements of The American Lutheran Church, bur certification b the church i s a separate function. By addingrwo or three courses from appropriate epartments, thestudent can develop special emphases in parish education. busines management or diaconal work. d Notes: Religion 111 or221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval i s necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to consult with the department chair. 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. 350 Philosophy of Religion (See under Department of Philosophy) 353 Denominations and Sects in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring) 354 Life of the Church in the Life of the City The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident i n urban structures. 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) 357 Survey of Church History A survey of Christian history i n the early, medieval, Reformation, and modern periods. Some attention will be given to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods i n question.The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state, and the development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study. 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life i n its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements i n American society. (Spring) 361 Church Fathers A stucky o f ~ h early e Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such ropics as persecution and martyrdom, the deveIopment of the creeds. Christianity in conllict with GnoSticlsm and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship: also includingthe rhealogy of several earlv Christian leadersand a special unit on the life and thought of Augus~ine.(Spring 1983) 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits) 380 Music of the Western Church (See under Department of Music) 399 Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 471 Jesusand His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 Theology of Paul A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship tothe early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring, 1984) 473 The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1983) 475 Judaism A survcv of the history of Judaism from the end of the O l d Testament period to modern tlrnes, with emphasis placed upon the reJigious development. A special interest i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The lewirh Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to kugsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered i n the religion department. (Fall) 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, i n the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 Contemporary Roman Catholic Theology New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. 483 Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall) 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion i n thecontext of the tradilional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the dassia in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Spring 1984) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 499 Independent Study Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian, Scandinavian Studies/II7 Russian Area Studies Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator) The major in Russian Area Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks to give the studenr the broadest possible expowre to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition ro providing a good liberal education, the program can enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers i n areas such as governmenz. international business, or teaching. Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses of approved electives. Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course i n Soviet politics; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Liv Dahl (Director) Major: 8 upper division courses. Minor: 4 upper division courses. Note: Major programs must contain 4 courses Fisted in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred ro Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, I.e., courses taughtbva Scandinavian languagedepartment or$ubdepartmentregardless of r h e ~ content, r which may he linguistic, literary or culrural. Students graduating with a major or minor must a150 present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign Languages Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective courses which may lead toward a second major such as English, history, urban studies, business administration. 272 Norwegian Life and Culture Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. SeeMetro-UrbanStudies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 312 Old Norse An introduct-ionto the structure of Old U'est None through the study of selections from Old Norse Ifterature. Some attentron given to Otd East Norseand aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the fatter is desired but not required. Norwegian language majors and mlnors will have special assignments (Alternate years) 325 Scandinavian Music (See under Department of Music) 118/Scandinavian Area Studies 330 Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. 345 Scandinavian - American Experience The O l d World Background and rise of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land, aspects of Scandinanvian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982) 351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by JonasLie, Sigrid Undset,Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Alternate years. Fall, 1982) 352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjgrnson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required t o do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Alternate years. Fall, 1981) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (Offered under Department of Religion) 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 382 Scandinavian Arts (See under Department of Art) 3% Urban Planning in Scandinavia Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia (Offered under Department of History) 495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience (Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar) 499 Independent Study I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science, Studies/lIg Social Science Myles C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson) Two emphases exist within the Social Science rnajor: t h e General Major and the Non-Western emphasis. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the o t h ~ major. r General M ajar: 15 courses: 10 required courses (Economics122,123; History 221,222; Geographv 114: ~ociology127,241; ~ s ~ c h o l o g y l O 5 Political ; Science158 and I21 or 170); 4 upper division courses in one of the fo[lowing disciplines: Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology; a statislia course approved by r h e department in which the 4 upper division courses are taken. The student should choose an adviser who i s a member of the department i n which the upper division courses are to be taken. (For supplemenrary information and alternative ways ro f uifill the state-approved competency-based rogram for secondary teacher education, see the following recrion on Social S t u g e i for Secondary Educa~ion.) Non-Western Major: f 4 courses: History 104; 1social science methodofogy course [Economicr, 379, Psvcholog), 264, Sociology 362 or 365); and 12 counes, in at least 4 discipIines, from the follawing: Economicj 122, 258: Hislory 103, 322, 323,324,440, 474; Political Science 351,363,382,461; Phiiosoph y 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241; seminars, independent study or interim courses an relevant topics i n History andlar PoliticaF Science. The student planning to fulfill this social science major should consult the chairperson of rhe Department of History in choosing a major adviser. Social Studies Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator) Students preparing to reach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition t o the professional requirements to be met within the De artment of Education, a competency-bared program designed to provide a broacffoundation in the social sciences. Social Studies Teaching ticensure: 7 courses [Economics 122 or 123, Geography 114, History 222, Political Sc~ence158, Psychology 105, Sociology 121and247) pIusa major in one of ftvef~elds- Economics, History, Pol~ticalSc~ence,~ s y c h o l oy or Sociology O ~ - o r incorporated in a Social Science Major, described in S ~ C T a~ ove). k Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. 120/Social Work Social Work Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Douglas Perry The Augsburg College Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year. However, ir is strongly advised that the foundation courses required in other departments (see Major, below) be begun in the freshman or sophomore vears. Advisement should also be soughtfrom social work Faculty as t o the sequence of thesecourses. All studentsare adv~sedro rake 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted bv the faculry. Candidacy: Students planning to major i n Social Work must apply to the department for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Candidacy status i s required for admission into senior social work courses. Majar: The Augsburg Social Work Program is a professional program in preparation for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consists oi 257*, 361*, 363*.364*. 467,462,463,464,465,466 and 4 7 :Biology 101': Psvchalogy 10Y,351*. and 35?*; Sociology 121*, 231*, 365, 3rS*, and 383*,Ar least one Conservation of Human Resource; (CHR) course is strongly recommended. A minimum gradeof 2.0 i s required in each upper division social work courserequired in the major. *These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year. Concentration: Concentrations i n Aging, Chemical Dependency.Crime an'd Corrections, Social Miniztries,and Youth are possi ble. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dystunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement i n the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. CompIetion of a concentration i s noted on the transcript. Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship, 361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 383; and Political Science 121 or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work i s available through successful completion of Education 388. 257 Practicum in the Human Services With faculty apgrova1,student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as avolunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open to all students. 340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems of Social Welfare, experience in work with the aged, #. Offered occasionally.) Social Work/'l21 361 Systems of Social Welfare A n examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare in rhe U.5. and the roleof social work i n them. Special emphasison analysisof the major assumptions and movements conrrlbutory to the rise of the welfare state; description olaselection of modern service systems, the profession of rocial work, its ethicr, value5, and historical development, Three class periods per week; guest lecrures, research paper. (Sophomore or f. Fall) 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principlesand techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessarv for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. 5pring) 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience i n a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361,Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #) 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice sk111s through lecture. classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphas~son development of generalist practice skills and c c l e a ~ capproaches. terrures and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363and In 364,candidacy status,or=. Concurrent with 462. Fall) 463 Community Development and Organization locality development and social change through community organization, socIal planning, and social actron. Emphasis on: 71 survey o i histar~calforms o l soctal change, 2) understanding the b a r ~ r15suesand strategies relevanr to social protesr and change, 3) examination of the role oi staff, and o i the functions and interrelationships of cornmunip organizat~ons.and 4) knowledge of and actual practice In the essenrial principles and ~echniquesof organizing. (Prereq.: senior or *. Fall) 462,464, Field Work I1 and IV: Progressively responsiblesupervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groupsandlor communities in a 50c1alserviceagency-Ten hours per week, plusonesupportive/discursian seminar per week. (Prereq.: completion and 2.0 i n 361, 362,364. candidacy status: concurrent with 461 and 467: Fall and Spring) 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formularion and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social w o r i practice. Developmenr and implementation will beviewed f~rsthand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. O ~ class P period per week, reading, analytical pape:integratingclasscon~epr~ wilh practical experience. [Prereq.:361.463.and senlor or 2. Spring) 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course) Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. 467 The Social Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucraticsurvival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied i n the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 461,462,463, 466, concurrent with 464, or #. Spring) 468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course) Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. ( # half or full credit. Interim) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available i n the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and #) Sociology Gordon L. Nelson (Chair erson), Robert Clyde, JerryGerasimo,Garry Hesser,Anita Kolman, Diane Pike, Joe Torstenson P Major: 10 courses including 121, 362,363, 375,485. Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship,independentstudv or upper division interim course i n sociology. This recommendation i s made in the hope that thestudent will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. Minor: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) Honolr Major: The studenr must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall. Applicarion for honors i n S Q C ~ Q candidacy ~ O ~ ~ shall consist of submission of roposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 nf the junior year. Candi acy IS - contingen! upon departmental approval of proposal bv April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for Independent Studv (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be comptcted. Honors degree i n socialogy will be g r a n r ~ dtea candidate i f heJshe successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. B Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 course including 362 (or Psychology 264), 363, Psychology 399, 450. These courses are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research assistant for a enciesor i ~ r r nwhich i do evaluationror an employee who can develop an4 maintain ongoing self-assessment programs for a n employer agency. 5ee department chairperson for further details. 111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. 199 lnternship Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor i n the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer) 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization,family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; languageas a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found i n different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer) 300,301,302,303,304 Special Topics in Sociology -. A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. May be offered on campus i n addition to regular course offerings or off campus i n conjunction with Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) Program. (Prereq.: #) 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society. 362 Statistical Analysis The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 Research Methods The second course i n a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applicattbns to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 Crime and Corrections An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention i s focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121) 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptionsand processes underlying our everyday life -a look atthe trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course. (Prereq.: 121 and Psychology 105) 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning The primary focus of the course i s upon the major issues confronting the present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources includeextensive readings,simulations,films,and outsidespeakers in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or #. Spring) 383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 Modern Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses i n sociology including 121 or #. Fall) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, Communication, Theater A r t d l 2 5 Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Deborah Bart, Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Howard Liszt, Joel Mugge Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in rhe major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination i n field of concentration. Application to be made early in t h e senior year. Communication Arts The communicarion major is a flexible in~erdisciplinarvprogram which allows for different emphases- jaurnalism,advertisingand publicreIations, radio-televisionfilm, human relations, and supervisorv management. Program guides for each area are available from the Deparrment Chairperson or rhe Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible t o work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241. Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354,399 and English 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 121 or 241,375. Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department. Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,241 or 243,350,351 or 355, 352, 354, 360; Participation in forensics, and a minor i n English. Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243, 350, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360 and participation in forensics. Note: Students preparing to teach speech i n secondary schoots may specialize i n any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theaterarts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. Thecommunication major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements i n Education. Course 116 i s strongly recommended for students in elementary education. 111 Beginning Speech Basic problems of effective speaking and cdtical listening. 132 Photography (See under Department of Art) 227 Advanced Writing: journalism (See under Department of English) 225,230 Visual Communications I, I1 (See under Department of Art) 126/Speech, Communication, Theater Arts - - 241 Introduction to Cinema Art (See under Department of English) 242 Film-Making (See under Department of Art) 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under Department of Political Science) 343 Radio-Television Production An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Fall) 350 Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall) 351 Argumentation Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements i n modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. 355 Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved i n effective functioning within small groups and organizations. (Spring) 373 Organizational Psychology (See under Department of Psychology) 399 Internship (Consult the Department Chairperson for details.) 495 Independent Study in Communication Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. Speech, Communication, Theater A r t d l 2 7 Theater Arts Majors should take part i n dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning t o major i n theater arts should begin with courses 111,116, and 228. Course 111 i s not part of the major. Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, lus Beginning Speech: This major should be supported by several courses i n gterature including Shakespeare and M o d e r n Drama or Scandinavian Drama. A. Acting Emphasis: 116,L28,23Z,243,350,360,361,362,366,432,and the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses i n movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. B. Directin Ernphxis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the children's r eater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses i n movement, cinema art. and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 i n stage management, and 1 internship. f C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290 i n Art. Strongly recommended: courses i n cinema art, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units i n crew work, 2 i n technical supervision, 1 i n acting, 1 i n assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship. Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228,232, 360,361,366. Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,116,228,229, 232,241 or 243,350,360,361,366, the experience requirement specified for theater arts majors, and a minor i n English. teach in^ Theater Arts Minor For the following: 241,243,350; an Licensure: courses 111,228,232,361,366; partrclpatlon In dramatic productions. one of Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232, 241 o r 243, 350, 351 o r 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; articipation i n t w o activities (forensics, interpretation, theater, broadcasting); a n 8 a minor i n English. 116 Creative Dramatics A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) 228 Technical Production I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: i t s organization, crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall) 229 Stage Design I Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Spring) 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 128/Speech, Communication, Theater Arts 360 Interpretative Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 361 Theater History Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. lntroduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Spring, Alternate years) 362 Theater Criticism A study of forms and ideas as they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental,and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productionsasfocusfor discussion. (Spring, Alternate years) 366 Stage Direction I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring) 367 Stage Direction II In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or #. Spring) 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 428 Technical Production II Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Lab fee. Fall) 429 Stage Design II Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. lntroduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or #. Spring) 432 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through improvisation and extensive scene study. Emphasis i s on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd. (Fall, Alternate years) 499 Independent Study in Drama Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater Transdisciplinary, Women's and Minority/l29 Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing t o develop their own major by combining approxriate,portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Trans lsc~pl~nary Major enables students t o respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing t o pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs i n some academic fields. Students wishing t o develop a Transdisciplinary Major are t o observe the following: A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar). C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Student Standing. Women's and Minority Studies Toni Clark (Director), Rosalie Clark, Valerie Geaither, Khin Khin Jensen, James Porter The Women's and Minority StudiesProgram (formerly American Studies) consists of several interdisciplinary courses. The courses listed below fill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies requirement. There are courses i n several other departments which also focus on women and which also fulfill that requirement. Although no major or minor i s offered, there is a certificate program i n women's studies. Certificate in Women'sStudies: Individually planned program with a minimum of 6 courses oriented towards women's perspectives: 3 courses from the social sciences (including history); 1-2 courses from humanities (ljterature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary courses, independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. See Toni Clark, Grace Dyrud or Norma Noonan for further details. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement or the Urban Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies requirement. 130/Women's and Minority Studies 232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies An interdisciplinary course providing an overview of the major issues related to the Black experience in terms of thefamily, education, religion,aesthetics,economics and politics. It i s designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American society. 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and historical origins of women's rolesand status i n human society. Emphasiswill be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the Navajo, Ojibwe, and Iroquois, African models such as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the middle East and rural China. Offered periodically through CHR and the American lndian Program office. 260 Contemporary American Indians Thesituation of Indians in the United Statessince the lndian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected lndian tribes today. 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historians and selectionsfrom women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. Board for College and University Services, TALC - 132 Board of Regents - 132 Administration - 133 Emeriti - 134 Faculty - 135 Computer minor opens many avenues 132/Regents, DCUS - Augsburg College Board of Regents Officers Clayton L. LeFevere, Chairman Dr. Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman James G . Lindell, Treasurer Norma E. Knutson, Secretary Members Charles W. Arnason (1982)'. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Cowles Media Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Oscar M. Austad (1984). President, Austad Company, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984). St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota Nancy Botterniller (1986). Wadena, Minnesota Norman R. Carpenter (1982). Attorney, Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Darrell J. Egertson (1982). Executive Vice President, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Donald R. Grangaard (1984). Chairman of the Board, First Bank System, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986). Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota Norma E. Knutson (1984). Director of Urban & Ethnic Ministries, DSMA of the American Lutheran Church Minneapolis, Minnesota Harris W. Lee (1982). Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis, Minnesota Clayton 1. LeFevere (1982). Partner, LeFevere, Lefler, Kennedy, O'Brien and Drawz, Minneapolis Minnesota Chester Lind (1986). Chairman of Executive Committee, Northwest Bancorporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota James G. Lindell (1982). Treasurer, West Publishing Company, St. Paul, Minnesota Gary H. Lohn (1986). Vice President of Employment Preparation Services, Control Data Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. Arthur Naftalin (1984). Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis Minnesota Howard E. Olson (1984). President, Sonford Products Corporation, St. Paul Park, Minnesota Donald G. Padilla (1986). Chairman of the Board & CEO, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota George T. Pennock (1982). Chairman, Tennant Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. Carl Platou (1984). President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo (1984). Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota, Washington, D.C. N. Stanley Stake (1986). Minneapolis Minnesota Dr. M e r t o n P. Stromrnen (1986). President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota Stanley Thiele (1986). Senior Vice President Administrative Services, 3M Center, St. Paul, Minnesota Mary Lou Williams (1984). Administrative Aid to the Mayor, Minneapolis, Minnesota 'The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of term. Board for College and University Services The American Lutheran Church Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Marguerite Foster, Dallas, Texas Erwin H. Goldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington Dennis Griffin, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Edwin Gunberg, Bethesda, Maryland Gustav Kopka, Jr., East Lansing, Michigan Ronald Matthias, Director, Minneapolis, Minnesota Administration President President.. ...................................................... Charles S. Anderson College Pastor.. ....................................................... Lowell Brandt Executive Secretary to the President Carolyn Magnusson ................................ Academic Affairs Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College.. ............. Richard Green Associate Academic Dean .................................................. Pat Parker Registrar ................................................................ John A. H i l l Assistant Registrar.. ....................................................... Carol Stack Head Librarian. ................................................... Margaret Anderson Music Administrator and Fine Arts Coordinator.. ........................ Craig Carnahan Director of Audio Visual Services.. ........................................ James Olson Director, American Indian Programs .................................... Bonnie Wallace Coordinator, Black Student Affairs.. ................................... Valerie Geaither Recorder.. .............................................................. Ralph Bailey Interim Director ...................................................... D o n Gustafson International Studies Program Director.. .............................. Mary A. Kingsley International Student Adviser ......................................... Mary E. Johnson Secretary to the Dean ................................................. Joanne Hilliard Finance and Management ........................... Vice President for Finance and Management Wayne Pederson Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services .................... Herald Johnson Associate Director, Financial Aid .......................................... Virene Luthi Director of Personnel .............................................. Bonnie-Jean M o r k Chief Accountant.. ........................................................ Jeff Kosse Manager, College Center.. ............................................ M i l d r e d Nelson Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending ................................ Robert Gores Director of Plant Services .............................................. Gerald Johnson Custodial Supervisor ................................................ James Crittenden Maintenance Supervisor.. ................................................. Rob Curtis Grounds Supervisor.. .................................................... Fred Wolter Manager,IceArena ...................................................... JamesCarey Secretary to the Vice President ........................................... Cynthia Lein Development and Public Relations Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................... Gerald D. Bjelde Associate Director of Development.. ..................................... Jeroy Carlson Assistant Director of Development .......................................... Paul Gens Director of Parent/Alumni Relations.. ................................... Janice Rykken Assistant to the Vice President.. ......................................... A. B. Batalden Planned Giving Associate ........................................ Sigvald V. Hjelmeland Director of Public Relations.. ........................................... Lois G. Wollan Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information. ......................... Kay Cady Public Relations Editorial Assistant.. ......................................... Pat Phelps Manager, Central Services ................................................ JillRaschein Secretary to the Vice President ........................................ Jeanette Keeney 134/Administration, Emeriti Admissions ............................................ Director of Admissions John B. Hjelrneland Assistant Director ........................................................... Bill Ross Coordinator of Transfer Programs Jeannette Wittrner Admissions Counselor.. Eric Anderson Admissions Counselor.. .................................................. Sally H o u g h Admissions Counselor.. Brian Arvold Transfer Credit Evaluation Coordinator Charlene Weidenbach ................................... ................................................ ................................................. .......................... Student Affairs Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students ................ Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students (on leave). ......................................Rick Thoni Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement ......................... Patricia Garland Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement ......................... Nancy Medcraft Director of Student Life (Housing) .............................. Linda Schrernpp Alberg Director of Student Activities .............................................. Joan Slater Coordinator, Urness Tower .............................................. Pam Joachirn Coordinator, Mortenson Tower ..................................... Corinne Hofrnann Coordinator, Annex Houses ........................................... Ruth Dinerrnan Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ....................................... D o n Warren Director of Human Development.. ........................................ Judy Essrnan Counselor/Student Development Specialist .............................. Linda Rodgers Secretary to the Vice President ........................................ Dorothy Gauger Emeriti Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. (1963-1980). B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Bernhard M. Christensen. President Emeritus (1938-1963). Ph.D., The Hartford Seminary Foundation. 1. Gracia Christensen. Assistant Professor Emerita of English. Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia. K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Edgar E. Eklof. Emeritus of Music. M.M., Manhattan Music School. Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig. Artist i n Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. M i l d r e d V. Joel, Professor Emerita, M.A., University of Minnesota. Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minnesota. Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Esther J. Olson. Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. LaVonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland College. A. M a y o Savold. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music. Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John Thut. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus., American Conservatory of Music. Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Fac ~ I t y September, 1981) Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Robert Adney* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chair of Chemistry. B.A.,St. Olaf College; MS., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Lyla M a e Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.. Northwestern University. Bobbi Anderson* (1979). Specialist-Early Childhood Education, lnstructor i n Education. B.S.. MS., University of Wisconsin; Education Specialist, Mankato State University. Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Ernest W. Anderson (1947). Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor and Department Chair of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.: University of Minnesota. Deborah Bart* (1980). lnstructor i n Speech. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. John E. Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B. D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary. Robert E. Beverly* (1966). Studio Artist/Music. B.M.Ed., M.M., Northwestern University. JamesE. Billings* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead. Timothy Blackburn* (1980). Lecturer i n English. B.A., St. John's University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Vern Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program. M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton* (1975). Assistant Professor of Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). lnstructor and Department Chair of Health and Physical Education. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet. B.S. Music Ed., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Lowell N. Brandt (1974). College Pastor. B.A., California Lutheran College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Maria Brown (1980). Instructor, Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., University of Minnesota. Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor i n Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Toni Clark (1974). Assistant Professor of English, Director of Women's and Minority Studies. B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California,Santa Barbara. The year in parentheses after the name indicates beginning of service in the College. Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Communications Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of Theater/Speech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Benjamin Cooper (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Yale University. Lawrence Copes (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Liv Dahl* (1976). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages, Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Beverly Durkee (1965). Professor and Department Chair of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Grace Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson(1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Sheldon Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Norman Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; MS., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Larry Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Music. B.M., Concordia College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Henry G. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. MS., University of Minnesota. Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor of Education. A.B., California State University, Northridge; M.A.T., University of Chicago; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-La Crosse; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., San Francisco State College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. John Gidmark* (1980). Lecturer i n English. Thomas Gilkey* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., DePauw University. Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor and Department Chair of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Goetz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M., University of Cotorado. Anne Goodwin* (1981). lnstructor i n English. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.T., College of St. Thomas. Paul Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; MS., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Louisville. Satya Gupta* (1976). Associate Professor of Business Administration. Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Associate Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin Gyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. 13.5, Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer i n Library Science. Milda Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Douglas R. Heidenreich* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Minnesota; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law. Roberts. Herforth (1966). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Edwina Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chalr of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Carry W. Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M. Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. John A. Hill (1980). Registrar. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., George Washington University. Carol Hoffman (1978). Instructor i n Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of Minnesota. NormanD.Holen {7964). Professor of Art. B.A.,Concordia College; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Bradley P. Holi (1981), Associate Professor of Rel~gion.B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale Uniuesitv. John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chernisrry. B.A.. St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Richard Husfloen* (1982). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary. Khin Khin Jensen* (1955). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University (Burma); M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Einar Johnson(1956). Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Washington. James J. Johnson (1969). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., Juilliard School of Music. Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, Department Chair of Foreign Languages, and International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Rees M. Johnson (1978). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S., Winona State University. Syl Jones* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communication. B.A., Augsburg College. Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration and Department Chair of Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo (Egypt); M.S.. University of Michigan. Robert Karlen (1973). Professor of MUSIC. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Kingsley (1965)..4ssociate Professor of Fore~gnLanguages. Director of International Programs. B.A., 51. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. Merilee Klernp* ('1980F. Studio Artisr/Oboe. B R., Augsburg College. Al Kloppen (19761. Asr~stantProfessor of Health and Phvsical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M A . , University of South Dakota. Boyd Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A.. Un~versityof Minnesota. Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S.. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota. Leo Richard Lake (1981). Associate Professor of Computer Science. 8.5, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. 8.5, Iowa State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nicholas Lenz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Howard Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communication. B.A., M.S., University of Minnesota. Paul W. Lohman* (1981). Director of Chorale. B.A., Augsburg College. Nancy S. Malcolm (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.P.H., University of Minnesota. Richard Marken (1974). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of Psychology. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. Keishiro Matsumoto (1971). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Waseda University, Tokyo; M.B.A., University of Michigan. Marie 0. McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Lynne Medcalf* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S.B., M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Melson* (1979). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M.Ed., Simpson College; M.M., Northwestern University. Roberta Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; 8. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. John Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee. August Molder* (1962). Artist i n Residence i n Art. Law, Master of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Joel Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communication. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Douglas Nelson (1977). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St. Thomas. Gordon 1. Nelson (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University o f Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological - Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson (1968). Associate Professor of Historv. B.A., Universitv of Nebraska; M.A., ~, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Christie Nicholl* (1973). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Crier Nicholl* (1960). Professor of English. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Teacher College, Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Nursing. B.S.N., MS., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Celeste M. O'Brien* (1975). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., Hamline University. Richard D. Olmsted (1977). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Sandra Olmsted* (1979). Lab lnstructor i n Chemistry. James F. Olson (1975). Assistant Professor. Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. William Oyler* (1969). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Carleton College; 8.5, M.A., University of Minnesota. Facu lty/l39 Ronald G. Palosaari (1965): Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kermit Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; MS., University of Wisconsin. Pamela Paulson* (1975). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of Colorado; MS., University of Illinois. Marilyn Pearson (1980). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; MS., St. Cloud State University. Wayne Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia College, Moorhead. Lauretta Pelton (1970). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College; M.Ed., Marquette University. Douglas Perry (1976). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Diane 1. Pike (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D. Yale University. JamesPorter* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Women's and Minorities Studies. Alice Preves* (1976). Studio Artist/Strings. B.S., M.S., University of Illinois. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chair of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor and Department Chair of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Madeline Renaud* (1981). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., Roosevelt University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Kenneth Rich* (1979). Visiting Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Purdue University; M.B.A., Harvard School of Business; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Paul Rusten* (1971). Adjunct lnstructor i n Art. Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Sargent (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of English. B.A., University of North Carolina; Ph.D., University of Exeter, England. Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Irene Schilling* (1973). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A.. University of Minnesota. Maria Schweikert* (1979). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. Teacher's Diploma, Budapest. Hungary; M.A., University of Pittsburgh. Marjorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor. Librarian. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois: M.A., University of Minnesota. Eugene Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Dana Skoglund* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College. Emma Small* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Voice. B.M., M.M.. Eastman School of Music. Louisa Ann Smith* (1979). Lecturer i n Library Science. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., A.B.D.. University of Minnesota. Paul Sonnack* (1949). Visiting Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th.. Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Chicago. George Stahl* (1976). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.M.. Chicago Musical College. Soterios Stavrou* (1975). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College. Donald Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College; Graduate, Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Bruce Stuart* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., University of North Dakota; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Minnesota. Daniel Sturm* (1979). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.A., University of Minnesota. Grace Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor. Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Mary Swanson* (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jeff Swenson* (1980). Wrestling Coach. B.A., Augsburg College. Jamesten Bensel* Studio Artist i n Music/Trombone. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Paul Thomas* (1977). Studio Artist i n Music/Cello. B.A., University of Minnesota. Philip Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chair of Art. B.A., Concordia College; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Mary Timm* (1973). Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach. Sheldon Torgerson (1981). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary. Joel Torstenson* (1947). Professor Emeritus of Sociology. David Tubergen (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale University; Ph.D., New York University. Joetta A. Vernon* (1980). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota. Donald Warren* (1978). Lecturer i n English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dorothy J. Williamson* (1970). lnstructor i n Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary Wilson* (1969). Studio Artist i n Music/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College. Helen Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S., Marquette University. David Wood (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Bowling Green University. ( O n leave 1981-82) Angela Wyatt* (1981). Studio Artist i n Music/Saxophone. B.S., St. Olaf College. Daniel Zemel* (1981). Visiting lecturer i n Religion, B.A., Brown University; HUC-JIR, N e w York School, M.A.H.L. -e another national CIhampionsh . . Augsburg is an accessible campus in the city Academic Adviser ........................... 31 Academic Calendar 31. 144 Academic Enrichment ....................... I7 Academic Information ................... 31-38 Academic Organization 32 Academic Policies and Procedures.. ....... 3836 Accounting Major .......................... 52 Accreditation 6.44 Adapted Physical Education .................. 83 Administration ........................ 133-734 Admissions ............................... 9-11 Advanced Placement 42 Advanced Standing .................. .... ... 42 Affiliation ................................ 6. 44 Air Force ROTC 3: American Indian Programs 27 Application t o Augsburg ................... 9-11 Application for Financial Aid 16-17 Area Studies East and Southeast Asian 62.63 Russian ............................ ..... . 80 Scandinavian ........................ 117.118 Art History Courses ......................... 49 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) ............... 31.36-37,44 Athletics ................................ 26, 44 Audio-visual ......................... 31-32, 36 Audit Fee .................................. 13 Auditing Courses 41 ..................... ..................... ............................. ........................ ............................ ................... .............. ................ ........................... Biology ................................. 43-52 Black Student Programs ..................... ZT Black Student Union ........................ 17 Board for College and University Services. TALC ..................... .. ... 132 Board of Regents .......................... 131 Board Plans ................................ 13 Books and Supplies ......................... 74 Breakage and Fine Fee ...................... 15 Brief Facts about Augsburg 44 .................. Calendar. Academic ..................... 31. 146 Campus ............................ 2-3.44. 141 Campus Map .............................. 2-3 Campus Tours ............................... 9 Cancellation from College ................... 39 Cancellation of Courses ..................... 39 Career Planning and Placement .............. 27 Center for Student Development (CSD) .... 27. 29 Certification Programs-Art ................ 34. 47 Church Staff Work .................... 34. 114 Program Evaluation ............... 34.111. 122 Women's Studies ..................... 34. 129 Chemical Dependency Program .............. 36 Chinese ................................. 62. 74 Classification ..................... ....... 42 Coaching Endorsement ...................... 83 College Center ......................... 2.3. 26 College Pastor .......................... 25. 133 Communication ....................... 126-127 Communications Directory ......... Front Cover Computer Programming (CDI) ............... 36 Computer Resources ........................ 32 Computer Science ....................... 92-93 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) ................... . 36. 122 .. .. Continuing Education ....................... 38 Coordinators . Discrimination or Grievance .................... Front Cover Corredive ~ h e r a ~ ~ ......................... 83 Costs 1982.83 ................................ 13 C.P.A. Certification ......................... 54 Counseling and Guidance ................... 27 Course Descriptions/Majors/Minors ...... 46-130 Art, Art History ........................ 47-49 Biology ............................... 49-52 Business Administration and Economics .. 52-59 Chemistry ............................. 59-61 East and Southeast Asian Studies ......... 62-63 Education ............................. 63-69 Engineering ........................... 69-70 English ................................ 70-73 Foreign Languages ..................... 73-82 Geography ......................... ... .. 82 Health and Physical Education ........... 82-86 History 86-88 Humanities ............................... 89 Interdisciplinary Studies ........ 93-%.12%130 International Relations .................... 89 Mathematics/Computer Science ........ W 9 3 Medical Technology ...................... 93 Metro-Urban Studies ................... 93-96 Music, Music Therapy .................. %-99 Natural Science ...................... 100-101 Nursing .................... ....,.... 101-103 Philosophy .......................... 103-105 Physiu .............................. 105-107 Poliliral Science ..................... 108-111 Psychology .......................... 111-113 Religion ............................ 114-116 Russian Area Studies ..................... 117 Scandinavian Area Studies ............ 117-118 Social Science ........................... 119 Social Studies ............................ 119 Social Work ......................... 120-122 Sociology ........................... 122-124 Speech, Communication and Theater Arts ....................... 125-128 Transdisciplinary Studies .................. 129 Women's and Minority Studies 129-130 Course Numbering ......................... 46 ........ Dean's L~st......................... ... .... 43 Degrees .................................... 31 Departments Art .. ..................++............. 47-49 Biology ............................... 49-52 Business Administration & Economics .... 52-59 Chemistry ............................. 59-61 Education ............................. 63-69 English ................................ 70-73 Foreign Languages ..................... 73-82 Health & Physical Education ............. 82-86 History ................................ 86-88 Mathematics/Computer Science ........ 90-93 Music ................................. 96-99 Nursing ............................. 101-103 Philosophy .......................... 103-105 Physics ........................... , 105-107 Political Science ..................... 108-111 Psychology .......................... 111-113 Religion .................. 114-116 .. ........,. 144/l ndex Social Work ......................... 120-122 Sociology ........................... 122-124 Speech. Communication. Theater Arts ....................... 125.128 Deposits ................................ 14.15 Departmental Scholarships 21-23 Directed Study ............................. 43 Dismissal from College 15. 42 Distinction. Graduation with 43 Distribution Requirements ................... 40 Divisions ................................... 32 Drama ............................. 26. 125-126 Driving to Campus ........................... 3 ................ ................... ................. 10 Early Admission ............................. Early Decision ........................... 10. 17 East and Southeast Asian Studies 62-63 East Asian Studies ........................ 62-63 Economics .............................. 56-59 Elementary Education .................... 64-65 Emeriti 134 Engineering ............................. 69-70 Enrollment ................................. 44 Evaluation and Grading ...................... 42 ........... 2.3.7 Facilities ................................ Facts & Figures .............................. 4 Faculty .......................... 37.44.135.142 Fees ....................................... 14 Finance Major .............................. 52 Financial Aid ......................... 16.23. 44 Food Service ............................... 28 Foreign Study ........................ 28. 37. 44 ........... 74-76 French ................... Full-time Student ........................... 13 Foreign Language Placement ................. 73 .. General Scholarships ..................... 19-20 Geography ................................. 82 German ................................. 76-78 Gifts and Grants 17.18.1 9.23 Grade Point Average (GPA) ............ 10.39. 42 Grading ................................. 41-42 Graduates .................................. 44 Graduation Requirements ................ 39-40 Graduation with Distinction 43 Grants .................................. 17-18 Greek ..................................... 78 ................... .................. Health Education ........................ 82-83 Health Service .............................. 28 Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.37.9 3.94 History .................................. 86-88 History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Honors Major (See Departmental listings) Honors Program ............................ 38 Housing ....................... 2.3.7.14.28. 29 Human Development Seminars .............. 27 Humanities ................................. 89 Humanities Division ......................... 3? ......................... Independent Study 4 Intercollegiate Athletics .................. 26.44 lntercultural Center ...................... 17-28 Interdisciplinary Studies 93.96.12 9.130 .......... Inter-Institutional Programs ............... 36-37 Interim ................... 31.37.38.39.44. 146 53 International Business 89 International Relations International Students 71.28 Internship Program ......................... 38 Intramural Athletics 26 ....................... ...................... .................... ......................... Japanese ................................ 62. 78 KCMR Radio ............................... Kindergarten Licensure ...................... 26 64 27 Learning for Living .......................... Library/Audio-Visual 32.36. 44 L~braryScience Courses 69 Life'Science Emphasis 100 Lifetime Sports .......................... 40. 83 Linguistics Courses 79 Loan Assistance ............................. 18 Location 2.3.6 .................. ..................... ...................... .......................... ................................ .. Majors and Minors (Also see Courses) 33.39,M Management Major ......................... 52 Marketing Major ........................... 5: Mathematics/Computer Science .......... 9b93 Mathematics Placement ..................... 90 Medical Technology ........................ 93 Memberships ............................. 6 . 4 Metro-Urban Studies ..................... 93-96 Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) ........... 94 Minnesota State Work Study Program 19 Minority Scholarships ....................... X1 Mission Statement ........................... 4 Mortensen Tower ....................... 2.3. 19 Music ................................... 96-99 Music Organizations ..................... 26. 97 Music Therapy ........................... 96-91) ......... Natural Science ........................ 1W-101 Natural Science/Mathematics Division ........ 31 Norwegian .............................. 79Numbering of Courses 46 ...................... .............. Off-Campus Programs 36.37.38. Orientation (Summer) ....................... 44 27 Parking ................................ 1.3.74 Part-Time Students .......................... 13 Payment Plans .............................. 15 Physical Education ....................... 83-86 Physical Science Emphasis 100 Policies ............................ 6 . 3 W 3 . 4 4 Prekindergarten ......................... 64-65 Pre-Professional Programs ................ 34-35 Prerequisites 46 Probation and Dismissal ..................... 41 Professional Studies Division 32 Program in Global Community ............ 37. 44 .................. ............................... ................. .......... Re-admission of Former Students 11. 17 Refunds .................................... 15 Registration ............................. 38-39 Registers Administration ...................... 133-134 Board for College and University Services. TALC ............... 132 Board of Regents ........................ 132 Emeriti .................................. 134 Faculty .............................. 135.140 Religious & Christian Service Scholarships ..... 20 Religious Life ............................... 25 Residence Life ........................... 28-29 Residence Requirement ..................... 40 Room Rent ................................. 13 ROTC (Air Force) ........................... 37 Russian .................................... 80 Russian Area Studies ....................... 117 San Francisco Summer Term ................. 96 Scandinavian Area Studies .............. 1T7-118 Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)...... 95 Scholarships ............................. 77-23 School Social Work Certification ............ '120 Science Emphasis (Grades 5-9) ............... 101 Secondary Education .................. 63-66-69 SEMAPHORE - Student Handbook .......... 26 Semester or Year Abroad .................... 37 Sigma Pi Sigma ............................ Inti Smiley's Point Clinic ......................... 28 Society of Physics Students .................. 706 South American Urban Semester (SAUS) ...... 94 Spanish ................................. 8042 Special Education ........................... 68 Special Fees ................................ 74 Special Interest Houses ........................ In Special Students (Non-degree) ............... 7 1 Speech ............................... 725-726 ........ 32 Social and Behavioral Science Division Sponsored Scholarships .................. 19-23 119 Social Science ............................. Social Studies .............................. 119 Social Welfare Minor ....................... 120 Student Activities ........................... 26 Student Employment ........................ 19 Student/Faculty Ratio ....................... 44 Student Government ........................ 25 Student Life ............................. 25-29 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) ........................ 37. 4 4 Student Publications 26 Student Rights .............................. 29 Student Services ......................... 26-29 Studio Art Courses ....................... 47-48 Study Abroad ...................... 26.37.38,M Summer Orientation 2; Summer Sessions ........................ 31. 38 ........................ ...................... !. Teaching Licensure ................ 34.63.64. 66 Testscores .................................. 9 Theater Arts ........................... 127-128 9.10. 14 Transcripts ............................ Transdisciplinary Studies .................... 129 Transfer Student Application ................. 10 Tuition ..................................... 13 Tuition Deposit 9-10. 14 ........................ Urness Tower Veterans ...........................2.3. 29 ................................... 43 Women's and Minority Studies .......... 129-130 Work Study ................................ 19 Academic Calendar 1982-83 Fall Semester Aug. 31-Sept. 1 Registration and Welcome Classes Begin Labor Day Recess Last day to register, add or drop class without record notation Mid-term break Last day t o designate grading option Interim Registration Spring Term Pre-Registration Last day to withdraw from a class Thanksgiving Recess Begins Classes Resume Classes End Final Examinations Final Grades Due Sept. 2 Sept. 5 Sept. 16 Oct. 29 Nov. 5 Nov. 8-11 Nov. 15-Dec. 3 Nov. 18 Nov. 25 Nov. 29 Dec. 10 Dec. 13-16 Dec. 22 Interim Jan. 3 Jan. 4 Jan. 17 Jan. 21 Jan. 27 Feb. 4 Classes Begin Last day t o register, add or drop class without record notation Last day t o designate grading option Last day to withdraw from a class Classes end Interim grades due 1983-84 1983 1982 September 5 12 19 26 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 2 3 4 8 91011 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 25 29 30 October 3 10 17 24 31 7 14 21 28 4 5 6 7 11 12 13 14 18 19 20 21 25 26 27 28 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 29 30 November 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 30 January 2 9 16 23 30 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 2 3 4 8 91011 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 25 29 30 31 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 28 31 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 17 18 19 20 21 22 2 24 25 26 27 28 29 3 31 February 6 13 20 27 1 2 3 4 5 789101112 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 7 14 21 28 March 6 13 20 27 December 5 12 19 26 July 1 8 15 22 29 August 1 2 3 4 5 891011121 15 16 17 18 19 2 22 23 24 25 26 2 29 30 31 September 1 2 3 4 5 789101112 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 30 31 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 18 19 20 21 22 23 2 25 26 27 28 29 30 Aprll 3 10 17 24 1 8 15 22 29 5 12 19 26 4 5 6 11 12 13 18 19 20 25 26 27 7 14 21 28 October 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 May 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 31 June 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 91011 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 28 29 30 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 23 24 25 26 27 28 2' 30 31 November 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 1 2 3 8 9 10 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30 4 11 1; 18 1 25 21 December 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 18 19 20 21 22 23 2, 25 26 27 28 29 30 3
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1984-1986
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ............................................ 2 Admissions .............................................. 6 Costs and Financial Policies............... 10 Sponsored Scholarships ...................... 17 Student Life ........................................... 24 Academic Information...........
Show more ............................................ 2 Admissions .............................................. 6 Costs and Financial Policies............... 10 Sponsored Scholarships ...................... 17 Student Life ........................................... 24 Academic Information......................... 30 Introduction Departments and Course ...................................... 47 Registers .............................................. 141 Index .................................................... 149 Communications Directory............... 151 Academic Calendars.......................... 152 Request for Information ................... 153 Campus Map............. Inside Back Cover Descriptions AUGSBURC COLLE.C E Catalog 1984-86 USPS #490-310 Volume 115. Number 3 Fall 1984 Published four times a year in Spring. Summer. Fall. and Winter by Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. M N. Second Class postage paid at Minneapolis. Minnesota. O l d Main, on the National Register of Historic Places, recalls Augsburg's heritageas the first U.S. school founded to train pastors t o serve Norwegian immigrants. [Photo by john Louis Anderson) Introducing Augsburg Few liberal arts colleges combine t h e excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with t h e smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is o n e of t h e few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both, as indicated in t h e Mission Statement adopted by t h e Faculty and t h e Board of Regents in 1977. Mission Statement Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin Cities metropolitan area. The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely of Lutheran orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious, cultural and ethnic backgrounds. For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness t o the needs of society and the world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society. The mission of Augsburg College i s to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in academic program. Augsburg College is known for its people, who strive t o be a supportive, informal and free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment. The academic program is primarily committed to providing students with a broad background in a variety of subject areas as well as encouraging personal development. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is a continued goal of the college. Augsburg College: Challenges students with a portion of the knowledge and thought which has been formative within human history and culture through a wide variety of ideas, disciplines and selected professional and pre-professional programs; Assists students in developing intellectual skills as well as in selecting a career; Encourages within students the attitudes and skills necessary t o prepare them to be learners throughout their lives. Education at Augsburg is based on the belief that the world i s Cod's, entrusted to us for care, exploration and understanding. As a Christian community the college embraces a wide range of religious expression and participation. As part of its academic program Augsburg seeks t o give all its students an informed understanding of the Christian faith and heritage as well as an opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In addition t o this intellectual task the aim of the college is t o help students understand the Christian faith as relevant for their own experience and for participation in the commitment to the role of the Christian community in the modern world. Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community. The quality of Augsburg's education is enriched by the people, culture and educational resources provided by its location. The college i s also aware that it has a responsibility t o contribute t o the larger community. In doing this, the college directs several of its programs specifically at the metropolitan setting, provides areas of study not available elsewhere in the area, and offers itself as an educational resource for a variety of new student populations. History - Fjord to Freeway Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved t o Minneapolis in 1872. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was in 1879. The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with The American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. Continuing ties with this heritage are reflected in the College Center's Augsburg Room and in replication of the original sign for Old Main. From Fjord to Freeway, a candid history of the College and its people during the first 100 years, by Augsburg's Carl E. Chrislock, is available in the College Bookstore. Location and Campus Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and t w o of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent t o the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or o n bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Airlines providing daily service t o MinneapolisSt. Paul International Airport include American, Capitol, Continental, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies I t i s the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators who are listed in the Communications Directory (page 151) or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7th Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe t o the Statement of Principles o n Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council, and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (MHECB). Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building. Admissions Office, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960. Old Main (19001 is home for the Foreign Langua e and Art departments and has classrooms used by other de artrnents. Extensively remodgelled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with arc!itectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Pfaces. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Cerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. Urness Tower, (1967) named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 321 students. tach$= is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, ~ u d and y utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. Music Hall, (1978) newest buildin on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music5ibraries, practice studios and offices forthe musicfaculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department in the former studio building. Melby Halt, (1961) named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, providesfacilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes, Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retains space in the Little Theater building. South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Students meet at the kiosk, in the " Q u a d [ P h o t o by Scott Stensrud) Admissions Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character which will enable the student to benefit from and contribute to the college community. Each applicant is judged on individual merit without regard for race, creed, sex, age, disability, and national or ethnic origin. Augsburg's admissions office staff members are available to help students and parents with college planning. The Admissions Office is open weekdays from 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitors are asked to write or call the Admissions Office (612) 330-1001 prior to the visit. The admissions staff will arrange a campus tour, class visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is located on the northwest corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. Application Procedures for Freshmen 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it t o the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript. 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required t o submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. 6. Confirmation of Admission Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing t o the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Early Decision for Freshmen An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary college choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required t o complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. This application is available in the Admissions Office. Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish t o accelerate their educational program may by granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, as well as admission t o the College, is sometimes necessary. For example, registered nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must have a 2.5 GPA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission t o the major is necessary. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission and return it t o the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the college(s) you have attended is required. Transfer student applicants must have an official transcript from their high school sent to the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily on their college performance. 3. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous college performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. 5. Confirmation of Admission Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing t o the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Re-Admission of Former Students A student who has interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wishes t o return applies for re-admission through the Registrar's Office. A student who has attended any other institution(s) during the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree) In some circumstances, a person may be admitted as a special student (nondegree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually a parttime student, he or she may subsequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status i s available from the Registrar's Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the procedures for applying as an international student. All international students transferring to Augsburg from another United States college or university must apply and be accepted for admission t o Augsburg two months prior t o the start of the semester: July 1 for Fall, November 1 for Spring. To contact the Director, call (612) 330-1001 or write to: Director of Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis M N 55454 U.S.A. I r I _C1- .? - logging along the [Mississippi) River Road is an activity shared by students, faculty and staff [Photo by john Louis Anderson] Costs and Financial Policies Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College. The balance of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from the American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and foundations. College Costs 1984-85 Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1984-85 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college reserves the right t o adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment) ....................................................................$5,560.00 This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1984. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, subscription to student publications, and admission to college-supported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course .....................................................775.00 This rate applies t o students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/ or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ...............................................390.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. ................................................................. 1,210.00 Full Board (19 meals a week) ...................................................................... 1,180.00 Room Rent (includes telephone) Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) is $1,140.00; the point plan is $920.00. Other Special Fees (not refundable) Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (Full-time students only) Late Registration (per day after classes begin) Registration Change after firsi 5 days (Canceljaddlchange grade option, or combination at one time) ................................ ........................................... $ 5.00 ..................... 10.00 Introduction to Cinema Arts Life Drawing (See lnterim Catalog for fee) Medical Technology (Senior Fee) 5.00 35.00 Music Therapy Internship (one half course credit) 390.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) 150.00 Class, per semester .................... 50.00 Radio-Television Production 10.00 Theater Technical Production 35.00 ..................... ............................. Student Teaching (per course) Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) .................. 15.00 125.00 ................................ 775.00 Fees Payable by Check/Cash Application (new and/or special students) $ 15.00 Nursing Credit Validation Tests .......................... 40.00 5.00 Locker Rental (commuters) ........... ..................... .. Student Parking Lot Permit ........... Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ............. special Examinations (schedule on file in Registrar's Office) 20.00 2.00 Books and Supplies These costs are estimated to range between $200 - 250 per year. Deposits Enrollment (non-refundable) ...................................................................... $00.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited t o the student's account when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. There are three deadline dates, each providing different benefits to you. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing Damage ..........................................................................................100.00 Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, t o reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by notifying the Office of Student Life in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due t o late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1 for Fall semester or January 1 for Spring Semester, $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is after these dates. Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent t o the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan - upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letter. (4) 10-month Payment Plan - upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 participation fee, the annual charges may be paid in 10 equal installments beginning June 20 and ending March 20. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts 'which are current. An application will be sent upon request. A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month payment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic or financial aid transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of loan funds administered by the College (National DirectIDefense Student LoansNDSL and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according t o established repayment schedules. Refunds Withdrawal from College forms are available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 700% 40% 80?b 7'0% - through the first five da s of clasm. - from the sixth through 7&h dav of classes. - from t h e I f th through 15th day of classes. - from The 76th throu h 20th dav of classes. 600~1- from the 21st fhrau$ 25th day of classes. 50% - from the 26th day o: classes thmugh the mid-point of the term No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student i s forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Students who elect to omit an interim or t o graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied t o the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. Financial Aid The financing of post-secondary education may well be one of the more significant investments that an individual or a family will make in an entire lifetime. Because this is the case, proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in the selection of an institution, but also in the methods utilized in paying the related expenses. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, is committed to help provide students and their families with the needed assistance, both monetary and advisory, that will protect access t o a quality education in spite of increasing costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. For the academic year 1983-84 approximately 85% of all students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $5,800,000 from all aid sources. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. r 0 -= n =a Q 1 =. I ne amount or assistance Tor wnlcn a stuaent IS ellglDle IS aetermlnea wltn tne help and analysis of the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service (CSS). These analyses estimate the amount a student and family can provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. < How and When to Apply New Students - Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission t o Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (EFS) or Financial Aid form (FAF) from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application and send it t o the processing agency after January 1 but before March 15 for priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. (To be considered, use code 6500.) Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within three t o four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid package. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent t o you. I 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended before financial aid will be offered. New Students - Early Decision This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. Early Decision Candidates applying for financial aid may wish t o complete the Early Decision Financial Aid Application, available by writing or calling the Admissions Office. This enables our Financial Aid Office to compute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. 2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after prior calendar year income information is available. This is after January 1 but before March 15. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by filing the application and Family Financial Statement (FFS). Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. Kinds of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged t o investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others. Gift Assistance Presidents Scholarships - Full tuition Presidents Scholarships and half tuition College Scholarships are awarded annually to the most academically qualified full-time freshmen students. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need. Because this is a unified program, full tuition or half tuition is assured, since the College guarantees the difference between non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and the limit of the award. The award is renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Special application is due January 15. Deans Scholarships - Full tuition and half tuition Deans Scholarships are awarded for each fall to the most academically qualified full-time students who are direct transfers t o Augsburg College following completion of an A.A. or A.S. degree, having maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are renewable for an additional year. Special application is due March 15. Lutheran Transfer Scholarhips - Up to seven scholarships are awarded for each fall to full-time students who have completed the A.A. or A.S. degree at a Lutheran junior college and are direct transfers to Augsburg College without further coursework at another institution. Awards of $500 are based on academic merit and are renewable for an additional year. Special application is due May 15. Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards - Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation. Augsburg Tuition Grants - Available t o students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up t o full tuition and fees. A student's academic performance, financial need, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 1984-85, they range from $100 to $3407. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants - A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident; (2) have sufficient financial need as defined by the program and demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission. Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1984-85 is $1900 minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent t o the Pell Grant Program. Bureau of lndian Affairs/Tribal and lndian State Scholarships - American lndian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of lndian Affairs, Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship monies. Students must be '/4 degree lndian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. lndian grants supplement all other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American lndian Program Director or your tribal agency. Loan Assistance National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) - JointAugsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans are interest free during your education. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $6,000. Guaranteed Student Loans (GSL) and Minnesota State Student Loans - Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Beginning with loans for school periods starting September 13, 1983 and after, simple annual interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2500 per year with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $12,500. Applications are available at the college, some banks, and the Minnesota State Student Loan Office. Nursing Student Loan - Federal program with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half time. The maximum loan is $2500 per year. Parent Loan Program (PLUS) - PLUS is a loan program t o help parents meet college costs. Parents may borrow up to $3,000 per year with an aggregate maximum of $15,000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursement at a simple interest rate of 12% and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are available at Augsburg College or the lending institutions. Applications are normally filed with the bank or thrift institution with which your family has an account. Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven financial need who are at least one-half time students. Assignment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in performing the duties assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just as scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. A l l on-campus w o r k is governed b y policies stipulated i n t h e w o r k contract issued t o t h e student employee f o r each placement. Payment is made monthly b y check t o t h e student employee. College W o r k Study Program and Minnesota State W o r k Study Program - Under these programs t h e federal o r state government supplies funds o n a matching basis w i t h t h e College t o provide some part-time w o r k opportunities. A i d Association f o r Lutherans W o r k Service Program - A special program of offcampus placement i n Lutheran congregations, w i t h w o r k assignments made at t h e discretion of t h e congregation, which will support t h e life and mission of t h e congregation. Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship winners are selected by t h e Student Affairs Committee unless otherwise specified. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of t h e department involved. Descriptions o f awards are f r o m statements 03 t h e donors' wishes. 'Indicates endowed scholarships General Scholarships Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation Scholarships - a number of awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability. Established in 1973 by the foundation. Bremer Foundation Scholarships - awarded annually to students from towns and cities where Bremer banks are located. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to deserving junior/ senior students. Established in 1961 to perpetuate her memory. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to two deserving junior or senior students. Established in 1969 by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory. Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to one or more needy and deserving upperclass students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara Hoelck. M. J. Estrem Scholarship* - awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965 by Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem. Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - given annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972. JohnG.Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - awarded annually to freshmen students who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in 1963 by a bequest of John C.Quanbeck. Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* - awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964. Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship' - awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie. Special Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded annually to able and deserving upperclassstudents who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Established in 1966. Grace Jewellensen Buster Memorial Scholarshtp' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to sophomore, junior, or senior Chrnese students who have outstanding academic records and are preparing to work among the Chinese people. EstabYished in 1983 by family and friends to honor the memory of Grace Jewel JensenBuster, a 1922 alumna. The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to able and desewing student(s) who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Established in 1972 by her husband, Floyd Cleveland, to honor the memory of Mrs. Cleveland, Augsburg alumna, consecrated Christian leader and devoted wife. David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship* - one or more ~holarshipsare awarded annually to a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1979 by members of his family to honor the memory of Commander David 1. Fomo, 1464 alumnus. Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarhip* - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass international students who have overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1981 by her parents, Dr. and Mrs. Einar Johnson, and other family members and friends in memory of Crace Anne (Gay) Johnson, a student at Augsburg 1971-1973. Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to women students transferring from Waldorf College, with preferencegiven to those in music andJorelementary education. Established in 1975 in memory of Catha Jones, 1970 alumna, by her parents, Mr.and Mrs. Kenneth Jones, other family and friends, and the Augsburg College Senior Challenge Program. Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship - awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00. The scholarship is renewable. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a senior student(s) who has successfully overcome adversity and has achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1977 to honor the memory of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminary who overcame the adversity of early years to earn his own education and who sewed his fellow men with humanity and wisdom. Minority Student Scholarships/Grants Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program - awarded annually to Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. The American Indian Achievement Scholarship' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to an American Indian upperclass student(s) who has a cumulative gtrade point averageof 3.0 or better at Augsburg College. Established in 1984 by The Hearst Foundation. Homecoming Auction Scholarships - awarded annually to two students, one of whom must be a minority student, who have demonstrated ability to facilitate discussion about issues of social concern. Established in 1977 and funded by contributions to this annual event from faculty, staff and students. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978 by her parents, family and friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion of sharing and loving people, especially her servtce to students. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) - members of American racial and ethnic minorities who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college O R are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Marlys JohnsonSimengaard Memor~al Scholarship' - awarded perlodlcally to a tllack American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys JohnsonSimengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* - awarded annually to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981 by Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg College, and the community. Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship* - available to both North American and international students to encourage men and women to enter full-time Christian service. Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983 by the Rev. and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess. Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparingfor the ministry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 1930-1958. Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to an upperclass student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982 to honor the memory of Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship' - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian service. Established in 1957 by lver Iverson. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually on the basis of scholarship, service, and devotion to the Christian faith. Established in 1975 by the family and Augsburg College in memory of Cerda Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College. Onesimus Scholarhip* - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. Established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson. johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarhip' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to Augsburg students preparing for a professional career in Christian service. Established in 1976 by Mr. and Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in memory of Johan I. 0. Rodvik and his deep personal dedication to his calling as a minister as welt as his scholarly research and pioneer rhought concerningthe Apostle Paul's traditionally rnlsundemtood attitude toward the question of equal rights and equal statcs for women. The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship* - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958 to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college, 1940-1952. The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation in the church. Established in 1980 by their children, families and friends to honor the lifelong devotion that the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church, Augsburg College, and Augsburg Seminary over a period of 60 years. Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserv~ngjunior/sentor student recommended by the scholarhip committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by the donor, the Rev. Caivin 1. Storley. Established in 1965 to honor the memory of Marguerite Hamilton Storley and her interest and concern in the mission work of the Christian church. Morris G. C. & Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund' - awarded annually to a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Mission Department of The American Lutheran Church. Established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris C. C. Vaagenes. 04 1 Departmental Scholarships Art The Crown Prince Harald Scboiarship - Established by authorization d the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1965 on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from Nomay. The winner is selected from competition held in Norway by the Norge-Amerika Fareningen. The Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1978 to honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. AugustMolder Memorial A r t Sctlofarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students majoring In art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and friends in memory of Awgun Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg College. Allen Russel Olson Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an uperclass student(s) majoring in Studio Arts, on the basis of need and artistic excellence. Established in 1984 by the family and Albert Hoffmeyer and friends, to honor the memory of Allen Russel Olson, an alumnus who was an accomplished artist, designer, photographer and writer. Athletic The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s) partic~patingin the Augsburg College hockey program whose cumulative grade point average is below 3.2. Established in 1983 by friends in memory of Carl Bloomberg, a taIented young hockey player. Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College. Paul Dahlen/Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and desewing male student on the basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen and friends to honor the memory of these two Augsburg College students. David Gronner Memarial Scholar5hip' - Awarded annually to two or more students,,participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or high Chr~st~an character. The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference In basketball. Established in 3975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, CaroI, and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character, and ability in athletics. Established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Row lordan Memorial Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annuaIly to uppercIass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in the wrestling program. Edablished in 1980 by the William Jordanand Charles Schulz families in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler. Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students on the basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established in 1958 by their children in memory of their parents. Biology Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. Business Adrninistration/Econornics Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* - Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassedwithin the Department of Business Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial need. Established in 1984 by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community. Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration. Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College. Reid Scholarship - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business and/or education as a career. Established in 1970 by Harvey T. Reid. Chemistry Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Chemistry Scholarshipsa -Awarded annually to junior and senior fludents whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Mablished in 1968 by family, friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor: Manivald A!dre Dr. W. M. Sandstram Carl Fosse Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Covey Hendrickson Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen MinnesotaMiningand Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship - Awarded to Chemistry majors who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979. Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students majoring in Chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduate or professional school goals. Established in 7984 through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory of a 1915 alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a Ph.D. in chemistry. His professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work. Education David Mathre Scholarship' - Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. English Anne Pedcrmn English Sfhoiarship" -Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majonng in English, with preference given to those who ptan to teach English as a career. â¬stabtished in 1971 by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 years of service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College. Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952. Foreign Language Mimi Baez Kingley Modern Language Scholarship' - Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in modern language, with preference given to those who plan to teach languag. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley. fl N 1 Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - Given annually to a student of any major who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983 by The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association. Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to upperclass ijtudent(s) preparing for a career in medicine or health. Established in 1978 in memory of Eleanor Christensen Edwards*devotion and service in health care by members of her family, Bernhard Christensen, Efsie Christensen Schroeder, Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship- Awarded annually t o a history major. Established in 1980 by Gregory M. Fitzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock. The Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness History Award - Awarded annually to a senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980 by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness. - 1 I I H. N. Hendricksan History Scholarship" Awarded annually to students majoring in history with preference given t o thwe who plan a career in the field, Established in 1969 by Dr. and Mrs. Carl H. Chrislock and augmented by other contributions to honor the memory of H. N. Hendrirksan, professor of history at Augsburg College, 1900-1952. Library Science Library Science Scholarship - Established in 1972 by library and library science instructional staffs to honor junior or senior students intending to enter the library profession. Mathematics Mathematics Scholarship - Awarded annually to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics department. Minnegasco Scholarship - Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco. Metro-Urban Studies - Joel and Franc= Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs' One or more schola~hipsare awarded annually t o upperclass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of Augsbtlrg's Mission Statement relating to the Colfege's urban invofvernent. Established In 1982 by colleagues, former students, and friends t o honor the setvice and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs. Music Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965 by Thomas I. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna. Freshman Performance Studies Scholarships - Entering freshman music majors who evidence marked ability in their major instrument or voice will receive free lessons in that major medium during the first two semesters of performance studies. - Awarded annually to two or more students parDavid Gronner Memorial Schlarship' ticipating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or are of high Christian character. Established in 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and Mrs. EtheI Cronner in memory of David Cronner, Augsburg College alumnus. demonstrated proficiency inchoral and/or instrumental rhusic,.interest or potential in conducting, and promise of overall academic success. Established in 1966 by 0. I. Hertsgaard. Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* -Awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975 by Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music. Edwin W. and Edith 0. Norberg Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. Established in 1980 by Edwin W. Norberg t o honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and conducting of piano, organ and choral music. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship' - Awarded annually to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Established in 1953 by his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951. Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior PerformanceScholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Marilyn Solbwg Voice kholatrhip' - Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 7955 by her parents, Mr. and ME. lver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53. String Scholarships - awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola, cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble, and orchestra. John & Vera Thut Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Established in 1980 by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of music, three decades of which was at Augsburg. Stuart West Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in instrumental music. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James. Physics Theodore I. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty. Political Science Political Science Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students pursuing careers in Political Science. Established in 1980 by Professors Norma Noonan and Myles Stenshoel. Scandinavian Studies - lver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship' Awarded annually to an upperclass studentls) with academic ab~liy,in the punuit of a degree with concentration in Scandinawan languages, literature, liistorj and/or culture. Established in 7983 by their children and their [amities and friends te honor lver and Myrtle Olson on the occasion of their golden wedding anniversary. Sociology Adolph PauIson Memorial Prize' - Awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian sociology. Established in 7936 by members of his family to honor the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930-35. 'Day in May'is a traditional break before final exams Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are an important part of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you will find the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to your education. Campus Ministry As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth i s evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students t o explore their own faith. Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and Justice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday t o give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged t o gradually change and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form their own values which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consulation or information on ways to get more involved in the campus ministry. Student Government Student government is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining t o student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring, except for freshmen who elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President of the student society in their offices in the College Center. Social, Cultural, Recreational Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR, student-operated non-profit radio station sewing the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in the Mortensen Tower. P4 ,1 a Fine Arts There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available t o cover the entire range of musical styles and previous muscial experience. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division Ill. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, track & field, and softball. lntramurals Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests are sewed by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services Augsburg College is concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context in which learning takes place is a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of Augsburg Guide. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to plan. Augsburg Guide was designed t o act as a sort of road map. Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of sewices to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and pre-register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to your many questions about college life. ., Career Plannine and Placement. You mav be uncertain about where vou want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, or how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan t o help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities, and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a counselor. Job Service. Augsburg College maintains a referral service in the Placement Office, Center for Student Development, to help students find part-time, temporary, and summer employment off campus. Job Service initiates contact with employers in the area and the State Employment Service and acts as a clearinghouse to help match students and jobs. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships), Choosing a Major, Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity to register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult to cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors are available t o help students who are experiencing personal/interpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth groups. Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a College in the city, committed to the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American Indian Program. This program provides direct services and assistance in such areas as: recruitment and retention, admissions and financial aids procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and career counseling, tutoring, personal and crisis counseling, referrals and followup. The program provides advocacy in areas of health, child care and housing, input into the implementation of American Indian courses and liaison with the Intertribal Student Union. Black Student Program. Augsburg offers a Black student program which provides counseling, administrative support, and assistance with the admissions process. Black History Month, contact with the AfricanAmerican Museum of Art, and the Black Student Union are student affairs programs emphasizing Black heritage and participation. I*I The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events to increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. r Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural participation of its students from countries outside the U.S. The Office of the lnternational Student Adviser helps t o orient and advise any student on a student visa, exchange program, or permanent resident status. The adviser handles information on immigration, work permits, and temporary status and arranges an American host for international students. See Augsburg Guide for information about the Cross-Cultural Club. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure t o check your family health coverage to determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed t o promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as to discuss personal concerns with individual students. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in college-operated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and South Hall. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This eleven story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Zeta House is a spedal interst house for sophomores, juniors or seniors interested in living in a chernicalIy-free environment, Residents have either successfully completed chemical dependency treatment, are interested in chemical dependency issues, or simply desire to live in a house free of alcohol and drugs. A chemicallyfree section of Urness Tower is available for freshmen. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try graup living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation i5to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impart proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in mai-ters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by audents and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identifv appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates i n compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain t o them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the Placement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letter5 and statements placed in the record before January 7, 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Communication Directory on page 151. - - George Sverdrup Library is a favorite place to study [Photo by john Louis Anderson) Academic Information Requirements for a degree from Augsburg College provide students with a broad liberal arts background - in the humanities, the natural sciences and the social sciences - and concentrated major study in one or more fields. Students are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively, to be knowledgeable about urban concerns, and to have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. General recreational activities courses acquaint students with and equip them for lifetime spons. Courses in religion assist in reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through study of its beliefs, scripture, and mission. Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees, The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded t o graduates with majors in Music Performance. Majars in Music Education are awarded the B.M. or B.A. degree. Graduates with majors in athw fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a +week January Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration). january Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty t o employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, there are a variety of travel opportunities within the United States and abroad. Independent or directed study and internships are among the many lnterim options. Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College). Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 15.9 to 1. Faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. All students are assigned a faculty adviser to help in planning their programs and approving their choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each departmental listing, with further information in the Augsburg College Faculty section of the Registers. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other tocat sources of information, Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps. The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and equipment and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/video tape recordings i s available for faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. Computer Resources Augsburg has a PDP 11-60 with numerous terminals at several campus locations. The College also has numerous microcomputers, including Apple Il's, CDC '110'5, Osborne 1's KIM-1 laboratory micr~computers,and a Tektronix 4051 graphics microcomputer. Augsburg also has access to Farge computers through the University of Minnesota. Academic Organization and Programs Divisions and Departments The college curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Natural Science and Mathematics - Kenneth N. Erickson (Chairperson) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences - Norma Noonan (Chairperson) Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies - Roberta Metzler (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree. Majors available at Augsburg are: Art History Biology Business Administratian (Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Management Information Systems, Marketing) Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies1 Economics Economics-Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering2 English Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Mathematics Medical Technology3 (B.S.) Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Education (B.A. or B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) Music Therapy (B.S.) Nursing (B.S.) Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Speech Studio Art Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Minors available at Augsburg are: Art History Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Library Science Management Information Systems Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 Scandinavian Area Studies Social Welfare Sociology Speech Studio Art Theater Arts It is possible for students to complete other majors through the ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. 1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning and intermediate courses in Chinese, Japanese and Russian. 2 - Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Michigan Technological University. 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in Kindergarten-Elementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education: English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their academic major($. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance personal growth: Certificate in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting t o teach art in less formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson. Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical education. The program is designed t o meet or exceed criteria used in The American Lutheran Church certification program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson. Program Evaluation Certification - provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women. Interested students should contact the program chairperson. Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan t o enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field t o assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year to arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, 2 courses; BIO 111, 112; PHY 121, 122; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering - This program provides a course of study which enables students to com~leteintroductorv core reauirements in mathematics. science and the libe'ral art; necessary for e&ineerini Some students in the prigram choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to participate in a dual-degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student t o earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual-degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Pre-Law - Students planning t o pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law in the United States, t o help determine whether they posess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students t o maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P given for a course as a C. Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments have majors specially designed for premedical students. Both require CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), MAT 124, 125; and PHY 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires CHM 353, 361, one advanced course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The Biology major also requires BIO 111, 112, 491 and one from each of three groups (351, 353, 361), (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 476), with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed t o meet the University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requires a year of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 111, 112; CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 122; ENG 111 and a second course; MAT 124,125; PHY 121, 122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, 2 courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1 course; CHM 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; BIO 111, 112; PHY 121, 122; economics, 1 course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Library and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect t o participate in the cooperative program t o gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. Fairview Deaconess Hospital Affiliation - Students in the Fairview Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing receive instruction in biology, chemistry and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission should be made directly to the hospital. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is composed of colleges and universitiesin Minnesota, South Dakota and Wisconsin. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed t o train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Naval ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of internationalexperience are available to Awgsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of International Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise t o apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes t o participate in an international program. The deadline is March 1 of the preceding year. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs - Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (Oslo), the South American Urban Semester (Bogota), or the Literature Ideology, and Society in Latin America. All are interdisciplinary and stress cross cultural comparison in development and planning, including study tours to other nations in their respective regions. lnterim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg lnterim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued in spring for the following January. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). International Business Program - Augsburg College International Business Program offers students the opportunity t o spend a year of study in London, Paris (American College), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business requires Business Administration courses taken at Augsburg and international core courses studied at one or two of the campuses abroad. See Business Administration-International Business. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month livingllearning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships t o enable them t o spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications t o the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad o n a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; the University of York, England; the University of Dundee, Scotland; the University o f Seville, Spain; and the Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France. Summer School - There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg provides opportunities for qualified students to pursue an enriched and distinctive course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, social events and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Progmm. Inquiries should be addressed t o Dr. Diane Pike, Honors Director. Internships and Cooperative Education I I These are college-wide programs that provide students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Placements are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. For further information, contact Patricia Anne Parker, Associate Academic Dean, for internships, or Garry W. Hesser, Director of Cooperative Education. Augsburg Weekend College Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as the day school program, the curriculum is limited t o selected liberal arts courses and the following majors: Business Administration (concentrations in management, marketing, finance, accounting, and management information systems), Communication (concentrations in public relations/advertising, human relations and supervisory management), Nursing, and Social Work. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses,both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburgs continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Students normally register for four courses a semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 courses, students must contact the Registrar's office t o petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the lnterim Office, Summer School Office, and Weekend College Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar - Science 114, for Fall and Spring terms Interim Office - Memorial 230, for lnterim Summer School Office - Memorial 230, for Summer School Weekend College Office - Memorial 329, for Fall, Winter and Spring trimesters of Weekend College. Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the fall for the spring and during the spring for the fall. All students must confirm their registration at the beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangements. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not t o abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Leave of Absence Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal reasons. A request form must be picked up from the Office of the Dean of the College. It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office. * 3 = 0 - .-t! A Leave of Absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension of a Leave of Absence is needed, it should be requested in the same manner as the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous Leave of Absence, or readmission will be required. Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by returning students. A Leave of Absence does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines. -5 ' .j tu 3 1 . U Q) Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. 4 1 All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar's office prior t o the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incomp l e t e ~or open courses on the academic record). 1. Completion of 35 courses. At least 11 courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not moreahan 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The course total must include three Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) courses; 2 courses by independent/ directed study; 4 courses of internship; and 8 courses with a grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional grading (P) also has these limits: 2 in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; 1 in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. / 2'2. Completion of a major. ,Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major is not required, but is encouraged.( -\ 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. 5. Distribution requirements (See below) Distribution Requirements Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department-of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts (devoted t o the study of literature) Psychology-Sociology Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office. Foreign Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies - Three -approved courses in religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg, Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Registar's Office. Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 t o 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0, Students are cautioned t o use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See PIN limitations under Graduation Requirements. Cemin courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system. English 111 i s graded P or N, or 2.0-4.0/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wFsh t o use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice or grading system must be made accarding to dares published each term. A fee i s charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the caw of extreme emergency. 60 receive it, a studerrt must file a petition with the Carnrnittee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission i s granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course or internship that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. If X is given, the course must be registered for as 1X in the following term in order that credit and a grade may be assigned. A course in which a grade of 0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit, but may be audited. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit 0.Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term t o determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the PIN grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. Classification Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Advanced Placement Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students with scores of 3, 4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed t o the Office of the Registrar. Assessment of Previous Learning (APL Program) Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, i s appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1) it is relevant t o coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: The College Level Examination Program (CLEP) is a series of standardized tests which have been developed by The College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the Office of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams are available for students t o use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question. B. There is a faculty member designated by the department t o administer the exam. C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request t o take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/no credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam. The Credit Assessment Program (CAP) is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty members from fields of study directly related t o the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish t o prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's prev?ouslearning, the CAP Committee applies the following criteria: A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition t o the presenting student. C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. E. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. There is an application deposit (applicable to transcript charge) to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied t o the student's transcript. Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied t o graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response t o a formal request by the student. Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams, departmental exams, and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. Probation and Dismissal A student will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if his or her achievement is unsatisfactory. A student who has been on probation two or more consecutive semesters is subject to dismissal at the end of the term. Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before the end of the term. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. A student will be placed on probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7 courses. Sophomore - below 1.7 cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses. Junior - below 1.9 cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses. Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses. A student will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation as freshmen for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes t o sophomore, they have not earned additional zero grades, and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sophomores for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Each student on the Dean's List receives a certificate and, if permission is given, an announcement is sent t o the hometown newspaper. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 t o 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude 3.6 up t o but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Independent/Directed Study Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out upper division level work on an independent basis. Some departments also offer an opportunity for directed study on a lower division level. A student who registers for directed or independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course t o receive the final grade. bruaenrs lnreresrea In reglsrerlng ror alrectea or rnaepenaent stuay must rlrst secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Students may cross-register for independent studies at another ACTC school only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on th.eir home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs attached. Requests for exception to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn at least three courses per term, the minimum for classification as full-time students. It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it is for all students. If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the equivalent of what they had been certified for. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. Students use computers for many courses [Photos by john Louis Anderson] - At Augsburg, a business major can take an art class [Photo by john Louis Anderson) Departments, Course Descriptions Course descriptions are listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and requirementsfor individual courses, students should consult the instructors. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless another frequency is specified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim, Summer School and Augsburg Weekend College are published in separate catalogs. A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numberin % Courses num ered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s areprimarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Art (ART) Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Lynn Bollman, Robert Friederichsen, Norman D. Holen, Dorothy J . Williamson Majors in Studio Art, Art History and Teaching Ucensure are taught by a faculty committed t o teaching, creativity and research in the field. Among the programs available are departmental honors, art exhibitions, independent study and internships in museum and gallery work, communications, graphic design and cornmunrty cultural arts. Facilities include large work areas; t w o exhibition galleries, an art history slide library, a curatorial room and a stained glass studio. Students are encouraged t o acquire broad experience in general education along with a wide variety of art studies and one or more selected areas of concentration. Studio Art Major: 9-1 3 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (118, 223, 360) and one in 3-dimensional art (150, 221, 250). Majors are required t o begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with portfolio o n approval by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102, 107, 225; Studio 118, 132, 150, 221, 223 and 250 plus a second course in t w o areas; 240 and two other art history courses. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education for teacher licensure. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102, 107 o r 225 and 118 or 221. Honors Majam: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and development andlor special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made t o the department chairperson before the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificate in Art: 8 art courses, including one in art history. U p t o four courses may b e taken i n one studio area or i n art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts in the urban and world d n g . Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring d e i g n problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 jewelry An introduction to-the casting of jewelry in pewter and silver. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. 242 Film Making Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (On Demand) 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 330 Visual Communications II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.:225) 351 Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting 11 Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. (Alternate years) 368 Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture II Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. 352 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. (Spring 1985) 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. (Alternate years, Spring 1985) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, 14th to 18th century. (Alternate years, Fall 1984) 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1985-86) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th centurv art and its relations hi^ to Eurooean art as well as indieenous " movements. (Alternate years, 1985-86) Biology (BIO) Neal Thorpe (Chairperson), Robert S. Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud The department offers programs to equip students for graduate and professional study as well as for a variety of career opportunities presently available t o the biologist. Complementing the course offerings, the department possesses an impressive array of sophisticated laboratory instruments including a gas chromatograph, a scintillation counter, and an electron microscope. and faculty t o have access t o extensive library and research facilities and seminars discussing the frontiers of biological research. Major - Option 1: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of three groups: (1) 351, 353, 361, 481; (11) 355, 473, 474; (111) 440, 471, 476; CHM 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122. Students intending t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Major - Option 2: 9 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of five groups: (1) 351, 353; (11) 355, 474; (111) 361, 481; (IV) 471, 473; M 440, 476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 7061, 351 and 352, Students who plan t o teach in secondary schaols ohen s e t m this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require CHM 353. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. Minor: 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division courses; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106). 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1-112 hours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor, Spring) 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or consent of instructor; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor) 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our wciety must deal? What threats are posed by poilution, the prospect of war. and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor.) 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or consent of instructor. Prereq.: CHM 109 and concurrent registration in CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor) 109 Special Topics in Biology Offered periodically through Aup5burg'~Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted aff campus with community pmpfe taking the course together with college students in a ca-fearning mode[. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111, 112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 323 Experimental Human Physiology A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112. Alternate years, Fall 1984) 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring 1986) 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, 1985-86) 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, CHM 352 or consent of instructor. Fall) 399 lnternship Upper division internship. 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring 1985) 471 Cellular Biology A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1984) 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 or 116; PHY 103 or 122 orconsent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1985) 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Fall 1985) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1984) 491 Seminar Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring in biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration & tconomlcs Amin Kader (Chairperson), Roger Allerson, Walter Anastas, James E. Billings, John Cerrito, John Cosgrove, Anne Fosse, Satya Gupta, Gary Hovind, Robert Kramarczuk, Roy H. LaFayette, Thomas Morgan, Mohammed Nouri, Edward M. Sabella The department is committed t o developing within t h e student a blend o f theoretical and practical tools necessary f o r successful entry and advancement i n the business and academic communities. T o this end, t h e department affords specialization i n a variety of areas including: Accounting, Economics, Finance, International Business, Management, M a n a g e m e n t I n f o r m a t i o n Systems, a n d Marketing. Each o f these areas is dependent u p o n a strong foundation i n the liberal arts w i t h an emphasis o n solid communication and analytical skills. Recognizing t h e occupational realities of t h e business and economic disciplines, t h e department is equally c o m m i t t e d t o m a i n t a i n i n g a n application o r i e n t e d balance. This is achieved i n part b y fostering close ties w i t h t h e corporate community, which i n t u r n provides a wealth of practical expertise and a w i d e variety o f internship opportunities as well as future j o b prospects. W e believe w e can best serve b o t h t h e community and t h e student b y providing training that is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware. Business Administration (BUS) Major in Accounting: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261,262, 263,379,381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning careers i n accounting, completion of the t w o remaining courses i n the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. Courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major i n Finance: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261, 262,373, 379, 478, and one from 381, 382, 483); 4 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. ECO 392, MAT 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major i n Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 145, 250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 or 478); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340,445); PHI 120; PSY 371,373; SOC 241 and 375 or 383; SPC 111 or ENG 223; SPC 354 or 355. MAT 114 is strongly recommended. Major i n Management Information Systems (MIS): 8 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 145, 250, 261, 375, 475,479); 4 Economics courses (122, 123, 340 or 445,379); MAT 174 or CSC 170 (170 would require MAT 124); 4 Computer Science courses (240, 340, 350, 352). Major i n Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 135, 250, 261, 330, 379, 430); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 445); PHI 120; SPC 351 or 352 and also 353. MAT 114 is strongly recommended. Major i n lnternational Business: 8 Business Administration courses (101, 102,131, 135,261 and 399 or 499 and t w o from 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122, 123, 379); POL 160; 3 language courses (or demonstrated proficiency) from one of the following: Arabic, Chinese, French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish; 1 History course (coordinated with the foreign language courses) from 103, 104, 222, 322, 323, 324, 331, 332, 440, 474; 8 lnternational Core courses, including internship or independent study. Core courses must be taken abroad. Exceptions may be permitted with department approval. General descriptions follow. Students who plan t o major i n lnternational Business should contact the department's international adviser, Amin Kader, as soon as possible t o carefully plan their program of study. lnternational Core Courses - Required Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc. European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it; structure of the European market; market analysis and sales management; pricing policies; distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S. Import-Export Operations - The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysis of international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations. Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiaries and parent company; organizational behavior; management policy; comparative industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international setting. lnternational Core Courses - 3 t o be Elected Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure, land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism. European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms of economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport; industrial policy; current membership negotiations. lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of domestic and international policies. lnternational monetary cooperation. international Economic Policies - The economic factors in diplomacy; tariff techniques and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economic aspects of economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid policies; exchange rate policies. Theory of lnternational Finance - The relevance of international finance; participants in the international payments xene; balance of international payments; spot market and forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the impact of international payments nn the domestic price level; employment and the performance of monetary policy. Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor i n Business Administration: 6 courses, including 101, 102, and one of 261, 373, 379,478 and one of 262, 379, 381; ECO 122 and 123. Other configurations for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. M i n o r i n Management Information Systems (MIS): 8 courses, including 101, 250, 261,375,475; ECO 123; MAT 174 or CSC 170 (170 would require MAT 124; CSC 240). C.P.A. Certification: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior t o fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting and taken all accounting and business law courses offered. Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Notes: Students who plan t o major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition t o the courses listed below, these have been offered under BUS 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, and Discrete Event Simulation. - 101 Principles of Financial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101) 131 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. 135 lntroduction to Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (Fall) 145 Fundamentals of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (Fall) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 250 Data Processing, COBOL and FORTRAN An introduction to COBOL and FORTRAN programming. 261 Fundamentals of Finance Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 102) 262 lntermediate Accounting I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, current and non-current assets. (Prereq.: 101, Fall) 263 lntermediate Accounting II A continuation of lntermediate Accounting I.An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible assets, liabilities and stockholders' equities. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 330 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: 135, Spring) 340 Personnel Administration Personnelfunction in business, acquisition and utilizationof human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: 145 or consent of instructor. On Demand) 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261) 375 lnforrnation Systems in the Organization Design and implementation of organizational structure and structural change. An informational processing point of view to examine design of communication, decision making and task systems. (Prereq.: 250) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra.) 381 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor) 382 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor. Spring) 399 Internship . Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 430 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: 330, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor. Spring) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, Randards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: 145, Junior or Senior or consent of instructor) 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design The process of defining information requirements, construction of a logical &ode1 of information system and the preparation of a general design. Discussion of the procedures to define program specifications, documentation, and plan implementation. 478 Investments and Financial Institutions Appraisal of the riskireturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. ECO 392 is strongly recommended. Junior or Senior or consent of instructor. Fall) 479 lntermedlate quantltatlve Methods tor Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statis~icalresearch methods through use of the eledronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: 379 or equivalent, Junioror Senior or consent of instructor. On demand) 483 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Junior or Senior or consent of instructor. Fall) 484 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263, Junioror Senior or consent of instructor. Spring) 295, 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with me~mbersof the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Economics (ECO) Major in Economics: 8 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three other upper division); BUS 101, 102, 379; MAT 114. MAT 373 may be substituted for BUS 379. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study i n economics. I n addition, courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major i n Applied Economics: 9 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and 445 or 453 and three other upper division); BUS 101,102,379,479; PHI 130; MAT 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. MAT 211 is strongly recommended. MAT 373 may be substituted for BUS 379. The student is strongly encouraged t o take other Economics courses in addition t o those listed above. Combined Major i n Economics - Business Administration: 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division); 6 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 261, 373, 379 and one upper division). Courses i n data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student is very strongly encouraged t o take additional courses both in business administration and economics. Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 i n the major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration. Minor i n Economics: 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted o n consultation w i t h t h e department chairperson. Notes: In addition t o the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics, and Business Advanced Economic Theory and Decision-Making with Finite Markov Chains. ECO 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. ECO 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser: as soon as possible in order t o carefully plan their program of study. 120 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population ""Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors.) 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of 123 or 120. 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. 123 Principles of Economics (Micro) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 122 or 120.122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 251 lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123) 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 340 Managerial Decision Making Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: 123, BUS 101 and high school algebra or equivalents. Spring) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra.) 391 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall) 392 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 442 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or consent of instructor. On Demand) 445 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: 251 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Spring) 453 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: 251, 258 and at least MAT 122 or equivalent or consent of instructor. On Demand) 454 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or consent of instructor. On Demand) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: BUS 379 or equivalent or consent of instructor. On Demand) 295, 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Chemistry (CHM) Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John R. Holum, Sandra Olmsted The goal of the department is to have our students develop into better scientists. Therefore, significant changes must occur in what they understand and know in the field of chemistry, how they think and approach scientific problems, and how they act in experimental work, in communicating their results, and in interacting with others. The department is on the list of approved schools of the American Chemical Society, which has approved its total program. Students who complete the ACS major are competitive with their peers of the same ability in graduate school, chemical positions, or medical school. The approved program also meets the requirements for the chemistry background required by many related fields. The department provides opportunity for widening students' intellectual horizons, for developing insight into a field of science for non-majors, and for learning in an atmosphere which encourages students to remain lifelong learners. Graduation Major in Chemistry: 115, 116, (or 105, 106) 351, 352, 353, 361, 363 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar; PHY 121,122; MAT 124,125. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan t o take MAT 124, 125 in the freshman year and PHY 121, 122 in the sophomore year. American Chemical Society Approved Major: 12 courses including 115, 116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,497,499), Chemistry Seminar participation; MAT 224; PHY 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent t o one semester and computer proficiency are also required. Teaching Major: Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115,116 or 105, 106); 3 courses in earth and life sciences; CHM 351, 352, 353, 361, 363, 364, 482, 491 (BIO 367 may be substituted for 364); PHY 245. Students are advised t o consult with the Education department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. Honors Major: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor: 5 courses which must include 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 353 and two other chemistry courses above 300 (except 399). BIO 367 may be one of the courses. Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term. Placement I n 105 o r 115 IS determined by t h e score o n t h e Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115. 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 to 351,353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109, 110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. Open also to students in the humanities and social sciences. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both 109 and 105 or 115, nor can credit be earned for both 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years. 109, Fall; 110, Spring) 115, 116 General Chemistry An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: High school chemistry, math placement. 115, Fall; 116, Spring) 199 lnternship Lower division internship. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 351, 352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1fourhour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116; 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (3 hours of lecture, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. Fall) 361, 364 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 106 or 116; PHY 121, 122; MAT 124, 125. 361, Fall; 364, Spring) 363, 365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1/2 course each) Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in9hysical Chemistry lecture. 363 is to be taken the first half of the spring semester and involves experiments related to 361. 365 i s to be taken the second half of the semester by all persons taking 364. 399 lnternship Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours of lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or consent of instructor; some reading knowledge of German. Fall) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or consent of instructor. Spring) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or consent of instructor. Fall) 483 .Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or consent of instructor. Spring) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. Uunior Standing) East and Southeast Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Director) This program offers two options: 1. Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepanmental program which provides a foundation lor careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study. Two years of Japaneseare taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Harnline University. There also is a contractual arradgement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japaneselanguage courses. Opportunitim for language study abroad are available in japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hongkong and Singapore. Summer institutes are available in the People's Republic of China and in the W.5, See the director for information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel. Non-majors in the program are eligible t o take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Major in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. Minor in East Asian Studies - 5 courses, including 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; 1 course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. 2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed t o be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from HIS 322, 323, 324; one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 241; one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,382; and one from HIS 226, 399, 495, 499. HIS 104 is strongly recommended. Note: Interim courses related t o the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 299 Directed Study (See Director of program) 322 Modern Southeast Asia (See under Department of History) 323 Modern China (See under Department of History) 324 Modern japan (See under Department of History) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Department of Political Science, International Politics) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future (See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis) 399 Internships (See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an internship) 474 The World and The West (See under Department of History) 495 Seminar (See Director of program) 499 Independent Study (See Director of program for guidelines) Economics (ECO) See Business Administration and Economics Education Barry Franklin, Chairperson, Sheldon P. Fardig, Marie McNeff, Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary Education and Secondary Education. Students interested in attaining licensure in any of these areas or in pursuing the study of education as a liberal discipline will find opportunities in the department, where programs combine the study of educational theory with practice in actual school settings. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring to Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, it is within the jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments to determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as applicable t o requirements of the approved teacher licensure programs at Augsburg College. Students who wish t o register for student teaching must have been admitted t o the Education Department. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students transferring from an education program at another college must be readmissible to that program. Elementary Education (EDE) Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 255, 341, 351, 352, 381, 382, 383, 384, 386, 481, 482, 483; HPE 114, 115; SWK 260; a college level mathematics course; academic minor (major recommended); GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses required for licensure; fulfill requirements of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The professional semester, for juniors, includes 341, 352, 381, 382, 384, 386. (341, 381, 382, 383, 384 are 112 courses) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Kindergarten-Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295, 495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Lower division independent study. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Fall) 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265 or consent of instructor. Spring) 381 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265. Fall) 384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Science (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten program, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. (Prereq.: a teaching license at the elementary level. Summer I) 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, Language Arts Examination and preparation of materials and resources for Children's Literature and Language Arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 481, 482, 483 Student Teaching I K-6 Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 484 Student Teaching II K-6 Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481, 482, 483) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education) 498 lndependent Study (1/2 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary education faculty. Prekindergarten Education (EDE) This program is under review. Contact the department chairperson. Licensure Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus 325, 425, 160 hours of student teaching; PSY 351; SOC 231. For a Prekindergarten license with other than an education major, consult with the department chairperson. 325 Contemporary Influences in Prekindergarten Education Focus on the young child as a person and the importance of the early years in relation to the effects of present day society and culture on the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 425 Prekindergarten Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) Secondary Education (EDS) Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition t o conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Requirements o f the State o f Minnesota f o r teaching i n secondary schools are met through t h e Augsburg College Education Department licensure program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major i n an approved teaching area; 265, 354, 388, 478, methods course($ i n major area, 481, 482 (and 483 for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of 2.0 overall, 2.0 i n education courses, 2.5 i n academic major and P i n student teaching. Application for and acceptance i n t o t h e Augsburg licensure program required. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing f o r licensure i n o n e o f these areas follows t h e secondary education program even though h e o r she plans t o teach at t h e elementary school level. A person w i t h a major i n o n e o f these special areas will take three courses i n student teaching and d o some student teaching at b o t h t h e secondary and elementary levels. I n addition t o 354, the art major will register for 361, 362; the Physical Education major f o r 365; and the music major for 373. Art and Physical Education teacher education programs lead t o licensure f o r grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead t o licensure i n the following areas: I - B a n d (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2-Orchestra (K-12) and classr o o m music (5-12); 3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9); o r 4-Vocal and classroom music (5-12). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), achievement o f at least "good" i n t h e listening, speaking, and reading parts of the M o d e r n Language Association proficiency tests is required. The candidate will take t h e MIA tests before undertaking student teaching. Results will b e recorded i n t h e candidate's permanent file i n t h e Department o f Education. The Professional Term: School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly i n one full-time term i n professional education. Attendance at special afternoon o r evening seminars is also required. A student w h o elects t o take just t w o courses i n student teaching may take o n e course i n independent study at this time. All students are expected t o b e involved full-time i n t h e activities of t h e professional term. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295, 495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105) 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 356, 357, 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (1/2 course each) Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques. 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materialsand issues relatingto the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnemta for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 410 Health Methods (See HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 478 School and Society The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481, 482, 483, 484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 498 lndependent Study (1/2 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Special Education (EDE, EDS) Barry Franklin (Coordinator) Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282, 491; PSY 351, 357; one course chosen from HPE 354, MUS 110 (Interim) or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385 (Interim), or SWK 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from LIN 289, PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended as an additional course. 282 lntroduction to Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Fall) Library Science (LIB) This program is under review. Contact the department chairperson. Minor: Minimum of 4% courses, including 341, 345, 358, 359, 475. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See under Elementary Education) 345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquisition, cataloging, classification, and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Sources and Services Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information and use libraries effectively. (Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondan/ school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities t o allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota lnstitute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. University of Minnesota - The lnstitute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs: 1. Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering (B.A.1B.E.) which enables students t o receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the lnstitute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the lnstitute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. 2. Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering (B.A.1M.E.) which enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the lnstitute of Technology. The curriculum is the same as the B.A.1B.E. curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A.1M.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the lnstitute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A.1 M.E. program are not guaranteed admission t o the lnstitute of Technology. Washington University - Three-Two Plan Michigan Technological University - Dual Degree Plan These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by the ~ n ~ i n e e rAdviser in~ of Augsburg College. Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged t o apply t o the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree or Three-Two Programs: CHM 115,116; CSC 170; ENG 111; MAT 124,125,224,226; PHY 121, 122; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124, 125 and PHY 121, 122 are taken in the freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351, 352. English (ENG) Ronald C. Palosaari, (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, John Gidmark, Walter Howerton, John R. Mitchell, Catherine C. Nicholl, Richard B. Sargent, David Wood The English department offers courses in literature, writing, and film. Regular offerings are supplemented by topics courses and interim courses. The department sponsors the literary magazine, Murphy Square, and holds a weekly program, Words'worth on Wednesday, devoted to language and literature. Many students gain practical experience in writing and teaching through internships. Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged t o take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the department. Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language Arts: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2 Speech courses, one from 111, 351, 352, 354 or 355 and either 360 or 366. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In addition to field experience and student teaching required by the Department of Education, majors will be required t o gain practical experience in teaching writing, t o be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation t o Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing course. Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: 111 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 Developmental Writing A preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/N grading only. 111 Effective Writing The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouragedto use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111 or equivalent) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which student's papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 241 lntroduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 Introduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 261 Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Coethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 282 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, and Comedy. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 331 Chaucer and His Age While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1984-85) 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1985-86) 336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1984-85) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. 1 Foreign Languages !I 7 Mary A. Kingsley (Chairperson), Ruth L. Aaskov, Leif E. Hansen, Mary E. Johnson, Gunta Roientals, Natalia Sich, Donald Steinmetz The study of foreign languages breaks down barriers of space and time. It permits i us to reach beyond the boundaries of the English-speakingworld t o communicate with other peoples, t o share their experience of being human. In short, our world becomes larger, richer, and less provincial. : b : The study of linguistics seeks to penetrate the secrets of language, to reveal the : operation of the communicating mind. It is in these ways that the study of foreign languages and linguistics is central to a humanistic education. . 1 b Placement Levels: Students with previous foreign language study must register in courses suited t o their level of preparation. Placement is according t o the number of semesters one has studied that language: 0-2 = 111; 3-4 = 112; 5-6 = 211; 7-8 = 212; 9 or more = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the chairperson. 5 Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language. Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they are placed by the department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was originally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. , Basic Requirements: Majors must take four of the upper division courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the upper division courses at Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisite t o all upper division courses. [ Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended. See department faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses and career information. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Modern Language Association Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education. Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. French (FRE) Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 312, 331 o r 332, 350 o r 355, 351 o r 353, 450 o r equivalents. Study abroad required. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including o n e i n conversation-composition, o n e i n civilization, and o n e i n literature. Interim, summer, o r semester i n France strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 upper division courses beyond 212, including o n e i n conversation-composition, 350, o n e i n civilization. Study i n France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim catalog. 01 1 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring, On Demand) 111 Beginning French Designed to introduce the French language and culture to the student with one year or less of high school French study. Aims to develop four skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Classroom practice in understanding, speaking, and reading basic French. Four class meetings a week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall) 112 Beginning French For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Spring) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 21 1 lntermediate French 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading and writing. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall) 212 lntermediate French Through articles, interviews and literary readings this course works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basic structures. Laboratory work. (Spring) 243 French Literature in Translation Major representativeworks of French literature are read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Fulfills only literature distribution requirement. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (On demand) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Conversation-Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall) 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Spring, On demand) 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 332 French Civilization Today Topics in twentieth-century problems, idhas. Cultural manifestationsthat promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of French literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 351, 353 Survey of French Literature The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 399 Internship Upper division internship. 41 1 Advanced Conversation-Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 lndependent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultationswith French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German (GER) Major: 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Semester in Germany required. Minor: 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or semester in Germany strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. 111, 112 Beginning German Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 211, 212 Intermediate German For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature in Translation Principal works of Gerrnan literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of Gerrnan cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore standing. On demand) 299 lndependent Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 301 German Business Communication German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or consent of instructor. On demand) 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the reemergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 332 German Civilization and Culture II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 351 German Literature through the 18th Century Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. 411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of indtructor. On demand) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Japanese (JPN) Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. Linguistics (LI N) 199 lnternship lnternship for lower division credit. 217 ESL Workshop: Building Better English Skills This course will assist international students in their initial linguistic and academic adjustment to college-level study in the U.S. The course is offered in five modules to meet the differing needs of students with different kinds of backgrounds. Students register for the modules corresponding to their needs as indicated by testing. The modules are: Orientation, Pronunciation, Reading, and Writing. 218 Advanced ESL The purpose of this course is to prepare international students for college-level studies in the United States on an equal or near-equal linguistic footing with their American fellow students. The course is offered in three modules to meet the different ESL needs of different students: Pronunciation, Reading, and Writing. 289 Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analvis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and featurn cornman to all languages) and p.jychalinguistics (inquiry in to themechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language). TheorericaE questions wilt be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequ~site.Recommendedfor all language majors and minors. (Fall) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of illuminating underlying phiiorophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be contrasfed with those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic, and communication theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On demand) 399 lnternship lnternship for upper division credit. 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Norwegian (NOR) I: I Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311, 312 o r 331, 353,411. Study i n Norway required. Minor: 4 courses above 211, including o n e i n conversation-composition, o n e i n civilization, and o n e i n literature. Study i n Norway encouraged. Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics, European history. 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 199 lnternship lnternship for lower division credit. 21 1 Intermediate Norwegian Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.) I 312 Old Norse An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study of selections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language majors/minors will have special assignments. (On demand) 331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 350 lntroduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent. Alternate years) 399 lnternship lnternship for upper division credit. 41 1 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Russian (RUS) One year of elementary Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Studies Program, which requires two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus Coordinator. 11 1, 112 Elementary Russian Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. Spanish (SPA) Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. Study in Spain or Latin America is required. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 1 1 1, 112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speakingworld. Laboratorywork is an integral part of the course 199 lnternship lnternship for lower division credit. 21 1, 212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversationalskills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (211 Fall, 212 Spring) '1 > 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish (See under Program in Global Community) 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. rhrough background reading and class discussion in English the w d e n t isacquainted with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in this course do- not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On demand) 261 Spanish Language (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SAUS and LISLA) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish a n d wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oraF and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic u a g e and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. ( O n demand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.) 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of fiierary dudies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the praaical component, students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected w a r h of literature in Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualifed students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 lnternship lnternship for upper division credit. 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. General Studies (GST) John A. Hill (Registrar), Garry W. Hesser, Joel Mugge, Donald Warren Some courses help t o integrate learning around topics in ways which are different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating faculty, and offerings of the Center for Global Service and Education. 005 Freshman or Transfer Seminar An introduction to college academic life required of all new students at Augsburg. The seminar meets regularly through the first half of the fall term. No course credit. 107 Integrative Pro-Seminar The seminar focuses on selected issues, utilizing the insights, theories and approaches of three disciplines for a more adequate understanding of a particular issue. Community resource persons, simulations and discussions are used to integrate the disciplines focused on the same topic. No course credit. 140, 141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (1/2 course each) An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The course also f o c u w on irnproving those skills so impartant to academ~csuccess: reading rate and comprehension. note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking. concentration and memodzar~on,conflict management, assertiveness training, career planning, and making decisions. (140, Fall; 141, Spring) 230 Cultural Issues Seminar (See under Program in Global Community) Health and Physical Education Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), David Boots, Paul H. Grauer, Alvin L. Kloppen, Douglas Nelson, Marilyn Pearson, JoycePfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad, Bethany Shifflett The department prepares students for service in two majors, offers a specialization in Corrective Therapy, and provides certification for coaching in Minnesota schools. Students interested in DevelopmentaljAdapted Physical Education should consult with the department chairperson. xuaents are aavlsea to consult w ~ t han adviser in the department tor planning purposes and with the Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure. Men and women students interested in participating in intercollegiate sports or intramurals may inquire with departmental personnel in Melby Hall. Health Education (HPE) Major: 110, 114, 115, 320, 354, 410; BIO 103, 108, 111; CHM 105 or 109; PSY 105; SOC 231, 241. Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus 355. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Minor: 110, 114, 115, 320; BIO 103; SOC 231. 110 Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 199 lnternship lnternship for lower division credit. 114 Health and Safety Education (1/2 course) Principl~sand practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. ' 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques ior developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series and consent of instructor.) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: 350. Spring) 355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Spring) 399 lnternship lnternship for upper division credit. 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320. Odd number years, Fall, Interim) 485 Applied Adapted Activities Explores recreation as applied to a corrective therapy program, application of corrective exercise to the atypical, self care and ambulation, prosthetics and orthotics. Equal attention is given to physical and mental habilitation, physical education for the handicapped and recreation in rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 350, 351, 354. Summer school only) 488 Neurology (1/2 course) A study of the nervous system and the diseases associated with it. (Summer School only) 489 Pathology (1/2 course) The nature and cause of disease involving changes in structures and functions. (Summer School only) 491 Therapeutic Exercise Exercise techniques as applied to various disbilities, testing muscle strength and range of joint motion and association of muscle actions as applied to various human movements. Equal attention is given to human movement, kinesiotherapy and evaluation and research applied to C.T. and A.P.E. programs (Prereq.: 350, 351, 354. Summer School only) 493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy A study of organization, administration, history, philosophy and professional ethics as applied to C.T. intertherapy relations in a rehabilitation setting. Basic supervisory and personnel management descisions and practices. Most of the course deals with organization and administration of C.T.; about one-sixth of the course deals with intertherapy relations. (Summer School only) 495, 496, 497 Professional Affiliation Includes actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology (Prereq.: 485, 491 and approval of department.) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Physical Education (HPE) Major: 114, 115, 354, 355; 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474, 475; BIO 103. Teaching Licensure Major: 114, 11 5, 354, 355; 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474; BIO 103. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers should consult w i t h t h e Education Department f o r requirements. Major with Specialization in Corrective Therapy: 114, 115, 354, 355, 485, 488, 489,491, 493, Professional Affiliation Block 495-496-497-499; 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474, 475, BIO 103; PSY 105, 355, 362. A l l C.T. specialists must b e accepted by t h e Education Department f o r teaching and student teaching in an adapted situation. Approval must b e secured by t h e corrective therapy coordinator. Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning. Minor: 114, 115; 223, 231, 232 or 472, 243. Coaching Endorsement: 243,351,475, one of 476-483, and practicum in coaching (499 is an optional method for meeting the practicum requirement). Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 002, 003 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. (Part-time students should consult with department chairperson) No course credit. 199 Internship lnterrnship for lower division credit. 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course) Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances. (Interim and Spring) 234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course) This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some weekends participating in these activities. (Even number years, Spring) 243 History and Principles of Physical Education History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103; Fall) 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Spring) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (See Health Education) 355 Tests and Measurement (See Health Education) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 Modern Dance (1/2 course) An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and problem solving. No previous dance experience necessary. (Interim) 399 Internship Consult department chairperson. 471 Physical Education Programming Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 Gymnastics (1/2 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall) 474 Swimming and Aquatics Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall) 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term) 476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd number years, Fall, 1st half of term.) 477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Odd number years, Interim) 478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd number years, Interim) 479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Odd number years, Spring, second half of term) 480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Odd number years, Spring, 2nd half of term) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd number years, Fall) 499 Independent Study Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. > History (HIS) Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, Richard Nelson History study at Augsburg College has led, for a considerable number of graduates, t o careers in teaching on both the secondary and college levels. Fully as important, in the minds of the department faculty, is the value of this discipline as one of the major components of the liberal arts. History, well studied, trains the mind in a manner that contributes significantly t o any career preparation, t o service in community and church, and t o life enrichment. Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and nonWestern. Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator. Minor: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o one course credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee. Notes: Freshmen should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses. 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Lower division students are asked to take at least one lower division course before registering for an upper level course. There are 17 upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Five or six are offered each term, or I1 per year. Offerings depend upon faculty schedules and student registration. 101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 221 U.S. History to 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestownthrough the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20fh Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. 322 Modern Southeast Asia A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 323 Modern China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. 324 Modern Japan An examination of the emergence of lapan as a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course wilt include a study of the distinctive features of the PreMeiji era, modern~zationfactors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 331 Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 332 History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed. 345 Scandinavian-American Experience (See under Scandinavian Area Studies) 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective (See under Program in Global Community) 353 Select Topics in Minnesota History A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. ~ b HellenlStlC 1 breece and Kome to 3 3 A.U. ~ A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 Internship in History A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students majoring in history. See department chairperson. 412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course. Emphasis is also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role in the world economy and on the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. 416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714. 431 European Urban History A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. 440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Attention is given to overseas emigration. 474 The World and The West This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. 495 Seminar Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. 499 Independent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. Humanities (HUM) Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), John Benson The Humanities major provides the opportunity t o reflect across departmental lines, t o experience the ways in which different academic disciplines approach similar questions and issues, and t o participate in interdisciplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own major by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study, and then by taking courses in various departments relating t o that theme. The major was created especially t o encourage students not majoring in the humanities but in such areas as science, business, or social science to broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second major. Major: 9 courses, including 275. Six of the courses must be upper division. Courses must be selected from at least four of these seven departments - Art, English, Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion, and Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. No more than three courses from any one department can be used t o satisfy the requirement. Each student taking a humanities major will focus on some particular theme or perspective which will constitute the core of the major program. Six of the nine courses must be taken in this core. The core adopted and the courses chosen to meet the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the student in consultation with an adviser in the humanities. Further information concerning the core can be found in the Humanities Handbook. A student may not list a double major in humanities and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in the humanities major is significantly different from the other major. 275 Perspectives on the Humanities An introductionto the humanities which focuses on different themes, depending upon the instructor. The course correlates ideas, principles and values from the perspectives of several of the humanities disciplines. Interdisciplinary Studies (INS) (See under Metro-Urban Studies, Program in Global Community, and Women's and Minority Studies) International Relations Norma C. Noonan (Director) lnternational Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and seven electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged t o consider foreign study for Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required, but many students study two languages. The goal of the program is t o give students a broad exposure t o international studies with considerable freedom t o choose options for specialization. Students In the recent past have focused their studies o n Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia, and others. * U Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the International Relations major. Major: 14 courses. (1) 7 required courses: ECO 122 or 123; HIS 103 or 104, 332; POL 158 or 160, 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a modern foreign language. (2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be counted toward the major): HIS 322, 323, 324, 440, 474; POL 350, 351, 381, 382; SOC 241; PHI 355; REL 356; Comparative Economic Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade; seminar, independent study, or interim course o n a relevant topic offered in the discipline of economics, history and/or political science; the fourth term of college work in a second modern language. L Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 14 required courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major, for example, a concentration in an area of the world or in one af the major disciplines in the program. 5 1 Mathematics/Computer Science Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad, Paul Hulse, Leo Lake, Noel Petit I The Department of Mathematics provides a diverse program for students majoring in mathematics or computer science and for students needing mathematics or computer science background for other disciplines. Within the mathematics major a diversity also exists t o provide programs for those interested in pure or applied mathematics. The computer science program has been developed to emphasize relationships to other disciplines in a IiberaE arts curriculum. This program uses a PDP 11/60 computer for most of its curricuIum. Also available are several microcomputers such as Apple II, Osborne, PLAT0 and Tektronix far use by students throughout the college. Mathematics Major: 9 courses including 124, 125, 215, 224, 314, 324. Also required: CSC 170 or 270. The following courses d o not count towards this major: 104, 114, 121, 122, 131. For teaching licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for requirements. Mathematics Major with Computer Science Concentration: 10 courses: 124, 125, 215, 224, 314, 355; CSC 170, 240, 345, 350. Also recommended, 226. Computer Science Major: 9 courses including 240,345, 350,445,450; 270 or BUS 250; 3 electives from 340, 352, 395, 495, 497, MAT 355, PHY 261, and BUS 479 or SOC 363. Also required: 170 and MAT 124, 125, 224 or MAT 174, 175; MAT 215; BUS 379 or MAT 373 or SOC 362. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 i n mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent study at an advanced level w i t h participation i n a department seminar. Mathematics Minor: '5 courses, including 124, 125, 224. The following courses d o n o t count towards t h e minor: 104, 114, 121,122, 131. For a teaching minor, t h e t w o additional courses must b e selected f r o m 21 5, 314, 351, 373, 441. Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including 170 (or M A T 175), 240, 345, 350, and o n e course f r o m BUS 379, any CSC course over 260, M A T 355, PHY 261, o r SOC 363. Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling i n any course i n this department t h e student must have satisfied certain course and/or placement test prerequisites. A course must b e completed w i t h a grade o f 2.0 o r higher t o count as a prerequisite. The Placement Test is given during college orientation sessions and at other announced times during t h e year. Score requirements o n the test for entry t o courses are: II f o r course 104; 111 for courses 114, 121, 122, 131; IV f o r courses 124, 174. Students whose score is V, o r w h o have taken t h e College Board Advanced Placement Exam, should consult w i t h t h e department about appropriate courses. Any exceptions t o course o r placement test score prerequisites must be approved b y t h e instructor. Mathematics Courses (MAT) 104 Basic Mathematics II A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. (Spring) 114 College Algebra and Trigonometry A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of linearity and probability with applicationsto the social and behavioral sciences. 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) 124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (Prereq.: 124 for 125; 125 for 224. 124, 224, Fall; 125, Spring) 131 Mathematics for the Arts An introduction to the structure of mathematical systems and mathematical models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. (Fall) 174, 175 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science I, II A study of discrete and continuous mathematicswith applications to computer science, integrated with learning a higher level programming language. (Prereq.: 174 for 175. 174, Fall; 175, Spring) 21 1 Number Theory A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: consent of the instructor) 215 Elementary Linear Algebra A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 226 Differential Equations Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 314 Abstract Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall) 324 Advanced Calculus I A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 351 Modern Geometry A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Alternate years, Spring 1986) 355 Numerical Analysis A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224, CSC 170 or 270) 373 Probability and Statistics An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. 441 Foundations of Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring 1985) 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or consent of instructor. Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science Courses (CSC) 145 Introduction to Computers An introduction to computers and computer applications. Programming in a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward either a computer science major or minor. 170 Introduction to Structured Programming An introduction to computer languages and algorithms, including applications from mathematics, science, business, and other areas, programming in a higher level language such as Pascal. (Prereq.: 145, MAT 124, or BUS 250. Spring) 174 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science I (See MAT 174) 175 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science 11 (See MAT 175) 240 Elementary Computer Science An introduction to computer organization and structure, assembly and machine languages, computer logic design, number and character representations, and functions of components of computer systems. Continued development of structured programming concepts. (Prereq.: MAT 175 or BOTH 170 and MAT 124. Fall) 261 Electronics (See under Department of Physics) 270 FORTRAN Study of the FORTRAN programming language. (Prereq.: 145, 170, 175, or BUS 250. Interim) 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq. 240. Fall) 345 Computer Systems and Assembly Language Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. Development of competence in assembly language programming. Elements of computer operation, including input-output, interrupts, and an introduction to operating systems. (Prereq.: 240. Fall) 350 Data Structures and File Processing Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of non-numerical problems. Applications to data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 240) 352 Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, including the development of an elementary database system. (Prereq.: 240. Spring) 395 Topics Study of intermediate topics, from such areas as computer graphics, artificial intelligence, computability, and automata. 399 Internship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements of operating systems, mernon/ and process management, interactions between major components oi computer swems, and a detailed studv of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems will he emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.: 345, MAT 215. Spring) 450 Theory of Programming Languages and Compilers Structure of computer programming languages, including data types and control structures, implementation considerations for programming languages, lexical analysis and parsing, and interpretive languages. (Prereq.: 350, MAT 215. Fall) 495 Topics Study of advanced topics, often more extensive pursuit of an area from one of the other courses. 497 Research Project An extensive group or individual project selected in consultation with a faculty member in the areas of software-hardware interfacing. If directly supervised by a faculty member the course may be laken for credit, (Prereq.: 345, 350. Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Medical Technology Neal 0. Thorpe (Adviser); John 0. Swanson, Director, and Dorothy K. Karlen, Education Coordinator, Metropolitan Medical Center; Nikola D. Kostich, Medical Director, and Kathleen M. Shields, Program Director, Abbott Northwestern Hospital. This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or Abbott Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work closeEy with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 72-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Students transferring to Augsburg College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent should expect to spend two years at Augsburg before participating in the internship year. The Medical Technology major is not designed for persons who already have the baccalaureate degree from another institution. Required Science Courses: 1) BIO 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2 ) CHM 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 351, 352, 353; 3) PHY 103 (or 121, 122); one mathematics course; one course in immunology. Hospital Internship Courses: During the internship, courses are taken in clinical chemistry, clinical hematology, clinical immunology, clinical immunohematology, clinical microbiology, and clinical microscopy for a combined value of nine courses that are applied to the degree at Augsburg. Metro-Urban Studies (INS) Garry W. Hesser (Director), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson, Orloue Gisselquist, Satya Gupta, Myles Stenshoel Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, social work, history, political science, economics, psychology, business administration and education. This faculty approves Urban Concerns courses t o meet the distribution requirement, provides leadership for the College's urban mission, and assists all departments and programs in using the remarkable metropolitan resources. Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), a consortium of 14 college and universities. The director is sewing a second term as HECUA president. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access t o five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America, San Francisco and the Twin Cities. Major: 15 courses, including 10 core requirements: ECO 123, 379 or SOC 362; HIS 431; POL 122, 384 or SOC 363; SOC 111, 381; a minimum of one course of internship or independent study; two non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least one of which must be in the humanities (current options include ART 102, BIO 105, ENG 351, INS 233, 260, PHI 362, PHY 111, SPC 342). PSY 356 is highly recommended. To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: GenerallLiberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA). Minor: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are required for the concentration: ECO 120 or 123; POL 122; SOC 111, 381; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. Other combinations are possible and may be approved by the director. 199 lnternship Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring and Summer) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and SOC 111 or 121. Fall, Spring, Summer) 399 lnternship Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. (Prereq.: SOC 111 or 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: SOC 111 or 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Urban Studies Options Through HECUA A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses u p o n t h e Twin Cities metropolitan area. 358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 Internship Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This interdisciplinary field learning program is at t h e University of Oslo and examines cities and urban life i n Scandinavia. 272 Norwegian Life and Culture Language instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary to support student course work and daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated with the language instruction. 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Students are placed in intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the language instruction. 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasisis placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester i n t h e city" program is located i n Bogota, Columbia. It focuses u p o n urbanization and development i n t h e Third World. 261 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 361 lntrodudion to Columbia Overview of Columbia and economic development. 362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists. 363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. D. San Francisco Summer Term (SFST) A nine-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent study. 383 Field Seminar: San Francisco (See MUST 359) 399 Internship (See MUST 399) 499 lndependent Study (See SUST 499) E. Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA) This n e w Spring semester program is an interdisciplinary field study that provides extensive study-travel i n Colombia, Nicaragua, Puerto Rico and Grenada. Immersion i n Spanish language and Colurnbian culture are stressed. 261 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 360 Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Selected works of literature and theater that express writers' and artists' perspectives on Latin American society and social change. Emphasis on contemporary period with considerable field study, including interviews with community arts and "street" theater groups, writers, literary critics, composers, performers and film-makers; small-group field assignments on current arts activities; site visits to museum and gallery exhibits, movies, plays, concerts and a variety of community arts events. 1 ? Z ! 364 Latin American Arts and Society Introduces theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among arts, ideology and society. Provides historical background through survey of Latin American thought in major artistic periods: Colonial, Republican, Romantic, Positivist, Modernist, "lndigenismo," Realist and Contemporary. Readings and seminar lecture-discussions. ; 367 Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America ! I !> Introduction to the study of ideology and historical overview of Latin American ideologies, especially in relation to issues of development and social change. Comparative study of current ideological debates and their impact, with special attention to diffusionism, "dependencia," Marxism and liberation theology. Field study emphasizes local resources, including interview-discussions with proponents of competing ideologies; interviews with government, business, church and community people; site visits to projects reflecting ideology-in-practice. 1 ,: ? 499 Independent Study By special permission from LlSM faculty, students with advanced Spanish proficiency can be exempted from Spanish and conduct independent study research instead. I Music L. L. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Michael Brand, Laine Bryce, Stephen Gabrielsen, Thomas Gilkey, Cynthia Goetz, James D. Johnson, Robert Karlkn, Merilee Klemp, Angela Wyatt Kretschmar, Nicholas Lenz, David Livingston, Paul Lohman, Steven Lund, Roberta Kagin Metzler, Elizabeth Proctor Murphy, Celeste O'Brien, Marlene J. Pauley, Pauline Sateren, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George Stahl, Daniel Sturm, David Tubergen, Mary Wilson The Department of Music serves the general education needs of students and offers professional training in music. A vital component of liberal arts education is provided for students from all disciplines by participation in the various ensembles, private lessons and other course study. Distribution requirements: The following music courses satisfy the college requirements for: Art-Music: 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble, 130, 230, 231, 232, 330, 341-342, 432. Religion: 432 Minority Studies: 330 Music Minor: 6 course credits: 101, 102, 111, 112; 231 or 232; 341; 342 or 344; 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with 4 quarter courses in performance studies. Music Majors: Students wishing t o make music their life work may choose a course of study from among 5 majors in 3 degree programs. Bachelor of Arts-Music Major: this major offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares students for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Bachelor of Music-Performance Major: this major requires advanced competence and achievement as preparation for professional performance, private teaching or advanced study. Music Education Major: this program, available in both the B.A. and B.M. degrees, provides the requirements necessary for licensure and other music education possibilities. Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy Major: completion of this major prepares students for the professional certification examination and a wide variety of career opportunities. Consult Music Department Guides and program advisersfor additional information, requirements and course sequence outlines. Honors Major: Candidates tor the honors program are nominated each sprlng from among those iuniors who have attained a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A faculty cGmmittee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of 15 minutes duration; conducting an ensemble concert; or comtjinations of the above. Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program. Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (Level II repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then apply, by petition, t o the department before the end of their second semester of study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies. Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, subject to departmental approval of performance hearing and petition during their first semester in residence. Music Education majors, both B.A. and B.M. programs, must apply, by petition, t o the department during the sixth term of study. Department approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the education licensure program. All transfer students must take the theory placement examination at the first class meeting of 101 or 102. Freshmen who wish t o be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarship must perform in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. Auditions are scheduled, following application, during the senior year of high school, summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration. Degree and Major Requirements Bachelor of Arts Music Major: 13 course credits: Core curriculum plus 1 course credit of music elective; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses and 2 half courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458. Music Education Major: 13 course credits: Core curriculum plus one half course credit of music elective; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses and 2 half courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458; Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses; Vocal emphasis - 251 and one of 252, 253, 254 Instrumental emphasis - 151, 155 Other requirements: 10 112 course credits: PSY 105; HPE 114, 115; EDS 265, 354, 355, 356, 357 or 358, 388, 478, 481, 483. Consult the Education Department, Music Department Guides and program adviser. Bachelor of Music Music Education Major: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202, 212; Performance studies - 4 half courses, 2 full courses, and 2 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a half junior recital 358 and a full senior recital 459; Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium; Vocal emphasis - 251, 252, 253, 254, 435 Instrumental emphasis - 151, 155 and 1 course credit of music elective Other requirements: 10 112 course credits: PSY 105, HPE 114, 115, ED5 265, 354, 355,356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the Education Department, Music Department Guides and program adviser. Music Performance Major: 20 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202, 212; Performance studies - 6 full courses and 2 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior recitals 358, 459; Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the major performance medium; Voice - 251, 252, 253, 254, 435, one course of music elective, 2 courses of French or German above the B.A. requirements Piano or Organ - 301, 302, 436, 456, one half course credit of music elective Instrument - 301, 302, one and one-half course credits of music electives Bachelor of Science Music Therapy Major: 18 course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music therapy or music elective; two of 151, 155, 156; 271, 274 or 275, 372, 373, 472, 473, 474, 475, 479; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458; Keyboard proficiency and a minimum grade of 2.0 in each .music therapy course. Other requirements: EDS 282, 356, 357, 358; PSY 105,362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY 264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification examination. Core Curriculum and Applied Music Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors): 101, 102, 111, 112, 201, 211, 231, 232, 311, 312, 341, 342 or 344; 8 quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance studies and recital requirements as given under each specific degree and major. French or German study as stated in general education requirements. Ensembles: One quarter course credit per semester is granted t o members of major ensembles (MUE 111, 112, 121, 141). Other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or PIN grading, or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of 2 course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements. Performance Studies: All students enrolled in Performance studies for credit are required to satisfy each of the three synergistic elements: lessons, performances, and listening. The general (non-music major or minor) student must take private lessons for no credit (PIN grading only) and is not required t o fulfill the additional performance and listening requirements. Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available for all students in the following categories: No credit - one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week. One quarter course credit - one half-hour lesson and 4 hours of practice per week. One half course credit - two half-hour lessons and 8 hours of practice per week. One course credit (B.M. only) - two half-hour lessons and 12 hours of practice per week. Performances: All students registered in performance studies for credit must perform at the end of each semester for a faculty panel, each year in a general student recital, and as additionally required by the instructor. Listening: All students registered in performance studies for credit are required to attend 10 designated music events during the academic year. Failure t o attend the required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, major ensemble home concerts, or other designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in performance studies. faculty members will deterriline the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a prerecital hearing for senior B.M. recitals. Concurrent registration in performance studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance. B.A. and B.S. Candidates - one half senior recital 458 at repertoire level Ill. B.M. Music Education Major - one half junior recital 358 at repertoire level Ill and full senior recital 459 at repertoire level IV. B.M. Performance Major - full junior (level IV) and senior (level V) recitals 358, 459. Keyboard Proficiency: B.M., B.S., and B.A.-Music Education candidates must dem- onstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by attaining a minimum grade of 2.5 in 155 or in each of two semesters of piano or organ performance studies. Music Courses (MUS) Theory 101 Materials of Music 1 (1/2 course) Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part writing. (Fall) 102 Materials of Music 11 (1/2 course) Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. (Spring) 111 Aural Skills 1 (1/2 course) Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: Concurrent registration in or completion of 101. Fall) 112 Aural Skills 11 (1/2 course) Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102. (Prereq.: 111 and concurrent registration in or completion of 102. Spring) 201 Materials of Music 111 (1/2 course) Continuation of 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: 102. Fall) 202 Form and Analysis (1/2 course) Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th Century practice. (Prereq.: 201. Spring) 211 Aural Skills 111 (1/2 course) Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201. (Prereq.: 112 and concurrent registration in or completion of 201. Fall) 212 Aural Skills IV (1/2 course) Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in 202. (Prereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion of 202. Spring) 301 Counterpoint 1 (1/2 course) 16th through 18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double counterpoint, passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201, 211. Fall) 302 Counterpoint 11 (1/2 course) Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok,, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Prereq.: 301. Spring) 311 Composition 1 (1/2 course) Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. (Fall) 312 Composition 11 (1/2 course) Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Spring) 341 Basic Conducting (1/2 course) Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. (Fall) 342 Choral Conducting (1/2 course) Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection. Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Spring) 344 Instrumental Conducting (1/2 course) Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) The following courses will not be offered until the specific B.M. major in theory-composition is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music. 401 Counterpoint 111 (1/2 course) Advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 302. Fall) 402 Counterpoint IV (1/2 course) Continuation of advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 401. Spring) 411 Composition 111 (1/2 course) Individual and class instruction in all styles. (Prereq.: 312. Fall) 412 Composition IV (1/2 course) Advanced compositional techniques. (Prereq.: 411. Spring) History and Literature 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. 230 Electronics in Music Exploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the art. For non-music majors. 231 History and Literature of Music I A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: 102, 112. Fall) 232 History and Literature of Music II Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: 102, 112. Spring) 330 Ethnic Music Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural relationship. For the general as well as the music student. (Interim) The following four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of music. (Prereq.: 231, 232.) 331 Music of the Baroque Era (1/2 course) (Alternate years, Fall 1985) 332 Music of the Classical Period (1/2 course) (Alternate years, Spring 1986) 333 Music of the Romantic Period (1/2 course) (Alternate years, Fall 1986) 334 Music of the 20th Century (1/2 course) (Alternate years, Spring 1987) 432 Church Music and Worship Development and inflence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology student. (Spring) 435 Voice Repertoire (1/2 course) Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th Century to the present. (Prereq.: 231, 232. Alternate years, Fall 1984) 436 Piano Repertoire (1/2 course) Study of the piano literature from the 17th Century to the present by listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.: 231, 232. Alternate years, Spring 1985) 498,499 Independent Study (1/2 course each) Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. Technique 151 Voice Class Methods (1/4 course) Fundamentals of tone production and singing. 155 Piano Class Methods (1/4 course) Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary to meet specific degree requirements. 156 Guitar Class Methods (1/4 course) Beginning techniques of classic guitar. 251 English Diction (1/4 course) Fundamentalcourse in correct standard English diction for singing. Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open t o all students registered for vocal instruction. The following three courses are continuations of 251 with application for the Italian, 'German and French languages. 252 Italian Diction (1/4 course) (Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1985) 253 German Diction (1/4 course) (Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1986) 254 French Diction (1/4 course) (Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1986) 358 junior Recital B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level Ill for Music Education Majors or full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No course credit. 456 Piano Pedagogy (1/2 course) Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring 1986) ) I ! 1 i T / 458 Senior Recital Half recital by B.A. or 8.5. candidates at repertoire Level Ill. No course credit. 459 Senior Recital (1/2 course credit) B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by faculty committee. Repertoire Levels IV for Music Education majors and V for Music Performance majors. Therapy 170 Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major to give students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (1/2 course) Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings. 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 1 1 1 1 372 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on acoustics and sociopsychologicalaspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. Practicum experience required as part of course work. 373 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musicar talent, and performance. Practicum experience required as part of course work. 472 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding of the theory of music therapy. 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music. 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (1/4 course each) Senior year, volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two hours per week. 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (1/2 course) Full-time placement in an NAMT internship setting for six months. Application for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements) Ensembles (MUE) & Performance Studies (MUP) Ensembles: These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of fall semester. (Special circumstances may permit entering at other times.) Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year which, on occasion, includes interims. While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chorale will satisfy the major, minor or distribution requirements. Instruments are available for rent. 111 Augsburg Choir (1/4 course) 112 Chorale (1/4 course) 113 Chamber Choir (0) 114 Festival Choir (0) 121 Orchestra ( l / 4 course) 122 String Ensemble (0) 131 Woodwind Ensemble (0) 141 Concert Band (1/4 course) 142 Brass Ensemble ( 0 ) 143 Jazz Ensemble (0) Performance Studies: Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor on a no credit - P/N basis only. (Group lessons, at a reduced fee, are available in some areas on the same basis.) All lessons are adapted t o the individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented by accompanying, ensemble participation and other performances. Representative programs of study in private instruction are outlined in Music Department Guides. These repertoire lists are graded I-V t o indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors enter I and attain Ill; B.M.-Education Major - enter II and attain IV; B.M. Performance Major - enter I1 and attain V. Il x Voice 12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello, Bass 13x Woodwinds: Oboe, Bassoon, Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute, Recorder, Horn 14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone, Baritone, Tuba 15x Piano 16x Guitar 17x Percussion 18x Organ Note carefully the following provisions: 1. Instrument rental, practice room reservations and performance study registration occurs the first week of classes in the Music Department office. 2. Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA average of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Similar scholarships are available t o entering freshmen. 3. A semester of study i s 14 weeks of lessons. Any lessons during the interim or summer are arranged privately with the teacher. 4. A student who cannot come for a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. 5. The music faculty reserves the right t o limit or even prohibit performance outside the department if it interferes with musical growth for the student. The department recommends, and on occasion assigns, the teacher to the student and permission is required for subsequent change. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department. . . Natural Science Kenneth N. Erickson (Coordinator) The Natural Science Licensure Program for teachers is designed t o provide strong preparation for science teaching and t o satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements. In addition t o the broad basic background in science, the program is designed t o allow for specialization in a major and for study in the liberal arts. Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg t o recommend candidates in Life Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical Science, Chemistry major or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemistry (minor), grades 7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and Science (Grades 5-9). Students planning t o teach Natural Science must complete the Broad Base courses and in addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis. The program of courses is designed t o provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the general education requirements of the college and, in the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is recommended. Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in earth science (PHY 101 or 106); 2 in life science (BIO 111, 112); 4 in physical science (PHY 121, 122 and CHM 115, 116 or 105, 106). To make the program slightly more flexible, it is recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute PHY 103 for 121, 122. Life Science Emphasis: Broad Base plus 8 courses, 1 cognate; 7 BIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or 353; (11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476. Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: Broad Base plus 7 courses and chemistry seminar, C H M 351, 352, 353, 361 and 364 (or BIO 367), 482, PHY 245. Physical Science Emphasis - Physics Major: Broad Base plus 7 courses, PHY 245, 351, 362, 395 and three additional t o be selected from 261, 270, 352, 363, 481, 486, 488. Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science Emphasis - Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12. Science (Grades 5-9): Broad Base plus 7 courses, 2 in earth science (PHY 101 or 106, the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base section); 2 in life science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 in physical science (CHM 353; PHY 245). Licensure with Minor: For life science, Broad Base plus 7 courses in Biology; for chemistry, Broad Base plus 351, 352, 353, 361 and 364 or 482; for physics, Broad Base plus any four courses above 122. Nursing (NUR) Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Nancy B. Dillon, Carol Hoffman, Alice Stark, Pamela Weiss-Farnan, Helen Woelfel Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in Minnesota. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbfology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission to the major. In addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice within the past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. Major: 11 courses (10 course credits) in nursing including 303,304, 310, 311, 325, 330, 350, 403, 404, 423, 427; PSY 355 or an approved upper division biology course. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of the courses of study are required. Courses in interpersonal communications and ethics are supportive t o the major. Courses in the nursing major are designed so that they may be completed within two academic years. However, more than two years may be required t o complete the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time study. Students interested in pursuing day, summer, or weekend part-time study should consult with an adviser from the nursing department for program planning. Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; application to the department chairperson by November 7 of the senior year; recommendation by nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for 499 to comple!e the thesis. 303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course) This course is one of the transitional courses that introduce the student to components of the professional role and begin the professional socialization process. The communication process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is established and maintained. Interactive and group communication theories are explored for their applicability to changing roles and professional practice. 304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course) This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing conceptual models are examined. 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses on systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Clinical application of course content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue. 311 Community Health Nursing I1 This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health team is explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients. (Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, PSY 355) 325 Nursing Process In this course the student learns approaches to assessment and the use of assessment tools in the nursing process. The student uses communication skills to obtain a health history and negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity to make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-junior year.) 330 Trends and lssues in Nursing This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice. 403 Contemporary Nursing Ill This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content includes family as a group, family and group dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration is given to the emerging role of the nurse in family health care. (FallSenior year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior t o or concurrently with 423) 404 Contemporary Nursing IV This course relates leadership and management theories and emerging professional nurse roles to primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 427) 423 Practicum in Nursing I This course is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403') 427 Pradicum in Nursing I1 This course is a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected hospital setting. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403,423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404') 499 Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. 'If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Philosophy (PHI) M a r k Fuehrer (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Bruce Reichenbach The department offers a full major i n philosophical studies as well as a minor and supporting courses such as philosophy of science and political philosophy, de'signed t o give students a philosophical perspective o n other disciplines. Four courses i n t h e history o f philosophy, spanning a period f r o m classical antiquity t o contemporary throught, give students a unique perspective o n t h e discipline through close study o f philosophical texts i n their historical contexts. The department strives t o teach t h e principles of philosophy i n their o w n right and stimulate their application i n other areas of learning. Major: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, 344, and o n e course i n t h e 400's (other than 499). Five of t h e courses must b e upper division. Honors Maior: Admission t o t h e Philosophy H o n o r s program is by recornmendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations w i l l be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the'course level, and a defense o f this thesis before the faculty of the department. Minor: 5 courses, including t w o f r o m 241, 242, 343, and 344. Note: 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling t h e general education requirement. 110 lntrodudion to Philosophy: Ideas and Method Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuats jack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to wedern culture. The purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience in examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. 120 Ethics Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it a5 wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because p u like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. 199 lnternship Internship for lower division credit. 241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle How did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe?Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 2 242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of the 7 7th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prlor course, 241.) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Where does knowledge begin?In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really d have on philosophy? This course know about the world? What impact d ~ Romanticism studi- the major empiricists of the '18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hurne]. Kant's synthesis of philosophy, l W h century ideatism, and the reaction to idea'fism by men such a5 Mam, Kierkegaard and Nieksche. (Fall. Suggested prior c~ucse,241 or 242.) 344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language?Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other iss~resare dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 247, 242, or 343.) 350 Philosophy of Religion What is the relation between faith and reason? Does Cod exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of Cod with human and animal suffering?Is man really immortal?Are miracles possible?We will conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 362 Political Philosophy As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What is the retation between the citizen and the city? In a larger context, what is the origin of the State andfhe basis for its laws? What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and the State? This course studies the key concepts of politics iound in the tradition of western political thought. 365 Philosophy of Science The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported t o be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?What conRitrrles xierrtific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural science.) 370 Existentialism Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 399 lnternship lnternship for upper division credit. 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggestedprior courses, any from 241,242,343,344 or consent of instructor.) 430 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. (Suggestied prior courses: 241, 242, 343, or consent of instructor.) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physics (PHY) Kermit E. Paulson (Chairperson), Cynthia Blaha, Mark J. Engebretson, Kenneth N. Erickson The physics department offers a traditional, rigorous major providing in-depth, undergraduate preparation for successful graduate work and scientific careers. Approximately two-thirds of our graduates have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a fine selection of universities. The department supervises the pre-engineering program at Augsburg with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelor's and the master's level. Faculty members are all active i n high quality basic research or consulting activities related t o their specialties. This continues t o provide outstanding undergraduate research experience for our upperclass physics majors. Major: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. I n planning their courses of study, students are encouraged t o work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124,125, and PHY 121,122 the freshman year, and MAT 224 and 226 the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised t o refer t o the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Honors Major: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made n o later than the first term of the senior year. Minor: 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122. Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the physics community o n a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open t o all students interested i n physics. Jlgrna rl Blgrna: MemDersnlp I n r n e nugsDurg cnaprer or rnls narlonal pnyslcs honor society is open t o those students w h o have completed t h e equivalent o f a minor i n physics, have a GPA o f 3.0 i n physics and overall, and rank i n t h e upper third o f their class. 101 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures.) 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elementary algebra. Fall) 106 Introductory Meteorology A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere. The course is designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the many varied aspects of weather, some of which include: Clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical phenomena of the sky. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring) 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associatedtechnology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121, 122 General Physics I, II A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering students and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring) 199 lnternship Internship for lower division credit. 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103,111 or 122; and MAT 122 or 125) 270 Optical Physics The emphasis is on physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122,On demand) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 351, 352 Mechanics I, 11 A careful study of clasical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the hagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include consewation principles, single particle motion, systems of part~cles,osciltatory systems, cent ral-force motion, dynam~cs o i r i ~ bodies, d gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring) 362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II The daaical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnctostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 Comprehensive Laboratory An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in phys ics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, therrnodynamie, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor.) 399 lnternship lnternship for upper division credit. 481 Thermal Physics The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring) 486 Quantum Physics I A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates. the Schrwdinger equation, operators, wavefunaionr, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied indude potential wells and patential barriers, the hamanic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 351. Fall) 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour leaures. Prereq.:486. Spring) 499 lndependent Study An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. 1 r Political Science (POL) Milda Hedblom (Chairperson), Mary Ellen Lundsten, Norma Noonan, Myles Stenshoel Firmly grounded in the liberal arts, the department has roots in philosophy and history and relationship t o the sciences and mathematics through its use of statistical analysis. Strengths include the balanced expertise of the faculty, with special strengths in politics and the communications media, politics of communist systems, and the political interpretation of public law. The major guarantees a breadth of understanding of the field and one or two sub-fields, providing a firm foundation for graudate work in political science, public administration, law and other professions. Theoretical skills of analysis are supplemented and applied through a highly successful internship program. Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362). Required: 121 or 122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. Honors Major: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point werage mud be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the department on their Honors Thesis, For specific requirements, consult the departmental chairperson. Students should apply for the Honors Major no Iater than the first term of the junior year. Minor: 5 courses,,including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 Political Science Areas. Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics (11) Comparative Politics and Analysis (Ill) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements, Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 121 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas; the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking; and current issues in American society. 122 Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1course in Political Science or consent of instructor) 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years) 342 Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 Constitutional Law I (See Section IV for description. Alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II (See Section IV for description. Alternate years) 421 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial proces;, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or consent of instructor. On demand) II. Comparative Politics and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 Comparative Democracies The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor) 351 Communist Political Systems A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor) 381 Democratic Theory and Practice (See Section V for description) 459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor. On demand.) Ill. International Politics 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. 363 Communist Foreign Policies Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor) 461 Topics in International Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Alternate years) IV. Public Law 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 Constitutional Law I The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section II for description) 380 Western Political Thought A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor.) 381 Democratic Theory and Practice A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor.) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or consent of instructor.) 384 Political Analysis An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examinafion of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research requ~red.(Prereq.: Stat~sticalAnalysis; 158 and two upper division courses, or consent of rnstructor.) Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 lnternship Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (PIN grading only unless lnternship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring) 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (On demand) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 internship Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. PIN grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.) 498 lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 lndependent Study Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Program in Global Community Joel Mugge (Director) The Center for Global Service and Education offers a Program in Global Community in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is the setting for a spring semester academic program which brings together undergraduate students from various colleges in a living/learning community. Its primary focus i s the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in light of the Christian proclamation. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. SPA 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for three hours a day for six weeks of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by program director) INS 311 The Development Process This seminar focuses on specific global and interpersonal developmental processes. Particular theories of development and educational approaches are critically examined. As an integrative seminar, the course attempts to pull together the many aspects of the overall program. The seminar provides students the opportunity to reflect critically on their own educational process as well. Applications from Brain-Mind Confluent Education are utilized to help integrate the scope and diversity of experiences. (Required course) CST 230 Cultural issues Seminar This seminar consists of a series of eight mini-courses offered in a number of relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each mini-course consists of 12 hours. Any four mini-courses fulfill the requirements of the seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required) HIS 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective Four specific mini-courses together provide a rather comprehensive view of Mexico's historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day. (Either this course or CST 230 required) IN> ulreaea >way 499 Independent Study This preferably is in a student's major or minor discipline, developed ahead of time in consultation with a departmental adviser on the home campus and the program director. The topic a student chooses should be relevant both to the discipline and the theme of global community. (Optional fourth course) LYY RE1 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination of the emerging "Theology of Liberation" as articulated by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca. (Prereq.: one course in religion or theology. Optional fourth course) Psychology (PSY) Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace B. Dyrud, Norman B. Ferguson, Duane Johnson The department emphasizes a scientific approach t o understanding human nature. Faculty expertise is diverse with interests ranging from biological bases of behavior to psychotherapy. Psychology majors must have a firm grounding in research methods and statistics. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the department and is approved by the chairperson. The overall plan is directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and the particular educational, vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. Practical experience is available through the department's internship program. Facilities include laboratory areas, specialized classrooms and computer facilities. Major: 10 courses including 105, 264, 265, 381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5 courses at Augsburg; PHY 103. Not more than two courses from among 299, 399 and 499 may be counted toward requirements for a major. It is recommended that psvcholoav maiors take additional course work from other areas that will complehent avn'd st;engthen their particular interests in psychology; for example, developing a minor in business administration, biology, or communication. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor. Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 264 (or SOC 362), 399,450; SOC 362, 363. These courses are designed to provide background and skills to perform as a research assistant for agencies or firms which do program evaluation or self-assessment programs. See department chairperson ior further details. 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. 199 lnternship lnternship on lower division level. 251 Sensing and Perceiving An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years) 264, 265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105) 299 Directed Study Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105) 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 105) 353 Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the middle adult and older adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 105) 355 Brain & Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105) 356 Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 105) 357 Learning Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105) 359 Mental Testing Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence. (Prereq.: 105) 361 Personality An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 Abnormal Psychology An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105.) 371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status of each sex and psychophysiological data bearing upon these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or consent of instructor) 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105) 375 Social Psychology (See under Department of Sociology) 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses. Alternate years) 399 Internship Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 450 Program Evaluation The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to programs for social improvement. Designing information systems for the ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing program effectiveness and efficiency. The political and organizational context of program monitoring and evaluation. The role of evaluation research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264 or SOC 362; SOC 363) 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses) 490 Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychologythat are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105 and consent of instructor. Alternate years) 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses) 7 499 Independent Study Limited registration by special permissionfor advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion (REL) Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), John Benson, Bradley Holt, Stephen H. Pinsky, Eugene M. Skibbe The primary orientation of the department is t o provide a series of courses which will enable students t o become better acquainted w i t h t h e content and character o f t h e Christian faith and enable t h e m t o reflect theologically o n their o w n religious commitment. Additionally, the department offers some courses which provide the possibility for the student to be introduced t o other religious traditions, and some "bridge courses" which point to the relationships between religion and other disciplines. Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 481 and 495, the seminar especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied t o the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 358, 360 or 483, 362, 399, 471 or 473, 481. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead t o Augsburg certification. Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, fie courses in religion are required: 111, 221, 362, The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a public school sett~ngand in a Christian Day School. This program prepares students who are interested in teaching in Christian Day Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran Church, although participation is not limited to such schools. Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department. Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (111, 221, 356, 358, 360 or 483, 362, 399, 471 or 473, 481); HPE 232; PSY 105, 351, 352 or 371, 485; SOC 111 or PSY 373, SOC 231; SPC 354 or 355. This program meets or exceeds the educational requirements of The American Lutheran Church, but certification by the church is a separate function. By adding two or three courses from appropriate departments, the student can develop special emphases in parish education, business management or diaconal work. Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to consult with the department chairperson. 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 199 lnternship lnternship on lower division level. 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. 299 Directed Study Independent study on lower division level. s>u rnllosopny or tcellglon (See under Department of Philosophy) 353 Denominations and Sects in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring) 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) 357 Survey of Church History A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Refamtation, and modern periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state, and the development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study. (Not offered 1984-85) 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. (Spring) 361 Church Fathers A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. (Spring 1985) 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits) 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America (See under Program in Global Community) 399 Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 432 Church Music and Worship (See under Department of Music) 471 Jesusand His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particuSarly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. AtZention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 Theology -. of Paul A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Alternate years, Spring, 1986) 473 The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Alternate years, Spring 1985) 475 Judaism A survey of the history of Judaismfrom the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as Buber and Heschel. The JewishChatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 483 Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspectivefor critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall) 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Alternate years, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 499 Independent Study Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian Area Studies Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator), Natalia Sich Russian Area Studies is an ACTC joint major which seeks to give the student the broadest possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The major is interdisciplinary and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language is offered. This major i s a good foundation for students preparing for careers in government, teaching, international business, or law, especially when combined with a second major in a field such as business, economics, history, language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation for graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or international relations. Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses from approved electives. a Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course in Soviet politics; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives. . Each student's major program must be approved by the coordinator. ! Scandinavian Area Studies (SCA) ! b ;iII I' : j : Foreign Language Department Chairperson Major: 8 upper division courses. Minor: 4 upper division courses. Note: Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign Languages. Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective courses which may lead toward a second major such as English, history, urban studies, business administration. 272 Norwegian Life and Culture (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 312 Old Norse (See under Department of Foreign Languages - Norwegian) 330 Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (On Demand) 345 Scandinavian - American Experience The Old World Background and rise of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land, aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (On Demand) 351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (On Demand) 352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (On Demand) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (See under Department of Religion) 372 Norwegian Language and Culture (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 382 Scandinavian Arts (See under Department of Art) 396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia (See under Department of History) 495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience (Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar) 499 Independent Study In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science Khin Khin Jensen A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. Non-Western Major: 14 courses: HIS 104; 1 social science methodology course (ECO 379, PSY 264, SOC 362 or 365); and 12 courses, in at least 4 disciplines, from the following: ECO 122, 258; HIS 103, 322, 323, 324, 440, 474; POL 351, 363, 382,461; PHI 355; RE1 356; SOC 241; seminars, independent study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and/or Political Science. The student planning t o fulfill this social science major should consult the chairperson of the Department of History in choosing a major adviser. Social Studies Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator) Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Social Studies Teaching Licensure: 7 courses (ECO 122 or 123, HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 241) plus a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology. Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. 51 Social Work (SWK) Douglas Perry (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Edwina L. Hertzberg "Education for Service" has long been a motto at Augsburg College and it exemplifies the philosophy of the Social Work department. The major program prepares graduates for entry-level professional practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited by the Council o n Social Work Education, and leads t o a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is based o n a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates t o work with individuals, families, groups and communities. The Social Welfare minor and electives i n the department allow students t o support another major with knowledge about human needs and growth, human services, and the methods of effective citizenship. Excellent field work opportunities exist within the Twin Cities metro area, which supports a system of human services considered among the best i n the nation. Major: 9 Core Program courses: 361, 363, 364, 461, 462, 463, 465, 466, 467, 469; and 9 Supporting Program courses: 257, 260; BIO 101; PSY 105; SOC 12.1, 231, 365, 375, 383. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor i n that discipline.) A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course i n the Core Program and the Supporting Program. Candidacy: Social work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all Core and Supporting Program courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy review (Exception: SOC 365 may be taken i n the senior year if necessary.) Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses, including 257 (or approved alternative), 361, 463; 260 or SOC 375; SOC 383; and one of 465, POL 121, 158, 325. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of EDS 388. Elective courses open to all students: 257 Exploring Human Services With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. 260 Humans Developing This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influencethe growth of individualsand families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of "sustaining environment" factors, and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through use of their own experiences. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) 340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor) 361 Social Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor. Fall) 399 Internship Providesfield learning experience for the non-major and supplements the required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of department chairperson) 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or consent of instructor. Fall) 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with an elected public policy maker. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361, 463, and senior or consent of instructor. Spring) 468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course) Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) Courses reserved for Social Work majors only: 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. Spring) 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Lectures and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and in 364, candidacy status. Concurrent with 462. Fall) 462 Field Work 11: Progressively responsiblesupervised professionalsocial work experience including work with individuals, families, groups andlor communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: Candidacy status; concurrent with 461; Fall) 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course) Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461, 462, 463) 467 The Social Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461, 463.) 469 Field Work IV (formerly 464) Continuation of 466 during the spring term. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent with 467) Sociology (SOC) Gordon L. Nelson (Chairperson), Jerry Gerasimo, Garry Hesser, Anita Kolman, Diane Pike, Joel Torstenson Sociology seeks to describe and explain the many patterns which form a society or social structure, to understand the great variety of institutions within a society, and to evaluate social institutions and programs. Sociology can be preparation for a career in law, social work, the ministry, urban planning, government or business. A sociology minor provides a better understanding of the social processes for majors in psychology, social work, and education. The department urges students to use Augsburg's unique urban setting as a "laboratory" for learning. Major: 10 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375, 485. Highly recommended: a Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course, internship, independent study or upper division interim course in sociology. This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. bf 3.0 overall.' Application f o r honors i n sociology candidacy shall consist submission o f thesis proposal t o Department Chairperson before April 1 o f t h e junior year. Candidacy is contingent u p o n departmental approval o f proposal b y April 30 o f junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, t h e student will register f o r 499 t o complete w o r k o n thesis. Honors i n sociology will b e granted t o a candidate w h o successfully defends t h e thesis before M a r c h 31 o f t h e senior year and maintains t h e CPA through graduation. Minor: 5 courses including 1 2 1 and t w o upper division courses (i.e., above.) 300 and Certificate i n Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 362 (or PSY 264), 363,450; PSY 399. These courses are designed t o provide t h e cognitive background and skill development t o perform well as a research assistant f o r agencies o r firms which d o program evaluations o r an employee w h o can develop and maintain ongoing self-assessment programs f o r an employer agency. See department chairperson f o r further details. 111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for discovering the world and one's place in it. 199 lnternship Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer) 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we see and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relation to culture. An analysis of selected aspects of Western culture. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 Special Topics in Sociology A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. May be offered on campus in addition to regular course offerings or off campus in conjunction with Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) Program. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society. 362 Statistical Analysis The first course in a two-course sequence introduces quantitative analysis. The fundamentals of descriptive and inferential statistics for the social sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors, but recommended for others needing a background for social science. (Prereq.: working knowledge of high school algebra and consent of the instructor. Fall) 363 Research Methods This second course exposes students to the skills involved in research design and measurement techniques. The practice of social research is learned through class activities and individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken immediately after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor. Spring) 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 Crime and Corrections An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121) 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121 and PSY 105) 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the present and future metropolis. Particularemphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources include extensive readings, simulations, films, and outside speakers in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or consent of instructor. Spring) 383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (PIN grading only) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 Modern Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or consent of instructor. Fall) 498 Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 Independent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, Communication and Theater Arts (SPC) Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Deborah Bart, Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Howard Liszt, Gary Parker The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guidesfor each area are available from the Department Chairperson or the Office of Admissions. Theater study i s more than putting on plays. It is a serious study that combines the fine arts with many other fields. Minneapolis is an ideal place to study theater, because the Twin Cities have so many active theaters. In our program, we use the local theater scene as a learning laboratory. Also, professional theater people are regularly involved in our program as instructors and as guest directors. Augsburg offers accredited programs leading toward certification of secondary school teachers in speech, theater arts, and a combined speech-theater major. Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Communication Arts Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible t o work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take 111, PSY 105, SOC 121 or 241. Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and ENG 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: 111; PHI 130; PSY 105; SOC 121 or 241, 375. Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department. Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,241 or 343, 350, 351, 352, 354, 360; Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. Recommended: 366, courses in theater, participation in drama. Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the following: 241 or 343, 350, 351, 352, 354, 360 and participation in forensics. Note: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of these must be combined with at leas an EngIish minor, preferably a major. The communication major o r miner does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the Department of Education far requirements in Education. 716 is strongly recommended for students i n elementary education, 111 Beginning Speech Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. 132 Photography (See under Department of Art) 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 227 Advanced Writing: Journalism (See under Department of English) 225, 330 Visual Communications I, II (See under Department of Art) 241 Introduction to Cinema Art (See under Department of English) 242 Film-Making (See under Department of Art) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under Department of Political Science) 343 Radio-Television Production An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Fall) 350 Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall) 351 Argumentation Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Junior, Senior. Communication major or consent of instructor. Spring) 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. 373 Organizational Psychology (See under Department of Psychology) 399 lnternship (Consult the Department Chairperson for details.) 495 Independent Study in Communication Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. 499 lnternship lnternship for upper division credit. Theater Arts Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning t o major in theater arts should begin with courses 111, 116, and 228. 111 is not part of the major. Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, plus 111. This major should be supported by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. A. Acting Emphasis: 116,228, 232, 343,350,360, 361,366,432, and the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. B. Directing Emphasis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 366, 367, plus the children's theater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses in movement, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 in stage management, and 1 internship. C. Design Emphasis: 228, 229, 361, 366, 428, 429, plus 2 courses in Art. Strongly recommended: courses in cinema art and dramat~cliterature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units in crew work, 2 in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship. Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228, 232, 360, 361, 366. Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229, 232, 241 or 343, 350, 360, 361, 366, the experience requirement specified for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. Theater Arts Minor For Teaching Licensure: courses 111, 228, 232, 361, 366; one of the following: 241, 343, 350; and participation in dramatic productions. Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232, 241, 350, 351, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater, broadcasting); and a minor in English. 116 Creative Dramatics A study of creative improvisationusing stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) lnternship for lower division credit. 228 Technical Production I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects,theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall) 229 Stage Design I lntroduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Spring) 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 360 Interpretative Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 361 Theater History and Criticism Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. lntroduction to theories of drama, dramatic production, and dramatic criticism. (Alternate years, Spring) 366 Stage Direction I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring) 367 Stage Direction II In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor. Spring) 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 428 Technical Production II Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Fall) 429 Stage Design I1 Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. lntroduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Spring) 499 lndependent Study in Drama Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing t o develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing t o develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar). C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Student Standing. Women's and Minority Studies (INS) Winston Minor (Director), Priscilla Buffalohead, W. Roger Buffalohead, Linda Buck Myers, Bonnie Wallace The Women's and Minority Studies Program consists of several interdisciplinary courses which fill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies requirement. There are courses in several other departments which also focus on women and which also fulfill that requirement. Although no major or minor is offered, there i s a certificate program in women's studies. Certificate in Women's Studies: Individually planned program with a minimum of 6 courses oriented towards women's perspectives: 3 courses from the social sciences (including history); 1-2 courses from humanities (literature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary courses, independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. See Winston Minor or Bonnie Wallace for further details. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement or the Urban Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies requirement. 232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies An interdisciplinary mum providing an overview of the major issues related to the Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion, art, economio and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousnws regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution oi Black cuhute and the impact of Black culture on American society. t . 1 -, E E E This course will examine a variety 13issues concerning the biolqical, evolutionary and historical origins of women's roles and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles af women in different cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the Navajo, Ojibwe, and Iroquois, African models such as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the middle East and rural China. Offered periodically through CHR and the American Indian Program office. 260 Contemporary American Indians The situation of lndians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (19343 with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditionsarnong selected lndian tribes today. 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. Living on campus provides many options, including apartments in Mortensen Tower [Photo by john Louis Anderson] u 9 Augsburg College Board of Regents The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of current term. Charles W. Arnason (1988).Executive Director, Minnesota Technology Corridor, Minneapolis, Minnesota Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984).St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota Nancy Bottemiller (1986).Homemaker, Wadena, Minnesota Rodney P. Burwell (1988).Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Proform, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota Darrell j. Egertson (1988).Executive Vice President of Corporate Development, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Donald R. Grangaard (1984).First Bank System, Inc. (Retired), Minneapolis, Minnesota Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986).Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota Harris W. Lee (1988).Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis, Minnesota Gary H. Lohn (1988).Vice President - Employment Preparation Services, Control Data Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Arthur Naftalin (1984).Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota Roselyn j. Nordaune (1988). Partner, Nodland, Conn, Judd, Nordaune, St. Louis Park, Minnesota Howard E. Olson (1984).St. Paul Park, Minnesota Donald G. Oren (1988).President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, Minnesota Donald G. Padilla (1986).Chairman of the Board, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota Carl N. Platou (1984).President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota Martin 0. Sabo (1984).Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota, Washington, D.C. Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1988).Staff Writer - The American Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, Minnesota N. Stanley Stake (1986).Honeywell, Inc. (Retired), Minneapolis, Minnesota Merton P. Strommen (1986).President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota Stanley W. Thiele (1986).Senior Vice President, Administrative Services, 3M, St. Paul, Minnesota Mary Lou Williams (1984).Senior Social Worker, Hennepin County Community Services, Minneapolis, Minnesota Officers Donald R. Grangaard, Chairman Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman Charles W. Arnason, Secretary Darrell J.Egertson, Treasurer Board for College and University Services The American Lutheran Church Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Erwin H. Goldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington Doris Holman, Los Angeles, California Gustav Kopka, jr., East Lansing, Michigan Hamlet Peterson, Rochester, Minnesota Administration Office of the President President .............................................................................................. Charles S. Anderson Executive Secretary t o the President ...................................................Carolyn Magnuson David T. Wold College Pastor .................................................................................................... Alton C. 0. Halvorson Director of Church Relations ............................................................... Academic Affairs Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College....................... Richard Green Lois M. Nielsen Secretary t o the Academic Dean Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs....... Patricia Anne Parker Secretary t o the Associate Dean ............................................................Ruth L. Maertens Richard J. Thoni Director of Weekend College ......................................................................... Director of Admissions & Public Relations, Weekend College ..................... Sharon A. Stein John A. Hill Registrar ................................................................................................................... Carol Stack Assistant Registrar ................................................................................................... Ralph W, Bailey Recorder Margaret Anderson Head Librarian Brian P. Hackney Director of Audio-Visual Center Thomas Reynolds Music Administrator - Arts Coordinator Winston Minor Minority Coordinator (Btack Student Affairs) Bonnie Wallace Minority Coordinator (American Indian Program) Donald R. Custafson Interim Director International Studies Program Director........................................................Mary A. Kingsley International Student Adviser ......................................................................Bradley P. Holt Director of Faculty Development ...............................................................Norma C. Noonan ................................................................. .......................................................................................................... .......................................................................................... .................................................................. ................................................ ................................................ .......................................... ...................................................................................... Student Affairs and Admissions Vice President of Student Affairs and Dean of Students ........................Marianne 8. Sander Dorothy Gauger Secretary t o the Vice President .................................................................. James B. Grubs Associate Dean of Students ............................................................................. Nancy Medcraft, Joan Slater Counselors.................................................................................... Director, Academic Enrichment ...............................................................Donald M. Warren Director of Career Planning and Placement ............................................ Coordinator, Student Employment ........................................................... Director of Student Life (Housing) .................................................Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg Director of Student Activities .................................................................... Coordinator, Urness Tower ....................................................................... Coordinator, Mortensen Tower and Annex Houses ............................... Director of Admissions .............................................................................. Catherine A. Thomsen Secretary, Admissions ......................................................................... Assistant Director of Admissions .................................................................Eric L. Anderson Assistant Director of Admissions ......................................................Jeannette M. Wittmer Senior Admissions Counselor ...........................................................................Brian Arvold Coordinator of Admissions On-Campus/Volunteer Programs .......................... Sally Daniels Peter J. lmsdahl Admissions Counselor ..................................................................................... Scott C. Stensrud Admissions Counselor ................................................................................... Development and Public Relations Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................................. Gerald D. Bjelde Secretary t o the Vice President .......................................................................Nancy Martin Thomas I.Benson Director of Planned Giving .......................................................................... Jeroy C. Carlson Assistant to the Vice Preident for Development Ass~cialeDirector of Develapment-Corporatrons/Foundations ...... Adelgund M. Fransen Assistant Director of Development-Annual Fund ............................................. Mark Zachary Director of Alumni/Parent Relatzons Janice A. Rykken Directat o i Public Relations Lois G. Wollan Kay Cady Director of News Bureau ........................................................................................... JillRaschein Manager, Central Services ..................................................................................... Hugh Pruitt Director of Research............................................................................................... ......................................... ........................................................... .............................................................................. Finance and Management Vice President for Finance and Management .......................................... Wayne D. Pederson Secretary to the Vice President ......................................................................... Cynthia Lein Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services Herald A. Johnson Virene M. Luthi Associate Director, Financial Aid Director of Personnel................................................................................... Bonnie-Jean Mork Michael D. Ranum Chief Accountant Manager, Administrative Computer Center ........................................... Daniel R. Cruikshank Manager, College Center ...........................................................................Mildred A. Nelson Manager, Purchasing/Book Storepending ................................................... Robert P. Gores Food Service Director ...................................................................................... Steve Boulka Director of Plant Services ............................................................................James Strategier Supervisor, Maintenance .................................................................................. Robin A. Curtis Manager, Ice Arena ...........................................................................................ames J. Carey ............................ .............................................................. .................... . ................................................................. Emeriti Oscar A. Anderson. (1963-1980).President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Bernhard M. Christensen. (1938-1963).President Emeritus. Ph.D., The Hartford Seminary Foundation. Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ernest W. Anderson. (1947-83).Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia. 1. Gracia Christensen. Assistant Professor Emerita of English. K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Edgar E. Eklof. Emeritus of Music. M.M. Manhattan Music School. Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University Katherine Hennig. Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minnesota. Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. LaVonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland College. Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Faculty car ot September, 1983) (beginning year of service on faculty) 'part-time Ruth 1. Aaskov (1960).Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Robert W. Adney* (1979).Studio Artist/Percussion. B.A., University of Minnesota. Roger E. Allerson* (1981).Lecturer, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. Earl R. Alton (1960).Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; MS., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959).Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1969).Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Charles S. Anderson (1976).President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Margaret J. Anderson (1967).Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. , Raymond E. Anderson* (1949). Professor and Department Chairperson of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roberta A. Anderson* (1979). Specialist Early Childhood Education, lnstructor in Education. B.S., M.S., University of Wisconsin; Education Specialist, Mankato State University. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Deborah Bart* (1980). lnstructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Joe Bash' (1983). Lecturer in Religion, Weekend College. John E. Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary. James E. Billings* (1970). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics, B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead. Timothy Blackburn* (1980). Lecturer in English. B.A., St. John's University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Blaha* (1983). lnstructor in Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota. Vern M. Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program and College of the 3rd Age. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton* (1975). Assistant Professor of Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Lynn Bollman* (1983). lnstructor in Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. David W. Boots (1982). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A,, Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). lnstructor and Department Chairperson of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artistflrurnpet. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Maria Brown (1980). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon. B.A., University of Minnesota. Priscilla K. Buffalohead' (1983). lnstructor in CHR Program and Women's and Minority Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Roger Buffalohead* (1983). lnstructor in CHR Program and Women's and Minority Studies. B.A., MS., University of Wisconsin-Madison. John Cerrito* (1983). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Rhode Island College. Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Community Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of Theater Arts/Speech. B.A., Custavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Benjamin Cooper* (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Yale University. Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. John Cosgrove* (1983). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University of Minnesota. Nancy B. Dillon* (1983). lnstructor in Nursing. B.S., Wagner College; MS., University of Cincinnati. Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor and Department Chairperson of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D. University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M . Div., Luther Theological Seminary; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; MS., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Sheldon P. Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Larry L. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. B.M., Concordia College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Henry G. Follingstad .(l962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. MS., University of Minnesota. Anne Fosse* (1982). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University of Northern Iowa; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Jo Michelle Beld Fraatz (1983). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., Bethel College; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University. Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Education. A.B., California State University, Northridge; M.A.T., University of Chicago; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., Bethel College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Mark 1. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Jerry Gerasimo* (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Celia W. Gershenson (1983). Lecturer in Psychology. John H. Gidmark* (1980). Lecturer in English. B.A., Moorhead State College; H.Dip., Trinity College, Dublin, Ireland; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Thomas G. Gilkey (1979). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., DePauw University. Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Teague Goetz' (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M., University of Colorado. Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; MS., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Louisville. James B. Grubs (1983). Associate Dean of Students. B.S., Colorado State University; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., College of St. Thomas. Satya P. Gupta (1976). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Associate Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Custavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin E. Gyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Brian P. Hackney (1983). Instructor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.A., University of Minnesota. Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer in Library Science. Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Robert S. Herforth (1966).Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg college; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Edwina L. Hertzberg' (1977). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. (On leave Spring 1984) Carry W. Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. John A. Hill (1980). Registrar, Coordinator of Institutional Information. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., George Washington University. John B. Hjelmeland (1981). Director of Adminissions. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., Springfield College. Carol F. Hoffman (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of Minnesota. (On leave 1983-1984) Norman v. nolen ( i ~ b 4 ) .Proressor ot Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of lowa. (On leave 1983-84) Brad1.e~P. Holt (1981). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University. John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gary E. Hovind* (1981). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. Walter Howerton' (1982). Lecturer in English B.A., M.F.A., University of lowa. Khin Khin Jensen* (1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. James D. Johnson (1969). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., Juilliard School of Music. Mary E. Johnson(1962). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages and International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor-and Department Chairperson of Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.S., University of Michigan. Robert Karlbn (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Foreign Languages, and Director of International Study. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. Merilee I.Klemp' (1980). Studio Artist/Oboe. B.A., Augsburg College. Alvin 1. Kloppen (1976).Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana college; M.A:, university of South Dakota. Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Robert Kramarczuk* (1982). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A. College of St. Thomas; M.B.A. University of Minnesota. Angela Wyatt Kretschmar* (1981). Studio ArtistIClarinet. B.A., St. Olaf College. Edith V. Kromer (1983). Librarian, Weekend College. Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. Leo Richard Lake (1981). Associate Professor of Computer Science and Director of Academic Computer Center. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michael Leimbach* (1983). lnstructor in Psychology. Nicholas A. Lenz* (1980). Studio ArtistPoice. B.A., Southwest State University: M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Howard P. Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communication. B.A., M.S., University of Minnesota. David Livingston* (1983). Studio ArtistIRecorder. B.A., Augustana College, Rockford; M.A., University of Minnesota. Paul W. Lohman* (1981). Director of Chorale. B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Steven Lund' (1983). Studio Artist/Trombone. B.S., University of Minnesota. Richard S. Marken (1974). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Psychology. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. Jerie McArthur (1983). lnstructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marie 0. McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. M. ~ u s i Ed., c University of Kansas. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Winston Minor (1983). Minority Coordinator (Black Student Affairs). B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee. Thomas Morgan (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon. Joel D. Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communication, Director of Center for Global Service and Education. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Elizabeth Proctor Murphy' (1984). Studio Artist/Cello. B.A., Cleveland Institute of Music. Linda Buck Myers' (1983). lnstructor in Women's and Minority Studies. Douglas Nelson (1977). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., College of St. Thomas. Gordon 1. Nelson' (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson' (1968). Associate Professor of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Christie Nicholl' (1973). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing B.Sl.., MS., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Mohammed Nouri' (1982). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. Diplome, Ecole Centrale de Paris; MS., University of Minnesota. Celeste M. O'Brien' (1975). Studio ArtistIPiano. B.A., Hamline University. Sandra L. Olmsted* (1979). lnstructor in Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., U